Receive monthly Table of Contents alerts from Orthopaedic Proceedings
Comprehensive article alerts can be set up and managed through your account settings
View my account settingsThe pathology of the RAshoulder differs from that of the OA shoulder. In addition to replacement of the glenohumeral joint, procedures have to be performed to deal with disorders specific for the RA shoulder, such as bone deficiency of the glenoid, thinning or rupture of the rotator cuff, and severe internal rotation defomity. Timing of shoulder arthroplasty in the rheumatoid patient is stilla controversial issue. Clinical symptoms are more important than the radiographic destruction for timing of surgery. The status of the rotator cuff and the glenoid will predict the functional result.
Controversial issues ar whether the synovitis of the AC-joint and the subacromial area should be treated arthroscopically early to prevent destruction of the cuff, whether repair of the rotator cuff or tendon transfers effect the end result, and whether replacement of the glenoid is beneficial.
The surgical management of advanced destruction of the rheumatoid elbow differs from one center to the next, as controversy exists regarding the success of synovectomy. Total elbow arthroplasty in patients with advanced joint destruction has gained popularity. Controversial issues and new developments will be discussed.
Modern pharmaceutical treatment of RA seems to result in less need of prophylactic surgery but the burden of secondary osteoarthrosis of the the large joints in the lower extremity will be present for a foreseeable future. The results of hip an knee arthroplasty are well known from the Swedish Arthroplasty Registers. Severe deformities of the hip and knee are nowadays very seldom seen, but the same does not hold true for the ankle and foot. As more RA patients are offered hip and knee replacement they will start loading their feet to an extent which the feet are not always able to withstand. Effetcive pain-killing pharmaceuticals also means a possibility to put weight even on an arthritic deformed foot. Thus, severe foot and ankle deformities are still rather frequently seen. Improved surgical methods for correction have evolved and in most cases reconstructive ankle and foot surgery will restore the weightbearing capacity of the RA foot.
There is a lack of uniform systems for assessing outcomes after surgery in patients with RA.
Factors known to affect outcome are disease activity, pharmacological treatment, comorbidities, desires and motivation.
The consequences of disease influence to a high degree the patients’ quality of life, their ADL, working ability and recreational activities. That makes it important to measure the result from the patient’s perspective as well as reporting demographic data, disease activity, co-morbidities, functional status and surgical data.
We have found that patients with RA assigned for orthopaedic surgery seem to be most concerned about pain relief. The SF-36 scores also indicate that the patients’ physical function, pain and general health were more deteriorated than their social function and mental health. By following patients prospectively we will have the opportunity to find out whether expectations and perception of health influence the outcome after surgery.
Wrist fusion, ulna head resection and fusion of the MP or PIP joints are not anymore the only operations that can be offered to patients with RA. The modern medical treatment has changed the course of the disease and we are not anymore in front of patients with major joint destruction, very bad hand function and low demands. Young ladies with well controlled disease expect surgery to result in restitution of function which allows a life close to normal in terms of work and leisure time activities. If pain relief remains the main indication it has to be associated with reconstruction of function, preserving mobility and increasing grip strength. For these reasons it appears necessary to limit fusions and increase the use of joint implants. Accurate evaluation of the patients’ need and expectations will help in the choice of the appropriate surgical procedure to achieve the treatment goal.
The incidence of hip fractures is rising, and at the same time the patients are getting increasingly frail and elderly. Patients in Europe have a median hospitalization time of as much as 28 days, and the peri-operative morbidity and mortality is high
Postoperative epidural analgesia can be provided without restrictions on patient mobility and rehabilitation, provides superior dynamic pain relief and reducing the influence of pain as a restricting factor on physiotherapy
The cumulated evidence for the peri-operative care of this patient group is scarce and fast-track rehabilitation regimens should look to other operational procedures for available evidence
The Scottish Hip Fracture Audit (
Audit data are used locally to document care and support and monitor service developments. Synergy between the guidelines and the audit provides a means of improving care locally and monitoring care nationally. External review by the quality assurance body shows to what extent guideline-based standards relating to A& E care, pre-operative delay, multidisciplinary care and audit participation are met.
Three national-level initiatives on hip fracture care have delivered: reliable and largescale comparative information on case-mix, care and outcomes; evidence-based recommendations on care; and nationally accountable standards inspected and reported by the national health quality assurance authority. These developments are linked and synergistic, and enjoy both clinical and managerial support. They provide an evolving framework for clinical governance and quality assurance, with methods for casemix-adjusted outcome assessment for hip fracture care also now developed.
The new S.I.C.O. (Italian Society for Surgery of Osteoporosis) is trying to establish a register for osteoporotic complications, namely for Hip fractures, in fact at the moment only limited epidemiological data are available about the incidence of hip fractures in Italy. These data vary widely across the Italian Regions.
In the last five years E.S.O.P.O. study allowed us to have epidemiological data about osteoporosis in Italy, and from then a group of Orthopedic Units, distributed along all the country, are collecting data to better understand the epidemiological relevance of Hip Fractures.
84.188 Hip fractures were registered in 2001 from the Italian Ministry of health, which meant 1.48 fracture every 1.000 citizen, 25% of which were males.
From some areas through relating fractures and age was possible to establish that there were 3.7 fractures every 1.000 people over 50 years of age, 4.5 fractures every 1.000 females over 50 years of age, 1.9 every 1.000 males over 50.
From the Units working at the project few significant data were obtained: mean time between hospital arrival and surgery was 3.9 days, considered very high, the mean time of Hospital stay was 9.5 days for all patients, but 14.5 days for patients that underwent to an operation.
55% were lateral fractures for which a new “Italian” undersized titanium nail was introduced in February 2003, which rapidly was adopted in many hospital for its simplicity and low cost.
Controversial among Orthopedic surgeons arose because some of them are treating lateral fractures with total or partial hip replacement.
Because of different health organization between Regions of North, Center and South of Italy the patients are discharged to rehabilitation Unit mainly in North of Italy, less in Southern part where for a lack of Rehabilitation Units, most of the patients go back home, supported from public health operators at their family place.
ProFaNE, Prevention of Falls Network Europe, is a four year project, funded by the European Community Framework 5. It is a thematic network, coordinated by the University of Manchester, UK, with 25 partners across Europe. There are also Network Associates from a number of EU and non-EU countries who give their advice and experience at meetings, seminarsand conferences.
The aim is to bring together workers from around Europe to focus on a series of tasks aimed at developing multi-factorial prevention programmes to reduce the incidence of falls and fractures amongst elderly people. The work of ProFaNE is practical, both in terms of developing the evidence base for implementation of effective interventions and encouraging best practice across Europe. The task of each work package is to convene workshops, undertake personnel exchanges and set up collaborative studies, data sharing in order to develop evidence based protocols and publications which can be used to implement change.
To gain an understanding of the current issues surrounding falls prevention across Europe and to embrace at national and international level, the different political and health service agendas in each country such that recommendations can ultimately be translated into working models of practice in each country. To establish a robust network of key members across Europe to facilitate the effective and efficient promulgation of evidence likely to influence service developments at national and local level. To derive a consensus approach to assessment and management of older people at risk of falling in a variety of clinical settings using the existing evidence base as well as experts in the field To ultimately facilitate a pan-European approach to assessment and management of falls whilst minimising impact on clinical autonomy and paving the way for further research activity within member states.
During the last 2 decades it has been recognized that scoliosis may start de novo during adult life as a result of advanced degenerative disc disease, osteoporosis or both. In some the degenerative process is superimposed on a previous adolescent curve. Aside from the disfigurement caused by the spinal deformity, pain and disability are usually the major clinical problem.
The prevalence of adult scoliosis rises with age: from 4% before age 45, 6% at age 59 to 15% in-patients older than 60 years. More than two thirds of the patients are females and the prevalence of right lumber curves is higher than in comparable series of patients with adolescent scoliosis.
Adult scoliosis is characterized by vertebral structural changes with translatory shifts i.e. lateral olisthesis accompanied by degenerative disc and facet joint arthrosis.
Although the magnitude of these curves is usually mild (20–30 degrees) lateral spondylolisthesis is observed frequently. It is also common to observe degenerative spondylolisthesis in patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis. The annual rate of curve progression ranges from 0.3 to 3%.
Patients present with a history of a spinal deformity accompanied by loss of lumbar lordosis, trunk imbalance and significant mechanical back pain. Pain may arise not only from degenerative disc disease and facet arthritis leading to symptoms of spinal stenosis, but also from muscle fatigue due to the altered biomechanics secondary to a deformity in the coronal and sagittal planes. Root entrapment is common and occurs more often on the concavity of the curve. Symptoms of neurogenic claudication are also common in adults with lumbar scoliosis.
Non-operative care includes exercises, swimming, NSAIDs, and occasional epidural injections. Brace treatment can be tried as well. Curve progression as well as axial or radicular pain not responding to non-operative care are indications for surgical intervention.
Surgery may include decompression alone or in conjunction with curve correction and stabilization. Posterior instrumentation may be supplemented with interbody cages. Fusion is usually carried down to L5 but occasional instrumentation to the sacropelvis is mandatory. Problems with a high pseudoarthrosis rate are common with sacral fixation. Even in the best of hands a long recovery period (6–12 month) and moderate pain relief should be expected. As summarized by Dr. Bradford “despite recent advancements evaluation and successful management of patients with adult spinal deformity remains a significant challenge”
Isthmic spondylolisthesis with pars interarticularis defect is a “ fatigue” fracture. In most cases there is no instability and moderate pain, with no need for treatment. Twenty per cent of the patients have severe back pain, and some also radicular pain, while some young patients have progressive lumbosacral kyphosis and instability with high grade spondylolisthesis. The sacral deformity and kyphosis result from the fracture and could be avoided by healinfg of the defect. Histological studies have shown that the pars defect can be a source of pain.
Patients with severe back pain and some with radicular pain or increasing deformity are candidate to surgery. Since many years, the only treatment was fusion with or without instrumentation and with or without correction of the deformity, by anterior or posterior approach. Fusion was mandatory in case of associated disc degeneration, including all the pathological discs into the fusion area. Isthmic repair has been done since many years using several techniques, but only in the absence of olisthesis and disc degeneration. However, it is known that many adult or senile subjects have degenerated discs and no back pain. Thus, what is the rationale to perform fusion in all patients with spondylolisthesis? The problem is to know the source of pain and to treat patients rather than x-rays. This can be achieved by anaesthetic injection of the lytic zone, MRI and discography, which can be helpful to differentiate patients who need fusio from those who do not need it. Initially we used, for isthmic repair, the Morscher hook-screw instrumentation, but in the last ten years we are using DOS instrumentation, which is stiffer. The indications and surgical technique, as well as the results of a comparative study between fusion (91 patients with 40-month follow-up) and repair (95 patients with 30-month followup), wil be presented in terms of duration of surgery, hospital stay, complication rate, number of revisions and return to previous activities.
This study shows less postoperative complications and higher rate of return to work or sports for pars repair versus lumbar fusion in a rather similar population. Therefore, isthmic repair seems to be the first surgical option for mild isthmic spondylolisthesis even in the presence of degenerated discs.
Degenerative spondylolisthesis is consistently responsible for narrowing of the spinal canal, but only in a part of the cases it causes lateral or central stenosis. The presence, type and severity of stenosis is related to several factors, such as the constitutional dimensions of the spinal canal, the orientation and severity of degenerative changes of the facet joints, and the amount of vertebral slipping. The type of stenosis, that is whether stenosis is central or lateral, depends on the orientation of the articular processes, and the length of the pedicles. Usually stenosis is lateral initially and central in later stages. Instability, that is hypermobility on flexion-extension adiographs is one of the main characteristics of degenerative spondylolisthesis. However, in many cases there is no appreciable hypermobility of the slipped vertebra. We consider the latter condition as a potential instability, which can become a manifest instability as a result of surgery, or when destabilizing factors unable to destabilize a normal vertebra intervene, such as disc degeneration or severe degenerative changes of the facet joints.
There is no indication for surgery in patients with no significant symptoms. In patients with an unstable motion segment who have only back pain it is usually sufficient to perform a fusion alone if stenosis is mild and asymptomatic. Neural decompression should be performed if stenosis is severe. Bilateral laminotomy, or even total laminectomy, may be carried out with no concomitant fusion in patients with mild olisthesis, no vertebral hypermobility on functional radiographs, mild central stenosis or any degree of isolated lateral stenosis, and mild or no back pain. The indications for monolateral laminotomy with no fusion are: moderate central stenosis in elderly patients with unilateral symptoms; lateral stenosis only on one side; and unilateral additional pathology, such as a synovial cyst. Patients with moderate or severe olisthesis, vertebral hypermobility even of mild degree, and/or severe central stenosis and chronic back pain should undergo decompression and fusion. The association of an arthrodesis allows decompression of the neural structures as widely as necessary.
Posterolateral instrumented fusion, using pedicle screw fixation, is the most common procedure, that can be done at multiple level when olisthesis is present at more than one level. In both cases it requires no, or a short, postoperative immobilization Posterolateral fusion may be replaced by PLIF. This procedure, associated with pedicle screw instrumentation, gives excellent results and a high rate of solid fusion. The devices inserted in the disc space are normally represented by cages filled with bone chips. An alternative are the use of blocks of porous tantalum (hedrocel), the stiffness of which is very similar to that of subchondral bone. We are using blocks of hedrocel since 3 years with excellent results in terms of intersomatic fusion. In 20 cases followed for at least 2 years we never observed mobilization of the implant or loosening of the pedicle screws, and we almost consistently found a tight union between the implant and the adjacent vertebrae.
As a level I trauma hospital, OOU receives an increasing number of knee dislocations. This study evaluates acute knee dislocations seen at OOU from May 1. 1996 through Dec 2004.
In addition one patient had a ruptur of the patellar tendon and one a patella dislocation. Two of the patients in this group had a vascular injury. On admittance the patients underwent a diagnostic exam in the emergency room.. All the patients then had a MRI. The patients were the placed in a brace and on a CPM 2 hours 2 times a day for 7 days, and the vascular status was monitored closely. After 7–10 days the patients underwent surgery including arthroscopic reconstruction of the ACL and PCL with auto or preferably, if available allograft. Results for patient with a followup for more than 6 months are presented including IKDS, Cincinatti, Tegner and a clinical exam with KT1000.
Combined anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) and posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) disruptions are uncommon orthopaedic injuries. They are usually caused by high- or low-velocity knee dislocations. Because knee dislocations might spontaneously reduce before initial evaluation, the true incidence is unknown. Dislocation involves injury to multiple ligaments of the knee. Both of the cruciate ligaments are usually disrupted, and they are often combined with a third ligamentous disruption (medial collateral ligament or lateral collateral ligament and/or posterior lateral complex). Associated neurovascular, meniscal, and osteochondral injuries are often present and complicate treatment.
The most common injury patterns include both cruciate ligaments and either medial collateral ligament (MCL) or lateral collateral ligament (LCL) and/or posterolateral structures. Less commonly both collateral ligaments are disrupted. Our policy has been early (from 7 to 21 days) simultaneous reconstruction of both cruciate ligaments and repairing of grade III LCL and posterolateral structures. Most acute grade III MCL tears are successfully treated with brace treatment when ACL and PCL are reconstructed early.
Most cruciate ligament injuries are midsubstance tears that need to be reconstructed with autografts or allografts. Repairs can be done in cases of bony avulsion of cruciate ligaments or grade III collateral ligament or capsular injuries. Bone-patellar tendon-bone (BPTB) autograft has mainly used in our clinics to reconstruct the ACL. In some cases BTPB allograft or hamstring tendon autografts has been used. For PCL reconstruction, BPTB allograft (11 mm in diameter) or Achilles tendon allograft has been used.
Intrasubstance grade III tears of the LCL can be repaired (in early state) but may need to be augmented with tendon allograft. The LCL and/or the popliteofibular ligament are reconstructed either with an Achilles tendon allograft, hamstring tendon autograft/allograft, tibialis anterior tendon allograft, or the BPTB allograft.
Both cruciate ligaments are reconstructed arthroscopically. The ACL tunnels are placed in the center of its anatomic insertion in tibia and in its isometric or anatomic insertion in femur. A transtibial tunnel technique for PCL reconstruction is used. The PCL tibial tunnel is drilled first under arthroscopic guidance using the PCL guide. The ACL tibial guide is drilled at least 2 cm proximal to the PCL tunnel to ensure that wide enough bone bridge remains between these tunnels. Fluoroscopy is used to ensure the right guidewire placement.
Sequence of bicruciate ligament reconstruction with BPTB grafts
Drill PCL tibial tunnel first, then ACL tibial tunnel Drill ACL femoral tunnel, then PCL femoral tunnel Pass PCL graft through tibial tunnel and fix in femoral tunnel Pass ACL graft through tibial tunnel and fix in femoral tunnel Fix PCL graft on tibia at 90° of flexion with anteromedial step off Fix ACL graft on tibia at extension
Lateral Collateral Ligament (LCL) Primary stabilizer to varus opening Femoral attachment – proximal/posterior to lateral epicondyle Fibular attachment – midway along lateral fibular head Popliteus Complex Important stabilizer to posterolateral rotation Stabilizer to varus opening Popliteus attachment on femur 18mm anterior/distal to LCL anterior fifth of popliteal sulcus Popliteofibular ligament (PFL) originates at musculo-tendinous junction of popliteus attaches at medial aspect of fibular styloid Mid-Third Lateral Capsular Ligament Secondary stabilizer to varus opening Thickening of lateral midline capsule Meniscotibial portion often injured. Segond injury Biceps Femoris Complex Short head of biceps Long head of biceps Lateral Meniscus
Rarely isolated injury Usually as a combined ligamentous injury ACL/PLC PCL/PLC Knee Dislocation Hyperextension Varus blow Noncontact twisting
Grade III injuries do not heal Lead to instability and osteoarthritis Compromise cruciate ligament reconstructions
History Usually due to varus/hyperextension injuries 15 % have a peroneal nerve injury Usually combined ligamentous injury Clinical exam Varus stress test External rotation recurvatum test Posterolateral drawer test Dial test Reverse pivot shift test Varus thrust gait Radiographs MRI Arthroscopic evaluation
Acute grade I and II injuries Brace 6 weeks Full ROM Partial weight bearing Acute grade III injuries Repair/reconstruct within 2 weeks after injury Attempt anatomic repair Each structure repaired individually Consider augmentation in midsubstance tears Anatomic reconstruction
Assess for varus alignment Proximal tibial opening wedge osteotomy Reassess after 6 months for need for soft tissue reconstruction Anatomic reconsruction of posterolateral structures Two tailed reconstruction of LCL, PFLand popliteus tendon Biomechanically restores function of native ligaments
Prophylaxis with a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) was administered perioperatively in 97.6% and for at least four weeks in 69.5% (median prophylaxis duration: 6 weeks). The rate of symptomatic VTE at 3 months was 1.34% (95% CI: 1.04– 1.64). There were 16 PE (rate 0.25%) and 3 were fatal. The rate of major bleeding was 1.2%. At 6 months, 1006 patients (14.7%) were dead. Significant risk factors for symptomatic VTE were: history of VTE (OR 2.9), induction of anesthesia until arrival in the recovery room > 2 hrs (OR 2.5), and varicose veins/post-thrombotic syndrome (OR 2.2). LMWH prophylaxis significantly reduced the risk of symptomatic VTE (OR 0.2).
Significant predictive factors for mortality were: cancer (OR 2.3), surgical complications requiring re-intervention (OR 1.8), confusion before fracture (OR 1.8), ASA score ≥3 (OR 1.7), BMI ≤18 kg/m2 (OR 1.6), congestive heart failure (OR 1.6), atrial fibrillation (OR 1.6) and age > 80 years (OR 1.1).
According to the 2004 ACCP guidelines on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy general extended prophylaxis with low molecular weight heparins, vitamin K antagonists, or fondaparinux is recommended after major orthopedic surgery. This recommendation is based on a number of placebo controlled, clinical studies using venographic screening for deep vein thrombosis (DVT), as a surrogate end-point for pulmonary embolism (PE), other vascular thrombotic events were not considered. In a recent meta-analysis on these studies the overall event rate of symptomatic venous thromboembolism 30–42 days after a joint arthroplasty was 2.7% DVT and 0.6 % PE in patients having short-term prophylaxis and it was significantly reduced by extended prophylaxis. Bleeding episodes were seen in 4% of cases having extension. Taking into consideration the risk benefit for the individual patient do these findings justify that extended prophylaxis is used on a general basis? To answer this question also compliance, adverse event profile, and cost of the prophylactic regimens have to be addressed. It would be very attractive to be able to individualize the duration of the prophylactic period by assessing the thrombotic potential of every patient in order to balance the risks and benefits of continued prophylaxis.
Major bone surgery causes damage to the bone marrow cells and destruction of blood vessels. This induces a tremendous local and systemic thrombin generation. This may trigger vascular instability during surgery that in seldom cases may be fatal in susceptible patients in particular if bone cement is implanted. The overall mortality following elective hip replacement is low since the patients are selected for the procedure and medically optimized. Following emergency hip fracture surgery the patients are substantially older, many have co-morbid conditions and the mortality is markedly higher. Vascular events dominate. Pulmonary embolism, and myocardial infarction are prominent together with pneumonia (a condition that trigger the coagulation system).
Postoperatively, thrombin continues to be generated for a long time after surgery as a part of the inflammatory healing process. Vascular complications dominate and epidemiological studies have shown a general complication risk period lasting for nearly 3 months and significantly longer in subgroups. Although, mortality has decreased in recent years, morbidity continues to play an important and less focused role although with substantial health economic implications.
The supporting structures on the medial side of the knee consist of:
- Layer I, the superficial fascia. - Layer II, the superficial Medial Collateral Ligament (sMCL) with parallel fibers running from the femoral epicondyle to the anteromedial tibial crest 5–7 cm below the joint line. - Layer III, the deep capsular layer.
The pes tendons are situated between Layer I and II–III. Beneath the sMCL Layer III thickens and forms the deep MCL (dMCL) from femur condyle to meniscus and from meniscus to tibia.
More dorsally Layer II and III fuse and form the Postero Medial Capsule (PMC) which is connected to the meniscus and tibia. The PMC is augmented by the semimembranosus tendon.
The sMCL is the primary restraint against valgus and transsection causes 2–5 degrees laxity in flexion or approximately 3–5 mm joint opening. Additional cutting of the PMC gives additional laxity of 7–8 degrees up to 10 degrees. An isolated sMCL lesion causes more laxity in flexion and a combination of sMCL with a PMC lesion causes also laxity in extension. The dMCL does provide some stability in 45 dg. of flexion but is not very strong.
The goal of MCL-PMC reconstruction should be functional anatomical repair of the pathology and retention of the meniscus. After treating the pathology the medial side of the knee should be stable in extension (by repair PMC) and in flexion (by repair sMCL).
The PMC – meniscus – semimembranosus complex should be refixated at the posteromedial tibia corner if it is loose.
Bony avulsions should be fixed with washer and screw or anchors. Ligamentous avulsions can be fixed at the anatomical insertion site with trans-osseous non-resorbable sutures or bone anchors or screws with toothed washers. A distalisation of a ligament insertion (sMCL) with its bony attachment is also an elegant solution in chronic cases. If the surgeon wants to tension the SMCL at the femoral side, the bony insertion with the ligament attached to it can be recessed at its original position. Allografts and double stranded hamstring autografts can be used when native tissue is lacking.
Patients who suffer a fracture of the proximal femur are high risk for developing venous thromboembolism. They require effective anti-thrombotic prophylaxis. In an audit of 11,900 patients a mortality of 17% occurred 3 months after the injury. Although post mortem examination was rare, it was estimated that nearly 50% of 753 deaths were thrombosis related, 6.9% specifically attributed to pulmonary embolus. It is likely that many of the other deaths, attributed to various respiratory problems were also at least in part due to PE. Comparing the data with actuarial tables demonstrated an excess mortality in both gender and in nearly all age groups. In a second audit, although many patients were receiving some form of prophylaxis, many were given ineffective agents and probably using an ineffective regime. In many patients a fracture of the proximal femur is regarded as a terminal event. However, the data from these 2 audits would suggest that many of these patients are dying unnecessarily and that effective prophylaxis would reduce the risk of death. Chemical prophylaxis commenced immediately after surgery and continued for 5 weeks would be appropriate.
Wear and wear debris induced osteolysis is recognised as a major cause of long term failure in hip prostheses. Historically ultra high molecular weight polyethylene acetabular cups produced micron and submicron wear particles which accumulated in peri prosthetic tissues, and stimulated macrophages to generate wear debris induced osteolysis. Acceleration of wear and osteolysis was caused in historical materials by oxidative degradation of the polyethylene following gamma irradiation in air, and by third body damage and scratching of metallic femoral heads. Current conventional ultra high molecular weight polyethylene cups are irradiated in an inert atmosphere to reduce oxidative degradation and are articulated against ceramic femoral heads to reduce third body wear. More recently modified highly cross linked polyethylene has been developed, and while these materials produce a four to five fold reduction in wear volume the wear particles have been found to be more reactive, resulting in only a two fold reduction in functional osteolytic potential. The question remains as to whether this performance is adequate for high demand patients, particularly if larger diameter femoral heads are to be used.
Recent interest in improved function, stability and reducing dislocations has generated interest in using larger diameter heads and hard on hard bearings.
Alumina ceramic on ceramic bearings have shown a one hundred fold decrease in wear compared to highly cross linked polyethylene materials, and cell culture studies have shown the wear particles to be more bio-compatible and less osteolytic potential.
Metal on metal bearings also produced very low wear rates compared to polyethylene. The wear particles are very small, 10 to 50 nanometers in size, some concern remains about the systematic release of metallic ions. These are lubrication sensitive bearings, and they unlike polyethylene wear decreases as the head size increases due to improved lubrication. Size 36 mm metal bearings are now commonplace for total joint replacements with even larger head sizes being used for surface replacement solutions.
The demand for increased function and improved stability is leading to increased use of hard on hard bearings with larger diameter heads.
Osteolysis and periprosthetic bone loss have been a concern since Charnley’s original reports of metal on Teflon. Willart and Semlitch were the first investigators to propose a biologic mechanism for osteolysis associated with particulate wear debris. Harris in 1976 and Goldring 1983 describe the presence of macrophages and giant cells in the synovial membrane at the bone cement interface in loose THR. Initially it was associated with cement and it was called cement disease. Reports of resorption around cementless implants led to the realization that PE alone was good enough to create bone loss.
Cellular mediators playing significant role in osteolysis are IL-1, IL-6, TNF-a, PGE2. These mediators lead to stimulation and differentiation of osteoclasts and inhibition of osteoblasts.
These factors together assist in the dissolution of bone at the interface allowing for micromotion of the prosthesis that leads to further generation of wear debris.
On top of the above there is release of collagenase, stromelysin, gelatinase which further destroy the bone. Another active area of research involves roles at Rank, Rank and osteoprotegerin. Recently there is extensive work done as far as it concerns the role of endotoxin in osteolysis and periprosthetic bone loss. It still remains a controversial issue.
Other researchers have studied the effects of elevated periarticular hydrostatic pressure and fluid access in the development of osteolysis (effective joint space).
Rheumatoid arthritis is the most common inflammatory disease of the joints affecting about 0.5% of adults, women more often than men with a peak age of onset of 35–45 years. It is usually progressive affecting further joints and the destructive disease process causes irreversible bony erosions and the joints become structurally deformed, with long-term pain and disability. It has an early and significant impact on the person’s ability to work and socio-economic status with work capacity restricted in a third within a year and within 3 years almost half 40 may be registered work disabled.
The aims of management of rheumatoid arthritis are to reduce pain an inflammation; reduce disability; prevent joint damage and progression; and to reduce the comorbidities that are associated with the disease. As joint damage is irreversible it is important to diagnose the disease and institute disease modifying anti-rheumatic therapy as soon as possible. There is as yet no way of preventing the disease.
Lifestyle interventions of avoiding obesity, maintaining physical activity and avoiding smoking may improve outcome. Symptoms can be effectively controlled with analgesics and NSAIDs and joint damage can be reduced with disease modifying antirheumatic therapy with consequent benefits to quality of life. Biological therapies, such as anti TNF, are the latest advance that is dramatically improving the outlook for those developing RA. Rehabilitation interventions can improve and maintain function, including dynamic training. Surgery also has an important role, predominantly arthroplasty when pharmacological therapies have not adequately prevented joint damage.
Effective management of rheumatoid arthritis requires early diagnosis and treatment by recognising those with early inflammatory arthritis and for expert assessment within 6 weeks to decide about disease modifying anti-rheumatic therapy. This should be in addition to symptomatic therapy, rehabilitation and education to improve understanding of their chronic disease and to encourage self management. Such management should be provided through a multiprofessional and multidisciplinary group. People with RA need regular monitoring to ensure optimal disease management. This will reduce the risk of longterm joint damage and disability and will lessen indirect costs of RA. This approach requires systems for early diagnosis and for referral to experts, which includes education of primary care physicians to enable them to recognise synovitis. Public education is also needed to ensure early presentation to the primary care physician at the onset of symptoms.
Osteoarthritis is a slowly progressive musculoskeletal disorder that can occur in any joint and is characterised by symptoms of pain, stiffness or loss of function. Studies showed that the work related disability rate with osteoarthritis varied from 30 to 50%, it is also a frequent cause of early retirement.
Age is the strongest predictor of the development and progression of radiographic osteoarthritis. Further risk factors are physical activity, injuries, high bone mass index and intensive sport activities.
Targets that are most important in the prevention or management of osteoarthritis are to reduce pain, disability and to prevent radiological progression.
There are various life style factors that increase the risk of developing osteoarthritis, increase its rate of progression and may increase pain and functional limitation. Preventable or modifyable risk factors are obesity and mechanical aspects of the joint f.e. joint laxity or malalignment. Tears of menisci or ligaments may lead to at normal loading of articular cartilage and result in the increased deveopment of osteoarthritis. Further risk factors are certain occupations (f.e. farmers for hip- and knee osteoarthritis), intensive sport participation, muscle weakness and nutritional factors.
Pharmacological interventions are mainly to treat the symptom of pain and have nearly no effect on tissue damage. Nevertheless activity and participation is improved as well as using simple analgesics, antiinflammatory drugs, disease modifying therapies, hyaluronic acid and intraarticular steroids. There is no evidence that pharmacological interventions can prevent osteoarthritis as defined by radiological changes.
Biomechanic deficiencies may lead to joint damage and result in pain and disability. Therefore surgical correction of these abnormalities can relief pain and improve function. Further surgical interventions to reduce the impact of osteoarthritis include cartilage repair and joint preserving surgeries. For severely damaged joints, partial or total replacement of the joint is now possible for all those joints that are commonly affected by osteoarthritis.
Osteoarthritis is commonly associated with limited function that can be improved with a wide variety of rehabilitative interventions. Symptoms of pain may be reduced by joint specific exercises, transient immobilisation, heat or cold packings and braces or other devices. Further attention can be put on modifiying the environment as adaptions at home and at work, support services or other social interventions. Eduction and self managements play an important role as well in early as in late stages of the disease.
The number of people suffering from pain or limitation of daily activities as a result of conditions related to the musculoskeletal system is increasing in Europe and worldwide. It is therefore essential to develop strategies to prevent both the occurrence of these conditions and the impact of these conditions.
Most musculoskeletal conditions occur in the elderly and as the elderly population will reach above 20% within the next 20 years this will further augment the problem within Europe, particularly as these conditions also increase with advancing age. It must be recognized that at most levels within the health care systems or within society, the impact of these conditions today and for the future is underestimated, both regarding number and regarding consequences; disability, handicap, social implications and costs. The major challenge is, however, not to make recommendations for preventive strategies but to implement them in order to secure a change, leading to improved care and improved quality of life for patient, regardless of age.
The first step in order to make a change is to define the size of the problem – the burden of musculoskeletal conditions. With respect to the incidence and prevalence the size of the problem is relatively well known. The size of the problem when it comes to the impact on the individual is less well known, as is the burden in terms of economic and societal costs. For many conditions the risk factors are identified and common to many conditions.
The second step involves evidence – evidence for the effectiveness of the interventions available today. When evaluating evidence it is useful to define population in terms of the normal or healthy population, those at risk, those at early or moderate stage and those at late stage of the condition since this will translate into preventive strategies appropriate for each level.
The final step is implementation and this is the major challenge at all levels, from policies trying to influence the entire population to adopt a healthier life style, to change the management of the individual patient in the doctor’s office. Based on knowledge of size and evidence, it is possible to transform recommendations into an actual action plan at national, regional and local levels. The principles for successful implementations are to a large extent similar for all levels.
The tools for success need to be identified and they may include financial or economic mechanisms, regulatory mechanisms, and educational or organisational mechanisms. It is particularly important to identify barriers and facilitators that will influence the outcome of the proposed strategy.
Musculoskeletal conditions have many risk factors and interventions in common with other conditions that affect public health, such as diabetes and cardiovascular conditions. In primary prevention it is therefore key to collaborate not only within the musculoskeletal field but also with other fields in order to improve also musculoskeletal health.
Traditional polyethylene oxidizes, wears and generates particles over time, which most probably contributes to increased risk of periprosthetic osteolysis. Even contemporary sterilization methods such as radiation and package in oxygen reduced or oxygen substituted environment do not eliminate oxidation over time. Thus, there is a need for alternative bearing in total hip replacement surgery and especially in patients with high activity and long life expectancy.
All three major alternate bearings, ceramic-on-ceramic, metal-on-metal and highly crosslinked polyethylene produce major reductions in volumetric wear. The electron beam, melted highly cross-linked polyethylene has an in vivo penetration rate after the bedding in period, which is less than 8 microns per year. This is not substantially different from ceramic on ceramic or metal on metal. Therefore, the inherent risk of periprosthetic osteolysis with these alternate bearings is probably smaller than observed with conventional polyethylene.
In the competition between different articulations highly cross-linked polyethylene has some advantages. The polyethylene is more
Impingement should also be avoided with use of polyethylene, but if it occurs, the consequences are often more benign at least in the short term perspective. Micro-separation results in less material damage with use of polyethylene than with the 2 other types of articulations. A few degrees of additional abduction above the geometrical limits for a particular socket is far less harmful if it is made of polyethylene compared to the situation in ceramic-on-ceramic or metal-on-metal bearings. Polyethylene is also more
On the other hand using highly cross-link polyethylene carries some risks. Particles generated from this new material are smaller with higher inflammatory response. Compared with joints including conventionally sterilised polyethylene the total particle production is, however, reduced with more than 85%, which has implications for the magnitude of the inflammatory response.
The significance and importance of the irradiation and melting induced changes of the mechanical properties of the polyethylene is not known. Long term follow-up is needed to evaluate this issue.
Charnley preferred small head sizes in total hip replacement because they resulted in transmittance of low frictional torque to the acetabular implant. Mueller advocated larger head sizes with improved joint stability and lower contact pressure. Large heads do, however, imply increased volumetric wear. Therefore, 32 mm heads were abandoned in the early 90ties in favour of 28 mm heads. Another consequence of using larger heads is that polyethylene liners are relatively thin. The highly cross-link polyethylene and the hard bearings can be used with bigger femoral heads, which increases the range of motion and the hip joint stability.
Amorphous diamond coatings has been studied as an alternative bearing surface in the laboratory (Santavirta 2003). Such coatings may provide wear rates 104 to 105 times lower than conventional THR articulations, because of their extremely hard surface and low coefficient of friction without any corrosion paths (Santavirta et al. 1999 Lappalainen et al. 2003).
Oxidized Zirconium (OxZr) is another material, which has similar advantages. Oxinium materials are the results of a process that allows thermally–driven oxygen to diffuse and transform the metallic zirconium alloy surface into a durable low-friction oxide. The Oxinium material is harder than commonly used cobalt chrome, and with only the surface changing during the manufacturing process, the rest of the implant remains metal to maintain its overall strength. OxZr provides superior abrasion resistance without the risk of brittle fracture, thereby combining the benefits of metal and ceramics. Knee simulator tests have shown that OxZr can reduce polyethylene wear substantially (Ries et al. 2002). Although promising, these two coatings still lack clinical documentation.
During the last decade it has become evident that many designs of total hip arthroplasty can in patients with normal bone quality be fixed to the bone with a high degree of reproducibility. This has had the effect that younger patients have been operated on in increasing numbers. Wear and periprosthetic bone loss have remained a serious and comparatively frequent complications. The introduction of more wear resistant articulations has the potential to solve these problems making the procedure safer also among these patients. So far there is no or very scarce evidence that these articulations can be used safely during decades without complications causing progressive and often silent bone destruction resulting in difficult revisions with high morbidity. In the case of metal on metal articulations release and accumulation of ions remains a long term concern and especially if the patients will suffer from a temporary or permanent disease associated with impaired renal function.
Because evidence of long term superiority of these new articulations is lacking it is of utmost importance that these new implants and materials are introduced into clinical practice in a controlled way. Careful surveillance of preclinical and gradually enlarged randomised studies followed by multicenter trials is necessary to avoid disastrous mistakes so common in the past.
Joint replacement implants, especially in their modular forms, are subjected to wear and corrosion at various sites in their articulation, such as the bearing surfaces, the undersurface of the insert, the femoral head-neck junction and the implant or polymethylmethacrylate-bone interface. Movement of the bearing surfaces is not the only cause, as faulty implant positioning can initiate wear through impingement between two parts of the articulation.
These wear products of polyethelene or metal, in particulate form, are influential to the ultimate fate of the prostheses through the initiation of local and systemic immune reactions.
These debris are phagocytised by macrophages and phagocytised proteins are partly degraded in intracellular vesicles, where they become associated with the major histocompatability complex molecule HLA-DR. This molecule when transported to the cell membrane, interacts with CD4+ lymphocytes to activate an immune response and initiate the production of interleukin1b, interleukin 6 and tumor necrosing factor a. These cytokines mediate the inflammatory response and activate osteoclasts causing periprosthetic osteolysis.
Polyethelene and metal wear particles, in addition to their local effects, can be disseminated beyond the periprosthetic tissues and reach distant organs and regional lymphnodes. The concentrations of certain elements of metallic implants, such as iron, cobalt, chromium or titanium have been detected in lymphnodes, the liver and the spleen in levels a lot higher than normal, especially in patients with loose prostheses and, less so, in patients with stable prostheses.
The reported values of metal ions in published series vary. Thus certain investigators (Brodner et al) have reported continuous systemic cobalt release during a five year follow-up period and in levels slightly above detection values, while others (Clarke et al, Lohtka et al) have reported consistently high levels of cobalt and chromium ions in metal on metal articulations. The diameter of the femoral head appears to be a significant factor. In surface hip replacements with large diameter heads the amount of detected metal ions was significantly higher compared with total hip replacements with use of 28mm diameter femoral heads. In that type of replacement the levels of cobalt was 50 times higher than normal and of chromium 100 times higher.
Polyethelene particles, similarily have been detected in paraaortic lymphnodes in percentages similar to metal ions. However the detection of PE particles in the liver or the spleen was less, compared to metal ions, possibly due to the difficulty of modern methods to detect PE particles of submicrometre size. The relevance of the dissemination of metal ions and of PE wear debris in organs distal to the operated joint need to be carefully evaluated since certain of these elements are known carcinogens. Two studies have reported slight increase of haemopoeitic cancers in patients with cobalt alloy implants and in patients with metal on metal devices, while others have documented the development of malignant tumours in the vicinity of total hip replacements.
Since prostheses with metal on metal bearing surfaces are used more and more frequently in younger patients, these patients require careful monitoring for longer periods.
Interest on acetabular version arose from unstable developmental dysplastic hips. Initial studies and clinical observations described the dysplastic hip as being excessively anteverted.
The advent of computed tomography allowed further detailed analysis of the acetabulum in the axial plane, yet these studies failed to determine conclusively whether or not the dysplastic acetabulum is abnormally anteverted. Much controversy evolved from different methods of measuring and from the fact that a more anteriorly located acetabular deficiency results in excessive anteversion while a more posteriorly located deficiency in retroversion. It remains inconclusive to what extent acetabular dysplasia is due to a mal-orientation of an otherwise normal configured acetabulum or to a deficient acetabulum which is otherwise normally orientated. Furthermore, the acetabular opening spirals gradually from mild anteversion proximally to increasing anteversion distal to it and therefore render its measurement dependent from pelvic inclination and from the level of the transverse CT scan slice.
On an orthograde pelvic X-ray, both, pelvic inclination and rotation can be controlled. Therefore, acetabular version is best estimated from the relationship of the anterior and posterior acetabular rim to each other on an orthograde pelvic X-ray.
The main hip pathologies, acetabular rim overload and anterior femoro-acetabular impingement, both occur in the superior part of the acetabulum, the acetabular dome, and that’s where version is best measured. We called this version of the acetabular dome.
Interest on retroversion of the acetabular dome arose from analysis of complications such as persistent posterior subluxation after acetabular reorienting procedures. They resulted in the hypothesis that the site of acetabular deficiency may vary and be more posteriorly located in some cases resulting in a rather retroverted than anteverted acetabular dome.
In fact, retroversion of the acetabular dome was found to be a characteristic feature of specific hip disorders. A review of ten patients with posttraumatic premature closure of the triradiate cartilage before age 5 showed beside a bowed hemipelvis with lateralized and caudalized acetabulum a mean retroversion of the acetabular dome of 27°. A review of 14 patients suffering from proximal femoral focal deficiency with a functional hip joint revealed a mean retroversion of the acetabular dome of 24°. Typically this was accompanied by femoral retrotorsion and coxa vara.
Finally, bladder exstrophy, when treated without pelvic osteotomy, typically end up with externally rotated or retroverted acetabula (Sponseller, 1995) Even in DDH, retroversion of the acetabular dome has been shown to be a significant variation as 40 of 232 such acetabula showed to have a retroverted dome (Li, 2003).
Furthermore retroversion typically can result from pelvic osteotomy in childhood as 26 from 97 subjects, who underwent either Salter or Le Coeur osteotomy in childhood ended up with retroverted acetabular domes after closure of the pelvic bone growth plates. In the context of neuromuscular or genetic disorders, dysplastic hips also may have retroverted acetabular domes and may additionally be influenced from fixed spine deformities. Finally, retroverted acetabular domes may be found in otherwise non dysplastic hips.
The relevance of acetabular retroversion is both technical and clinical: First, it calls for a more individual approach to acetabular dysplasia because presence of retroversion will affect the manner in which corrective osteotomy will be done. Salter-like reorientation maneuvers will result in worsening the pre-existing posterior deficiency or acetabular rim overload and risk continued posterior subluxation or dislocation of a previously reduced hip (Lee, 1991). Second, anterior overcorrection of a primarily retroverted acetabula may necessitate a further intervention to remove bone from the anterior aspect of the acetabulum or anterior part of the femoral head-neck junction due to limited hip flexion (Crockarell 1999, Myers 1999). Third, evidence that the long-term effect of retroversion of the acetabular dome is harmful is increasing: An association between decreased acetabular anteversion and osteoarthritis was found as soon as 1991 (Menke, 1991) and the prevalence of retroversion among patients with idiopathic hip osteoarthritis has been found to be 20% versus 5% among the general population (Giori, 2003). Furthermore, decreased acetabular and femoral anteversion was found to be a major cause of altered rotation, hip pain and osteoarthritis (Tönnis, 1999). A positive impingement test was the key clinical finding (Reynolds,1999). This anterior impingement of the femoral head-neck junction against the border of the prominent anterior acetabular wall which over a long period of time may lead to fatiguing and destruction of the acetabular labrum and the adjacent cartilage is thought to initiate groin pain and early osteoarthritis. Finally, even for total hip replacement, severe retroversion of the acetabular dome will make surgery more difficult.
Lesions of the acetabular rim have been implicated as a cause of hip pain in various pathologic conditions and are considered to predispose the hip to development of accelerated degenerative disease. In developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) and anterior femoroacetabular impingement (FAI), intrinsically normal intraarticular soft tissue structures are exposed to joint loading forces that physically exceed their tolerance level posing these pathomorphologies as precursors of osteoarthritis. In DDH, the deficient acetabular coverage of the femoral head has been related to osteoarthrosis, while the orientation of the femoral head is considered to play a less important role. The resulting instability and anterolateral migration tendency of the femoral head leads to chronic shear stresses at the acetabular margin. In FAI, repetitive peak contact pressures occur when the femoral head-neck junction abuts against the acetabular rim during joint flexion. Predisposing morphologies are femoral abnormalities such as an insufficient femoral head-neck offset seen in head tilt or pistol grip deformities, slipped capital femoral epiphysis, or malunited femoral neck fractures with the orientation and shape of the acetabulum contributing to this pathology. In classical DDH and FAI, diagnosis is primarily based on clinical signs and symptoms and conventional radiography. However, in cases of clinical and radiographic borderline disease establishment of the correct diagnosis is sometimes difficult. This presentation reports how the MRarthrographic appearance of acetabular rim pathologies can be used to differentiate both conditions. In DDH and FAI, labral pathologies localize identically with a predilection to the anterosuperior quadrant of the acetabulum. Labral tears are found in 64% in both groups. The volume of the labrum is increased in 86% DDH hips but in none of the FAI hips. Ganglion formation in the periacetabular area is seen in 71% DDH and 21% FAI hips. These findings provide evidence that the anterosuperior acetabular rim represents the initial fatiguing site of the hip under both DDH and FAI. The capability of MR-arthrography to depict differences in labral pathologies suggests this method as a helpful diagnostic tool to define the most appropriate treatment strategy specifically in borderline cases.
A number of radiographic indices were measured and compared including the VCE angle, LCE angle, and acetabular angles of Tönnis and Sharp. Variation in both the VCE and LCE angle was evaluated by measuring the index using two different reference points. This included (1) the traditional mark of the furthest point along the sclerotic density of the weight bearing zone and (2) an alternate point representing the furthest extent of lateral or anterior bony coverage. Additional sources of measurement error were determined. The relationships between the centre-edge angles and other radiographic indices were determined. An evaluation of the indices and correction on post osteotomy radiographs was also performed.
Nineteen of these cases displayed a “classic” lateral and anterior deficiency. However, 19 cases displayed a more uniform deficiency and 12 cases were in fact retroverted.
Evaluation of the radiographic indices revealed:
A mean VCE angle of 2.3 degrees (SD±12.7) and LCE angle of 3.4 degrees (SD±9.3). These were corrected to 25.8 degrees (SD±11.6) and 28.6 degrees (SD±8.7) following osteotomy. The VCE and LCE angles did not appear to be correlated (r=0.35). This is contrary to previous studies evaluating non-dysplastic pelvi (Chosa No correlation was seen either in the post osteotomy values, or in the absolute degree of correction. The A similar variation was seen when comparing the LCE angle and the The mean VCE in hips with primarily anterior and lateral deficiency (−6.7°±12.5) was significantly lower (p<
0.01) than those with uniform deficiency (5.1°±8.3) or those with retroverted acetabuli (8.9°±13.3) Dysplastic hips with a decreased LCE angle but relatively normal Tönnis angle should be treated carefully as osteotomy may result in excessive angular correction in the coronal plane, thus creating a negative Tönnis angle. This can ultimately lead to problems with lateral and/or anterolateral impingement.
Potential sources of error in measurement that were identified include:
Deformity of the acetabulum and occasional abnormalities of the femoral head limit the ability to identify the center of the rotation necessary to measure the centre-edge angles. Subluxation of the femoral head also creates a degree of error. These difficulties were observed in over 20% of cases. Alteration in pelvic tilt and rotation theoretically decreases the accuracy of measurement. Practically over 30% of radiographs were seen as less than ideal. The absolute reference point for VCE and LCE angles as the end of the sclerotic line in the weight bearing area can be (1) difficult to define (2) does not always represent the most anterior or lateral extent of the acetabular margin. This discrepancy appears to increases in dysplastic hips. This has been suggested previously (Fabeck et al.,1999) and is now supported by our findings.
Radiodense structures resembling ossicles at the acetabular rim have received multiple names including “Os acetabuli, Os supertilii, Os marginale superius acetabuli, and Os coxae quartum”.
Various theories regarding their origin have been postulated. These structures commonly are observed in dysplastic hips and hips suffering from femoro-acetabular impingement and represent fractures of the acetabular rim. In our series we observed acetabular rim fragments in 4.9% of the dysplastic hips and in 6.4% of the hips with femoro-acetabular impingement.
Two different pathomechanics are responsible for the occurrence of these rim fragments. In dysplasia the short acetabular roof reduces the amount of available loading surface which leads to an overload on the lateral margin of the acetabulum, propagating the development of a fatigue fracture. However, as in all hips additional cysts were visible, it must be postulated, that cysts have to be present additionally and act as stress risers through which the rim bone eventually will fail. In hips with femoro-acetabular impingement the mode of failure is different. The relative anterior overcover in retroverted hips is subjected to stress during flexion of the hip, which is further increased by the frequent presence of an non-spheric extension of the femoral head as seen in cam impingement. The nonspheric femoral head-neck junction is jammed into the rim area. By repetitive traumatization the anterior rim eventually will fracture.
The clinical importance of acetabular rim fractures in the dysplastic hip is readily understood even by an unexperienced observer. However, it has to be considered as a sign that the hip has decompensated and it usually goes with significant articular cartilage damage. Because the radiographic appearance of the hip with femoro-acetabular impingement seems normal at first sight, the mechanism leading to anterior rim fracture may be overlooked. However, recognition and adequate treatment is important to prevent further degeneration of the hip.
Alignment, coverage and congruency are traditional keywords for the morphological interpretation of the hip joint. Most of the collected information come from ill-defined radiographs and are mainly used to characterize the capacity of a hip for load transmission. Accordingly threshold values for undercoverage are more precise than the definition of overcoverage.
The understanding of what is a normal hip anatomy is changing rapidly; other parameters have to be included as well. The impingement concept introducing motion as an important initiator of osteoarthritis is based on relatively minor morphological abnormalities of the hip which were of little interest until now. With high quality MRI we recently learned that a hip joint may have substantial cartilage damages although it looks radiographically normal.
This Symposium is a first attempt to update on our standards Puloski et al. point to weak radiographic parameters. Dora discusses hitherto barely noticed indicators like the acetabular version which has a high potential for morbidity. Beck et al explain the acetabular rim fragment, a structure which can be seen in dysplastic as well as in impinging hips. Finally Leunig et al. use the MRI-morphology of the labrum to distinguish between dysplasia and hip impingement in borderline hips.
Fracture is the only clinically relevant aspect of osteoporosis—a major public health problem in many countries. The strongest predictor for a new fragility fracture is a previous one. For instance, a patient with one osteoporotic vertebral compression fracture has about a seven-fold increased hip fracture risk; a patient with two compression fractures a 14-fold hip fracture risk. Today, we have evidence based and efficient osteoporosis drugs as well as non-pharmacologic methods for fracture prophylaxis. In risk group patients it often is possible to halve the fracture risk.
The orthopaedic surgeon is the first and sometimes the only doctor a fracture patien sees. Therefore, as orthopaedic surgeons, we have a great opportunity—and indeed an onus—to identify patients with increased fracture risk, and to do something about it.
Imagine patients with myocardial infarction or stroke discharged from hospital without blood pressure control or having a biochemical profile taken? Such negligence is, alas, not uncommon for patients with fragility fractures. We must think in terms of absolute fracture risk, and implement today’s evidence based knowledge.
Secondary prophylaxis should be an integrated part in fracture treatment. And this calls for a multidisciplinary and multiprofessional teamwork including surgeons, geriatricians, endocrinologists and general practitioners, as well as nurses, physiotherapists and a wide range of other paramedical specialists. Such “fracture chains” will reduce the number of unnecessary and preventable injuries and will have a great impact in terms of cost and suffering. This symposium will give an overveiw of fracture-preventing strategies.
In the trend to operate hip fractures with less invasive procedures it is important to realise that the semi-percutaneous approach to make osteosynthesis with two screws or hook pins for femoral neck fractures, actually is a mini invasive procedure. It is well proven since decades.
The major question is to select the right patients for osteosynthesis versus arthroplasty (unipolar hemi, bipolar hemi or total hip arthroplasty). It is depending on the damage to the blood supply of the femoral head. There is at the moment no methods for this in routine use, but with the development of MRI techniques it might be possible. The goal is to select the right patients for osteosynthesis to minimise the healing complications and the need for secondary hip arthroplasties.
The hook pin procedure has been extensively used in Sweden through decades. Since the last 5 years there is an increasing trend for the most displaced fractures in older patients to be operated with a hemi arthroplasty. Previously a primary osteosynthesis was the first choice in all patients. The results of 10 years use of this procedure in Lund 1988–1997 shows that for the total of femoral neck (cervical) hip fractures the need for a secondary arthroplasty within 2 years was 20%. Previously published need for secondary arthroplasty was 13% when only well trained surgeons operated. There is thus no need to behead all displaces femoral neck fractures because some fail. In Norway the principles of primary osteosynthesis still mostly prevail. In a randomised comparison between hook pins and screws it was found that the rates of early failure of fixation, non-union and need for reoperation did not differ significantly between the two osteosynthesis methods. The use of hook pins was associated with less drill penetrations of the femoral head during surgery (odds ratio 2.6) and a lower incidence of necrosis of the femoral head (odds ratio 3.5). The technique of performance was of significant importance. There was a highly significant relationship between poor reduction and poor fixation of the fracture and subsequent reoperation. Likewise per-operative drill penetration of the femoral head was associated with a greater risk of reoperation. In total 22% of these patients needed a major reoperation (usually hemi arthroplasty). In 7% of the cases the fixation device needed to be removed after a healed fracture. In another randomised study between hook pins and three screws 57% of the patients were operated within 6 hours from admission to hospital and 92% within 24 hours. The mean (median) time for operation was 36 (30) minutes for the hook pins and 40 (35) minutes for the AO screws. After 2 years 77% of the hook pin patients had not needed any reoperation compared to 73% in the AO screw group. In total a secondary hemiarthroplasty had been performed in 7% and a total hip arthroplasty in 12% of the patients. Extraction only of osteosynthesis material had been performed in 5%. Again, healing was much higher if the reposition and positioning of the osteosynthesis material was optimised.
Osteosynthesis is a mini invasive procedure. It is indicated for all undisplaced cervical fractures and for less displaced fractures, particularly in younger patients. Attention to the reposition and positioning of the osteosynthesis material is necessary. An image intensifier with large field of view and good resolution facilitates this, preferably a biplanar. The future goal is to select the patients better for the different procedures osteosynthesis or arthroplasty.
The risk of further fractures increases 2–10 times after the first fracture. Actual fracture risk for the given person (absolute fracture risk) can be calculated from data collected in 10-year prospective studies (NHANES or Kanis 2001). To calculate absolute fracture risk one has to multiply age-related risk factor ascertained in above studies by the coefficient estimated for particular factors influencing possible fracture (relative fracture risk). The most commonly used factors are: age (RR 2.0 for each 5 yrs over 65), low BMD (RR/SD 1.4–2.6), low-energy fracture after the age of 40 (RR 4.0), proximal femur fracture in mother (*RR 1.9), body mass lower than 58 kg (*RR 1.9), early menopause – before the age of 45, smoking (RR 1.2), susceptibility to falls (*RR 3.5), corticosteroids intake.
Absolute fracture risk in 60-year-old woman whose foreseen 10-year probability of femoral neck fracture is 2.3% with normal BMD but burden by factors marked by asterisks would be: 2.3% x 1.9 x 1.9 x 3.5 =
We can increase bone mineral density by pharmacological intervention. Every patient should be given calcium and vit. D supplementation and a specific medication, which should be adjusted to: age, sex and presence of hot flashes and fractures. HRT is preferred in women aged 50–60 yrs suffering from hot flashes. HRT decreases the risk of spine (50%) and proximal femur fracture (40%). However some risk of breast and uterine cancer has to be taken into consideration. Selective estrogen modulators (SERM; raloxifene) act as estrogen agonists on bone and cardiovascular system but as antagonists on breast tissue. Decrease of spinal fracture (45%) and breast cancer incidence (70%) is proven but no positive action on proximal femur is reported.
In women who underwent osteoporotic fracture one can apply bisphosphonates, strontium ranelate or PTH. Alendronate reduces spine fractures (47%) and proximal femur fractures (51%). Similar effects are documented for risedronate (spine – 60% and proximal femur 40–56%). Strontium ranelate not only inhibits bone resorption but also stimulates bone formation. Decrease of spine and proximal femur fractures occurrence has been proven (41%). PTH injected sc. in daily doses is the most powerful compound which rebuilds bone trabeculae in severe cases and reduces incidence of peripheral fractures (53%). Calcitonin is effective in spine fractures but not in proximal femur.
Fall prevention program should be implemented in all patients with osteoporosis independently from pharmacological intervention.
The incidence of reported cases of whiplash has risen dramatically in many Western Countries.There was an initial increase, in the United Kingdom, following the compulsory wearing of seatbelts for drivers and front seat passengers but since then the incidence has increased even more. This pattern has been reported in other regions.
Many factors have been proposed to account for this increased incidence, including changes in car design, increased traffic density, psychosocial aspects and increased litigation.
Although whiplash injury is defined as a “minor” injury it may be associated with prolonged morbidity. The factors causing chronicity are not well understood but do include the severity of the initial injury (WAD 3 injuries doing significantly worse than WAD 1 and 2 injuries), the development of psychological symptoms, age and bio-social factors. Prolonged litigation and prolonged inappropriate treatment also lead to chronicity.
Because of the decreased holding power of the screws, fixation of osteoporotic fractures has a high failure rate (10%–25%). It should also be reported that even if fixation does not fail, several osteoporotic patients with fractures have unsatisfactory functional results due to bony malunion.
Elderly patients with osteoporosis demand better fixation techniques. Treatment goals in this particular patient population include: proper fracture alignment, stable fixation and early rehabilitation. A surgeon should adopt a minimally-invasive technique in order to relieve the patient of physiological stress and allow for full-weight bearing of the fractured limb. Several fixation augmentation techniques have been proposed such as the use of PMMA, calcium phosphate cement, oblique screw insertion and cannulated ported screws.
Our studies indicated that osteoporotic bone fixation can be greatly improved by using implants coated with calcium phosphates such as hydroxyapatite. Hip fractures are the most severe form of fracture in patients with osteoporosis. Cut-out of the load-bearing implant is seen more frequently compared to patients with good bone quality often leading to revision surgery. We compared dynamic hip screw (DHS) fixation with hydroxyapatite(HA)-coated AO/ASIF screws to DHS fixation with standard AO/ASIF screws in osteoporotic trochanteric fractures. One-hundred-andtwenty patients were divided into two groups and randomized to receive 135° 4-hole DHS with either standard lag and cortical AO/ASIF screws (Group A) or HA-coated lag and cortical AO/ASIF screws (Group B). Inclusion criteria were: female, age >
65 years, AO/OTA fracture type A1 or A2 and a bone mass density (BMD) T-score lower than −2.5. Exclusion criteria included lag screw extension into the proximal third of the femoral head. Between the two groups, there were no differences in patient age, BMD, screw position in the femoral head, tip apex distance, quality of reduction and fracture impaction at the 6-month follow-up. In Group A, femoral neck shaft angle (FNSA) reduced over time (134
External fixation could be a viable treatment option in elderly trochanteric fracture patients since it typically involves a low energy trauma. However post-operative complications associated with inadequate pin fixation have limited its use. Because of the development of HA-coated screws, we compared external fixation with HA-coated screws (H-CP) to DHS with AO/ASIF stainless-steel screws in osteoporotic trochanteric fractures. Forty patients were divided into two groups and randomized for treatment with either 135° 4-hole DHS (Group A) or external fixation with 4 H-CP (Group B). Inclusion criteria were: female, age > 65 years, AO/OTA fracture type A1–2 and a BMD T-score lower than −2.5. All fixators were removed at 3 months. There were no differences in patient age, fracture type, BMD, ASA, hospital stay and quality of reduction. Average number of blood transfusions was 2 ± 0.1 in Group A, whereas no blood transfusions were required in Group B (p < 0.005). Post-operative FNSA was 134 ± 6 ° in Group A and 132 ± 4° in Group B (ns). In Group A, the varus collapse of the fracture at 6 months was 6 ± 8° and in Group B 2 ± 1° (p = 0.002). The Harris hip score was 62 ± 20 in Group A and 63 ± 17 in Group B (ns). In Group B, no screw infection occurred.
Several studies document what we all know – that, in the vast majority of patients treated in fracture units for low-trauma fractures, there is no attempt to identify and treat factors predisposing to further fractures. We treat
Equally, it is completely unrealistic to expect orthopaedic surgeons, focused on surgically treating a tide of challenging osteoporotic fractures, to assess the risk in each patient of further falls and the degree to which bone strength is compromised, and be responsible for prescribing treatments which will reduce risk in a cost-effective way. Yet the fracture unit is absolutely the best (and most cost-effective) place to identify the group of patients who will benefit most from preventive measures.
The answer is to work in a system, which connects up the right people to give each patient what they need. Surgeons to heal the current fracture (together with rehabilitationists to restore function and confidence) and physicians to assess and treat falls risk and osteoporosis.
Making this happen in practice requires answers to questions only you can answer:
who are the best physicians for our fracture unit to work with? what is the best mechanism for selecting the appropriate patients to refer? how do we persuade the commissioners to pay for it?
This is an issue in which it is worth us investing a lot of effort: we will ourselves soon be old and we must get this right in time for when we need it!
Whiplash associated Disorder is a clinical entity that is well recognised by doctors patients and the legal profession. It is however a clinical syndrome that has few of the characteristics that are normally associated with the epidemiology and pathology of injury.
The dilemma of Whiplash is the absence of hard evidence of any pathological process that would normally be considered evidence of a disease process.
Epidemiology exposes some of the gaps in the current models of whiplash. There are unexplained cultural variations. The different legal mechanisms of claim should not influence a physical traumatic disorder.
There is normally a clear relationship between the kinetic energy involved in injury and the tissue disruption that occurs. Experimental models using crash tests produce conflicting results. Studies of polytrauma reveal a very low incidence of post traumatic neck pain.
A range of opinions are available in the literature on pathology and biomechanical factors. Systematic analysis reveals the level of evidence for the establishment of the disease of whiplash in the 1960’s to be level two or three, while the evidence for discarding whiplash as a physical disease in the modern literature is level one or two. It is much harder for physicians to discard a cultural fixed belief in a disease that may never have existed rather than to accept the verifiable logic of modern models of disease.
Various historical arguments that have been used to support a physical basis for whiplash associated disorder have a flawed logic. The current best evidence would suggest that the acute phase of a whiplash disorder may be the result of a minor soft tissue injury, the natural history of which is recovery. There is little or no evidence to support a physical basis for chronic symptoms, which on the balance of probability are due to psychosocial factors. Whiplash is a ‘convenient’ model of illness which results in ‘gain’ for all those involved in its manifestations. It is a convenient disease.
Victims of motor vehicle accidents often seek health care following whiplash injuries. Their complaints (whiplash associated disorders, WAD) are classified on a 1–4 scale developed by the Quebec task force (QTF) in 1995
Responding to the acute symptoms with activity (act-as-usual and exercise) results in improved outcome
Approximately 50 % of patients with chronic WAD suffer from zygapophyseal joint pain that will be relieved for a period of several months if treated with percutaneous radiofrequency neurotomy
State-of-the-art treatment for acute WAD is available and needs to be implemented.
Further research on the treatment of chronic WAD should focus on the patients’ cognitions and movement behavior.
The cost of claims for personal injury after whiplash injury costs the economy of the United Kingdom some £3 billion per year. The majority of vehicle occupants subjected to rear-end shunt either suffer no effects or make a complete recovery however a minority suffer adverse psychological and social consequences which may be largely unrelated to the severity of the initial physical insult.
The early psychological reactions include feelings of being shocked, frightened and angry which are related to the victim’s subjective perception of accident severity. During the days after many victims continue to experience anxiety and distress manifest in physical, emotional, cognitive and social complaints – which may be severe enough to constitute the diagnosis of acute stress disorder which has a high risk of subsequent PTSD (Post – Traumatic Stress Disorder)
Ongoing apparently disproportionate disability can take a number of forms but is usually an unconscious process resulting from the interaction of physical, psychological and social variables.
The risk factors for a poor psychological outcome include pre-accident characteristics, the nature of the accident, beliefs favouring chronicity, quality of care along with independent post-accident events and in many cases the effect of litigation.
Surgical treatment of degenerative disc disease (DDD) has been widely modified in the last decade. The clinical evaluation of back pain has been improved by the use of functional scores and VAS. The discography is an adjunct for decision-making, but CT scan and MRI are the keys to evaluate the aging process.
The conservative treatment with physiotherapy and exercise programs is always the first and very useful treatment. Percutaneous therapy like facets injection, laser, IDET, radiofrequency in the disc can be a solution in some specific cases. Their efficacy has been evaluated in different studies and is sometimes controversial but there aren’t contraindications for further treatment and their complication rate is low. Dynamic posterior stabilization devices using pedicular screws and ligament tension band are proposed to try to put the disc in rest and some histological analyzes confirmed this hypothesis. Interspinous devices have been evaluated since many years but there indications need to be established as the literature available doesn’t provide clear indication criteria. Partial disc replacement is a new challenge for DDD. Many devices have in clinical evaluation but only few have prospective studies demonstrating their efficacy. The PDN was the pioneer and as the other in the evaluation process it has to solve the problem of the stability of the device. The last products on the market are promising. The total disc replacement is the last solution before fusion. Many studies including prospective and randomized have demonstrated the efficacy of total disc replacement. The indication is the key point of success. The training to perform the approach safely is mandated. Finally the fusion: anterior, posterior or combined is the ultimate solution to treat DDD. This was the gold standard and is still the most widely used treatment. As a dead end fusion is used only if other solutions cannot be proposed or used. DDD therapy has to be considered with the help of an algorithm including all motion preservation treatment before fusion.
The multiplicity of factors that influence the clinical evolution of discopathies, determine a great diversity in its presentation.
The barely known genetic predisposition, the individual morphological aspects, the age and sex, the associated co-morbidities as well as the patient environment define in its all an individual context that influences decisively the treatment for each patient.
On the other hand, the identification in each case of the different stages of the multilevel DDD, causes doubts regarding the involvement of each segment in the respective clinical condition.
To singly identify all sources of pain, and not only each painful level, is the main challenge poised to the spine surgeon when defining the treatment strategy.
The diagnosis aggressiveness must be proportional to its doubts, and the discography, the disco-scanner and the facet blocks are fundamental when the conventional clinical investigation is inconclusive.
The use of minimal invasive techniques such as IDET or Coblation can be considerate as alternatives, especially in the early stages of single-level DDD.
The nucleoplasthy – nuclear prosthesis- is an interesting alternative in the intermediate stages of the discogenic pain DDD, as well as in the predominant facet pain or in the foraminal dynamic stenosis is the dynamic stabilization. Those are techniques with controversial results and which liability in some cases is yet to be proven.
Last, the use of different techniques in different levels in the context of multi-level DDD – ex: fusion + disc replacement; disc replacement + dynamic stabilization with or without decompression procedures in the spinal canal- must be rigorously considered according to the specific dysfunction of each segment and considering the anatomical and functional reconstruction of the spine.
The incidence of major hand injuries has fortunately declined in Europe in recent years owing to the enforcement of Health and Safety Regulations and the automation of many manual tasks. As the numbers of major injuries decline so too does the surgical skill and experience of the surgeon. Yet, major injuries will still occur and patient expectation will always be driven higher as media encompasses dramatic results from around the world. This symposium draws together experts from Europe and especially from Turkey and India where experience with these injuries is so much greater nowadays than in Western Europe.
Classification is difficult but necessary if outcome comparisons are to be made. A brief outline of available classifications will be given. The speakers will then cover the topic on an anatomical basis including the priorities in the acute management.
Fusion has been the surgical reference for treating degenerative disc disease, nevertheless in the last two decades the recognition of it’s inconvenients, such as the degenerescence of the adjacent level, the growing demand for a better life quality by the patients and the evolution of the knowledge regarding the biomechanics of the spine and of the intervetebral disc itself, have stimulated the development of new technologies for the treatment of DDD among which the Disc Replacement.
In this symposium will be analysed the biomechanics of the disc and disc replacement, enhancing the already known benefits of the movement preservation, by discussing the different philosophies of the available systems: non-constraint; semi-constraint; and constraint.
The analysis of the overview results in the literature of fusion in comparison with disc replacement will also proportionate a fundamental actualization when deciding over the current perspectives in the treatment of DDD, considering the treatment alternatives developed in the meanwhile.
The disc replacement is an actual challenge with believers all over the world as an important step forward towards better life quality of patients with incapacitant low back pain. But with indications and limits that must be well known. Besides that it’s a demanding technique with potential risks associated and that demands specialization in this domain for its practice.
Always considering the different phases of evolution of the DDD, which can occur simultaneously in the same patient, different therapeutics solutions are considerate and which application deserves a profound reflexion according to the diagnosis characteristics, its staging, the ponderation of risks and benefits and as well its socioeconomics consequences.
Most of the major acute injuries of the hand will involved the tendons, either flexor or tendon lesions or both.
In programming the repair of tendons we have to evaluate all the others structures affected that need to be repair and remember that we should provide a good coverage of these structures.
In some situations it will be possible to suture the tendons directly, but in others we might need tendon grafts or to transfer some motor units for reconstruction of others, including the use of tendons of amputated parts. In other situations with grate tissue destruction and loss of pulleys of the flexor tendons it might be reasonable to do the reconstruction at a later procedure and to utilize silicone rods to maintain the space for a later reconstruction.
Tendon adhesions, joint stiffness, boutonniere and swan neck deformities are some of the complications that we might expect to have, even with a good rehabilitation program, and to solve at a later surgical procedure.
An informed consent document signed by a patient before surgery is supposed to provide evidence that he effectively received adequate information to be able to give informed consent. In fact, it only provides limited legal protection to the surgeon. Although the situation may vary from one country to another and, within each country, from one court to another, a standard consent form is usually considered inadequate, and a procedure-specific consent form appears as a minimal requirement. Even this will provide limited protection if a patient has presented a complication not listed. When confronted to a determined lawyer who pleads the absence of informed consent, a surgeon will most often not be able to give evidence for disclosure of some specific items to the patient.
This raises a number of questions:
- How extensive should the information be? Should compliance with a legal obligation always prevail over common sense? - How much information can the average patient understand, store up and recall? How make sure that information has transformed into knowledge? - Is it fair to require a surgeon to decide himself that his patients have been adequately informed, without being suspected to have faced a conflict of interest? Or should an independent authority be responsible for attesting, after an examination interview, that patients have received adequate information and are eligible for surgery? - Should disclosure of all complications be forced on a patient who does not wish to know about them? Common sense and legal obligations may diverge on this point. - Should preoperative consultations be (video) taped so as to procure objective evidence to serve in case of subsequent litigation?
In litigation cases, the burden of proof used to bear on the patient but has now more or less overtly been transferred to the surgeon, while he is not offered the possibility to face such demands in the current organisation of health care in most countries. Even though paternalistic medicine is no longer politically accepted, many patients still expect counselling rather than just information; law makers and lawyers have decided that these patients are wrong, but it is difficult for physicians who have been trained in the spirit of Hippocrates’ oath to behave merely as informers and technical care providers.
Medical activity takes place nowadays under ambiguous conditions. There is a politically accepted vision of medicine in which choices and decisions are made by the patients, as it is supposedly possible to bring all of them to a level of knowledge and understanding which makes this possible; when going in the field, things are different, and most patients are still looking for expert counselling in addition to or in lieu of information. As compared to the situation which prevailed a few decades ago, patients are much less ignorant about medicine in general, but the problem is that medicine has progressed far more rapidly than the layman’s medical knowledge.
Besides, a number of studies have shown that retention of information by patients decreases rapidly over time and is fragmentary, with potential benefits from surgery being recalled much better than possible complications. Patients have also been shown to ingenuously deny receiving information despite documented evidence; ingenuous fabrication, i.e. affirmation of an untruth, is also a classical observation
We know all too well that a number of our patients come to surgery without a proper comprehension of their pathology and therapy, and we have to pretend that we are not aware of it, otherwise we would have to deny those patients the benefit of surgery. To change this would require a major involvement not only of the medical profession but also of the almighty health care administrations and of the funds providers
Commercial aviation has recognized since long time that the so called “human factor” is the main responsible for the majority of accidents or near-accidents, which are always reported in aviation but almost never in medicine. Therefore I strongly support the idea that we could much learn from aviation in order to cope with the major cause of our accidents. Like airmen, pilots, air traffic controllers and so on, we also make errors. The first step to reduce the burden of our errors is to be able to admit them in order to analyse their causes, which up to now we are unable to do. Only one medical journal, the Lancet, has started to publish our errors. But beware not to make confusion between, complication, negative outcome and medical error.
The “human factor” must not be understood as human error; on the contrary the human factor is related to the majority of accidents, where the human error is only a minor and final cause.
To understand how “human factors” can play a role in determining the “accident”, we must first distinguish between active and latent failures. Active failures are unsafe acts committed by those at the sharp end of the system: the pilot, air traffic controller, anaesthetist, surgeon.
Latent failures arise from fallible decisions, usually taken within the higher levels of the organization or within society at large. A clear example is the crash of the SAS aircraft in Milano Linate with a small aircraft of the general aviation on the same runaway. No ground radar was available and the fog made the rest. But only the “sharp end” of the system, i.e. the traffic controllers paid for their error, not those responsible for not buying the ground radar.
We must develop a new culture of error but this will remain difficult until our legal systems do not change their approach towards negative outcomes. This vicious circle needs to be cut for the benefit of all, patients and doctors.
Most major Upper limb injuries are invariably associated with significant skin and soft tissue loss. With the recent technical advances, it is possible to cover most defects. This allows salvage of limbs which were being amputated before. Primary reconstruction of composite defects is also possible thereby shortening the reconstructive process. The ten key points are
Debridement is the key to success. The quality of the bed determines the infection rate and the ultimate functional outcome. Good debridement is essential irrespective of the type of skin cover provided. You make it or miss it at this stage. Cover the wound as early as possible, preferably within 48 hours and certainly before infection sets in. Tendons and bones do not tolerate exposure. Dried and dead bones and tendons must be excised before providing skin cover. While providing skin cover, make the complete plan and not decide for the day. The cover provided should facilitate the next stage of reconstruction (bone or tendon graft or transfers) Good skeletal stability is a must before providing skin cover. In the upper limb stable internal fixation is preferable. Loose fixation is the beginning of the end. If secondary procedures are to be done, skin flaps provide better access than fascial flaps covered with graft. Composite defects need not always be reconstructed with composite flaps. One need not try every known flap. Do what you are good at. Repetition is the mother of skill. Having said that one must also recognize the inherent limitation of any technique. Be willing to change or try alternate plans when faced with problems. Don’t forget donor site morbidity. Initial patient satisfaction is dependent on wound healing. Long term satisfaction is dependent upon donor site morbidity. Do not give up reconstruction of a major hand injury for fear of inability to cover the wound. Never hesitate to seek help. A well healed reconstructed hand is functionally far better than the best available prosthesis.
Patients seek more and more actively compensation for treatment injuries, accidents, infections, and even because of unsatisfied results. Injuries or mistreatment are quite frequently seen in orthopaedic surgery, because operations are increasing and unsatisfactory results can be easily recognised from radiographic documentation.
Compensation can be theoretically sought by three main routes: directly from the orthopaedic surgeon or his insurance company, secondly, from the institution where he is working (or its insurance company) and thirdly, from a statutory system if there is one available. The first two direct compensation mechanisms are based on direct link between the patient and the physician involved. A statutory system can be universal and act more as a no fault compensation system.
Statutory patient insurance was introduced in1987 in Finland (Patient Insurance Act). This act covers all medical treatment, both public and private care in Finland including examination, surgical and nonoperative treatment, inpatient ward treatment, physiotherapy, rehabilitation as well as patient transportation.
All hospitals and companies dealing with medical care need to be insured. The institutions or companies responsible of the medical work owe the policyholder status. Therefore workers in the medical field need not to make their own insurance agreements nor pay any insurance fees to the companies.
The Finnish Patient Insurance Centre handles all claims in Finland, about 7.000 cases yearly, of which about 2.000 will give compensation to the patients. An independent Patient Injury Board stated by the Ministry of Health supervises the Centre.
So far, orthopaedics and traumatology has been the leading speciality in producing injuries. The injuries are divided into six subgroups: 1) treatment injury, 2) infection, 3) equipment-related injury, 4) accident related injury, 5) wrong delivery of pharmaceuticals and 6) unreasonable injury (severe complication with permanent disability after accurate treatment).
The evaluation of patient injury is concentrated on the case itself. The personnel involved to the treatment will not be accused or sued whenever a patient injury has been recognised. This no-guilt principle has been adopted well in Finland.
In the treatment injuries the level of acceptable care is determined by standard of an experienced professional of that speciality he/she represents. That means that an orthopaedic operative or diagnostic procedure will be evaluated compared to the level, which a graduated and experienced orthopaedic surgeon could have normally reached. Infection injuries are considered acceptable and do not lead to compensation when being superficial, or if a deep infection heels within a couple of weeks or months with adequate treatment and without any permanent disability. Traumatic accidents are quite rare as well as breakage of medical equipment and error of delivery of pharmaceuticals in pharmacies. Unreasonable injuries are seen a few yearly.
The prerequisite for compensation is that there has to be an objectively recognised harm to the patient due to a diagnostic or treatment procedure. Patient insurance covers the following costs: 1) medical treatment expenses, 2) other necessary expenses caused by the injury, 3) loss of income on maintenance, 4) pain and suffering, 5) permanent functional defect, and 6) permanent cosmetic injuries.
In 2004 the total costs of compensation paid was 24.2 million e (public health care 88% and private health care12%).
The yearly claim and compensation data is used for comparative analysis between the hospital districts and given also to the medical and surgical societies in order to enhance medical knowledge and skills and prevention of similar injuries in the future.
Patients owe still the possibility to sue the hospital or doctors involved. However, these cases will be normally handled by the Patient Insurance Centre and not by the medical personnel individually. In fact, the amount of trials against medical units or personnel has diminished dramatically after adoption of the Patient Insurance Act in Finland.
Pediatric hand surgery in general requires special considerations and this is even more true when planning surgery in children with CP. It is important for the surgeon to realize that the functional problems these children exhibit have their cause in a brain damage which is not amenable to hand surgical treatment. Therefore it is crucial to carefully analyze each child’s impairment including the voluntary motor control and the child’s specific needs before endeavoring into surgery. Associated impairments, such as mental retardation, nutritional problems, epilepsy, dystonia or severe sensory deficits may influence decision-making, but the crucial factor is often the child’s own wish for an improved function. A child that completely neglects his or her extremity is usually not helped by surgery, at least not in an attempt to get a better hand function.
Hand surgery in CP mainly comes down to three techniques: 1. Reducing strength in spastic muscles by release operation, either at the origin of the muscle, at the insertion or as a fractional lengthening at the musculo-tendinous junction, 2. Increasing strength in weak antagonists by tendon transfer or 3. Stabilizing joints through an arthrodesis or a tenodesis. Most often a combination of these techniques is used. Almost all hand surgeons in this field have acquired their personal choice of procedures and scientific support for the benefits of the different techniques is scarce. My personal arsenal will be described in the panel but includes biceps-brachialis muscle release at the elbow, pronator teres rerouting, flexor carpi ulnaris to extensor carpi radialis brevis (Green’s) transfer and adductor pollicis muscle release in the palm combined with extensor pollicis longus rerouting for the thumb-in-palm deformity. In my mind, it is not most important which tendon transfer that is selected, but the choice of which child to operate and at what age. It is also important to tension the tendon transfers exactly right and to plan the postoperative treatment properly. The surgeon should, of course, also make sure that the child’s and the parent’s expectations on the results are realistic.
Botulinum toxin A has now been used for several years in the treatment of children with cerebral palsy and the drug has been shown to be safe and effective in reducing muscle tone both in the lower and the upper extremities. It has been more difficult to show effects on hand function especially in the long-term perspective. I will present our treatment protocol for botulinum toxin injections.
In 1994, a population-based health care program for children with CP was started in Lund in southern Sweden. All children in our region with a diagnosis of CP, born after Jan 1st 1990 are invited to follow the program which includes regular measurements of range of motion in extremity joints, standardized radiographic examinations of the hip joints and registration of surgery and spasticity treatments. The program, called CPUP has been very successful in the prevention of spastic hip dislocation, wind swept position and contractures. Some early results from the upper extremity part of CPUP will be presented. We believe that the program in time will give us valuable information on the natural course of joint motion and impairment of hand function in children with CP.
In Sweden 99 % of all complaints against doctors are handled by a public authority, The Medical Responsibility Board (HSAN). This way it is very rare fore a medical complaint to reach the judicial courts in Sweden. HSAN is a national authority that assesses medical negligence. If health care staff is at fault, the Board can take disciplinary action against them.
The Board is made up of nine members. The chairman is a lawyer with judicial experience and the other members have experience from various sectors of the health services. Anyone who is or has been a patient can file a complaint to HSAN. The National Board of Health and Welfare, the Parliamentary Ombudsman and the Chancellor of Justice can also file complaints to HSAN. The complaint must contain details of the actual examination, care or treatment referred to, when and where it took place and, if possible, who was at fault and what the fault is considered to be. HSAN must be informed of the subject of complaint within two years of the incident’s occurrence. If this is not the case, disciplinary responsibility will have lapsed.
HSAN’s decisions are always public. A case is prepared by getting the opinion of the accused doctor and a copy of the patient records.
When a case has been prepared medical experts with links to HSAN review it. HSAN subsequently examines the case and arrives at a decision. The chairman alone examines certain cases following a review by medical experts. Copies of the decision are sent both to the person who filed the complaint and those to the person(s) cited.
If the person filing the complaint is not happy with the decision, it may be appealed. The appeal must be lodged within three weeks from the date the decision is made public. The court of appeal is the county administrative court.
HSAN does not handle requests for economical compensation. If the plaintiff wants money he/she has to go to court. This happens extremely seldom.
HSAN handles about 3000 cases a year and in less that 6–10 % a decision against the accused is made. 70 % of the cases concern doctors and 30 % dentists, nurses and others. The number of orthopaedics cases is about 300 per year and a ruling against the surgeon happens in less than 10 %. The complaints in orthopaedics concern clinical examination, faulty diagnostics (usually that x-rays were not taken), faulty treatment and misconduct. Most of the cases in orthopaedics originate in the emergency department.
Congenital Hand Deformities are probably the most frequent cause of non-traumatic complaint in consultations on paediatric hand surgery.
The incidence of occurrence is about 1 in 500 live births. Some of these abnormalities are minor and do not interfere with function. Many, however, have a significant functional and/or cosmetic deformity.
Only a few congenital malformations have a regular single gene mode of transmission, most have an irregular and unpredictable pattern of inheritance; sometimes occurs as part of a malformation syndrome or skeletal dysplasia, or in a sporadic way.
In fact, the cause for 40 to 50% of these anomalies is “unknown”.
Themes like handling the patient and parents and the psychological effects of the anomaly, the general principles of treatment, timing of surgery and the principles of reconstructive surgery are discussed.
The classification proposed by A.B. Swanson and revised with the assistance of the Congenital Anomalies Committee of the International Federation of Societies fo Surgery of the Hand will be used to propose the general guides of treatment.
The most common anomalies will be approached in more detail and the option of treatment is discussed in base of experience of the author.
Hand surgery is rarely indicated in children with arthritis, but presents specific problems. The initial diagnosis can be difficult due to discrete clinical symptoms and limited radiological signs. A decreased wrist extension or finger joint stiffness can be early signs of arthritis in a child. Destruction of joint surfaces are difficult to evaluate since many skeletal parts in the hand, e.g. the carpal bones, are still not ossified in young children. Accelerated skeletal maturation can often be the only radiological sign of an active synovitis in the joint. The hands and wrists are often involved at an early stage of juvenile arthritis and different growth disturbances may occur, the most commonly seen is a shortening of the distal ulna. Surgery itself may also affect growth. When performing soft tissue surgery, like synovectomies or arthrolyses on the juvenile arthritic hand, a significant risk of postoperative joint stiffness has to be considered. Surgical treatment of arthritic hands in children are often delayed until adolescence, and doing any kind of surgery in a teenager is a difficult task which requires special attention and finesse. Personal experience from the Children’s Hospital in Lund, Sweden will be presented.
Traditional surgical treatment of hallux valgus is based around distal soft tissue realignment and distal metatarsal osteotomies. Over the decades several osteotomies have been practiced, but currently the Scarf osteotomy is gaining popularity.
This presentation will discuss the various procedures for proximal correction of the hallux valgus, the scope of the Scarf osteotomy, its pitfalls and published results. Our own experience of the Scarf osteotomy runs to several hundred patients and the overall satisfaction rate from realignment of hallux valgus is over 80%.
The concept of a congruent and incongruent joint will be introduced and the results of various distal osteotomies will be presented. The differential diagnosis of pain around the 1st metatarsophalangeal joint will also be discussed.
Although not exclusively a complication of distal osteotomies, the correction of acquired hallux varus will also be presented.
The current concepts of proximal femoral fixation in hip arthroplasty can be divided into three groups: the surface replacement concept, the femoral neck prostheses, and the short stems prostheses.
Between 1999–2004 more than 500 short stems prostheses (Mayoä) were implanted at the Orthopaedic department of the Martin-Luther-University, Halle, Germany.
To investigate the early functional results, a prospective randomized study was performed comparing 40 cementless short stem prostheses (Mayoä 1) with 40 cementless anatomical standard stem prostheses (ABGä 2) implanted in patients with unilateral hip osteoarthritis.
Age, gender, diagnoses, and body mass index showed no significant difference between both groups. In all patients, an uncemented acetabular press-fit cup was used. The implantations were performed by 4 orthopaedic consultants. A standardized anterolateral approach to the hip was used in all cases. In the short stem group, the femoral neck was preserved to achieve a multi-point fixation of the double-tapered stem in the intertrochanteric region.
The patients were followed clinically and radiographically at 3, 6, and 12 months postoperatively. Differences between both groups were tested using Student’s t-test. No specific complications occurred neither during surgery nor during the follow-up (FU). No patient was lost for FU. The radiograhic FU showed a correct implant position in all cases.
Concerning the Harris hip score (HHS), a statistically significant difference (< 0.01) was found at 3 months: the HHS for the short stem group averaged 93.87 points (range, 60–100 points), for the ABG group 87.02 points (range, 60–100 points). Preoperatively, at 6, and at 12 months, no statistically significant difference could be found between both groups.
In this study, patients having a short stem prosthesis returned faster to work and normal daily activities. We attribute this to the femoral neck approach without involvement of the greater trochanter and the abductor muscles. With its good functional results and its bone-saving concept, the short stem is an attractive design particularly for young patients.
Hip Resurfacing has always been an attractive concept for the treatment of hip arthritis in younger patients. Introduction of modern metal-on-metal hip resurfacing in 1991 in Birmingham, UK made this concept a reality.
In the early years, resurfacings were used only by a few experienced surgeons. From 1997, Birmingham Hip Resurfacings (BHRs) are being widely used in younger and more active patients. A breakdown of the ages at operation in the regional NHS hospital in Birmingham during the period April 1999 to March 2004 show that the mean age of metal-metal resurfacings is 51 years and the mean age of total hip replacements is 70 years.
At a 3.7 to 10.8 year follow-up (mean follow-up 5.8 years), the cumulative survival rate of metal-metal resurfacing in young active patients with osteoarthritis is 99.8%. In the long term, none of these patients were constrained to change their occupational or leisure activities as a result of the procedure. The overall revision rate of BHRs in all ages and all diagnoses is also very low (19 out of 2167 [0.88%] with a maximum follow-up of 7.5 years).
Improvements in instrumentation and a minimally invasive approach developed by the senior author have made this successful device even more attractive. Although objective evidence does not support the fact that the longer approach was any more invasive than the minimal route, patient feedback shows that it is very popular with them. While minimal approach is indeed appealing, it has a steep learning curve. In the early phase of this curve, care should be taken to avoid the potential risk of suboptimal component placement which can adversely affect long-term outcome.
It is true that metal-metal bearings are associated with elevated metal ion levels. In vitro studies of BHRs show that they have a period of early run-in wear. This is not sustained in the longer term. These findings are found to hold true in vivo as well, in our studies of 24- hour cobalt output and whole blood metal ion levels. Epidemiological studies show that historic metal-metal bearings are not associated with carcinogenic effects in the long-term.
Metal ion levels in patients with BHRs are in the same range as the levels found in those with historic metal-metal total hip replacements.
The management of adolescent hallux valgus presents a considerable challenge for the orthopaedic foot surgeon. Those presenting fall into two groups, idiopathic and neuromuscular. The management of the symptomatic hallux in neuromuscular cases is more clearly defined with arthrodeses of the first metatarsal-phalangeal joint being the treatment of choice. This affords the most consistent long-term results and the greatest degree of correction.
In the idiopathic symptomatic hallux valgus the treatment is more variable depending on the severity of the deformity and the underlying pathological changes. The demographics of adolescent hallux valgus and its associated abnormalities are discussed. There is a higher incidence of an increase in the distal metatarsal articular angle in severe cases where combined surgical intervention in the form of double and triple osteotomies may be required to achieve long-term correction and a treatment algorithm is presented. Since approximately half of symptomatic patients will be under 10 years of age with significant residual growth early surgical intervention has a higher recurrence than in the mature foot.
In addition to “conventional” total hip replacement with cemented or cementless stems more recently different implant designs have been proposed by Orthopaedic Surgeons in Europe and US. Especially surface replacement and short stem prosthesis are believed to overcome the disadvantages of conventional THR in younger patients.
The symposium “MINIMAL DEVICE OR REPLACEMENT FOR THE HIP” is trying to summarize current implant philosophies and to review critically the available data of functional as well as radiographic outcome.
With the advent of new hip implants (resurfacing and short stem prosthese) current treatment recommendations have to be reevaluated. The indication for surgical treatment in hip osteoarthritis as well as the choice of implants is mainly based on personal experience of the surgeoun (internal evidence) and clinical data (external evidence). Experimental studies can support the information from clinical trials and are necessary to evaluate the mechanical properties of an implant. They do not replace the clinical evaluation, however.
The level of evidence depends on type, quality and quantity of available data from published investigations. Recent innovations like surface replacement and short stem prostheses have mainly been investigated in single center observational studies with a relatively short followup.
Wider introduction of new implants, however, needs continuous evaluation of clinical and radiographic performance. Examples are given, how this monitoring should be performed in a clinical setting.
Incoming of a spine metastasis remains a major bad prognosis factor in cancer evolution. Consensus over the years is now well accepted in most of European teams dealing with spinal metastasis. Two major opportunities exist in the treatment of spine metastasis:
Conservative treatment with an association of radio and or chemotherapy and or hormonotherapy. Efficiency of such treatments is well documented and must not be considered as a patient abandon.
Surgical treatment is based on two major options. The first one is palliative with the aim of decompression and stabilization. Aim is to cure pain and neurological involvement. The second one is curative with total or partial vertebrectomy in the aim to cure the cancer.
In all cases decision must be made considering age- general condition histo – pathology – neurological status
Considering surgical indications through out this symposium we would like to address three controversial points.
The first topic to be addressed will be: “Total vertebrectomy: when?” presented successively Doctor MARTIN BENLLOCH and Professor BORIANI. The goal of this presentation is to determine the indications of total vertebrectomy more than the surgical technique. These indications appearing essential within the framework of the metastatic patients, while insisting not only on the natural history, but also on the tumoral extension which determines the feasibility of the vertebrectomy. Professor POINTILLART and Professor BORIANI will then discuss about the strategy to adopt when confronted with multi-metastatic patients “Multi-metastatic patients: what strategy?”. This topic will focus primarily on the problem of multi level spinal metastatic lesions: the strategies to be adopted with respect to the patients presenting other metastatic lesions, as well as on a functional forecast (fragility of the long bone), or on the other hand, on metastasis without immediate functional incidence. We also would like to discuss the treatment of the primitive tumour, i.e. if it is the metastasis which is revealing cancer, is it necessary to first treat the primitive tumour, than proceed to the treatment of the metastatic lesions? The third topic of this session will be “When Not to Operate on Metastatic Patients?”, presented by Professor POINTILLART. The goal of this discussion is to be able to give a progress report on the surgical indications within the framework of a spinal metastatic patient. In a certain number of cases surgery is questionable with the discovery of lesions, because of their extended character, or the extreme malignity of the primitive tumour. In other situations, too many lesions will make surgery disputable. Last case scenario is a recurring tumor, because of its extension, its development, even its neurological complications, will make surgery challenging. All these points in our opinion should be openly discussed. Each session will be followed by a 10 minute discussion
Strategy means coordination of techniques and technicians facing a problem in which the solution is unclear and uncertain.
The only secured point is that there is no hope for curing the patient, and thus, his own opinion will have to be included in the decision making process.
Situations in which that question arises are extremely different from one case to the other and we will be able only to give our own guidelines.
In emergency, if a neurologic deficit occurs and increases, the goal is to decompress and limit the surgery to the most limited aggression and then to return to a more comfortable situation to take the proper decisions.
Elements to be taken in account
Situation is different according to the type of scattering.
Regional scattering accessible by a single approach ( similar if this scattering is associated to a second localization treatable by an isolated radiotherapy plus vertebroplasty if necessary) which is a situation closed to a single level metastasis, or general diffusion leading to a whole spine metastasis where radiotherapy plus general treatment if any are the only solutions. The schedule for these will be decided according to the risks of fracture or neurologic compression and the pain
The whole question is about the potential risks induced by these. Bone fracture, brain oedema, hypoxemia, increased bleeding linked to liver incapacity.
The time to obtain a complete map of localizations is usually too long in these situations and therefore clinical situation should guide complementary exams to remain reasonable. When looking at the scoring of the patient with Tokuashi score When having no clinical significance, others metastases should be underscored and compared to the potential risk benefit comparison of surgery. One should not refuse surgery just because of a low Tokuashi grading since some surgeries like a two level cervical corpectomy through an anterior approach induces a minimal “cost” for the patient.
Sometimes, the cancer is already known and the strategy has to be decided according to the treatments already done locally and in general (hormonotherapy, chemotherapy…). The primary response to these treatments is usually a good predictive key for the future. Depending on the expectable response to the other therapies, surgery could be the only technique that could help the patient or on the contrary only a second line technique if you may hope a good result from others.
In other cases, the metastases reveal the cancer. If no primary tumor can be easily found, the lesions should be treated first to ensure the best quality of life since it is known that the risk for a short life expectancy is high (same in case of a large lung cancer).
Participation of the patient in this decision is mandatory.
The first part of the answer to this question is easy: when the risk benefit balance is negative !
How to determine elements to be taken in account and what is their specific weight is another question which is unsolved yet.
A first group is easy to determine: those whose problem can be solved with non surgical techniques, i.e. metastases responsive to radiotherapy and if too fragile accessible to vertebroplasty. This group underlines the interest of an early diagnosis through a wide use of MRI. By that mean, diagnosis of metastases is possible at the stage of cell penetration in the cancellous bone, before any kind of destruction. This would not be the case by the use of CT scan, where destruction only can be seen, bone scintigraphy where bone reconstruction is shown or even worse plain X rays where a wide range of destruction can only be shown.
On the contrary, MRI T1 hyposignal and even better STIR sequences allow a secured early diagnosis, opening all ways of treatment before surgery is indicated.
If the primary tumor is known as radio/chemo therapy resistant, surgery will done in better conditions than in emergency facing all major complications.
A second group is also easy to determine: those who won’t get any benefit from surgery. These have a complete thoracic paraplegia, lasting for one day with almost no pain. Hope for neurologic recovery is almost zero, risk for infection, skin problems major and the post op pain will be greater than the preop.
If the pain is important and resists to WHO grade 3 pain killers, fixation can be proposed, risks clearly explained.
For the others, the discussion between all members of the team is the only way to find the most suitable answer, knowing here again that nobody knows clearly what should be done “case by case”.
Each member of the team must give his techniques, risks and benefits and association of methods gives the lowest “price” accessible to the patient.
Oncologist: chemo, radio sensitivity, general situation of the patient, foreseeable life expectancy, other metastases with and without clinical significance,
- Radiotherapist: area having already received radiation (classical situation in breast cancer), spinal cord acceptance for more, risk of increased weakness of the vertebrae just after the radiation. - Radiologist: completion of check up, risk for bleeding and possibilities of embolization, vertebroplasty possibilities, on which vertebrae and timing of these compared with surgery and radiotherapy. - General practitioner: he knows ( or should) the patient and his family and will be in charge of the immediate follow up - Anesthetist: responsible for the pain care of the patient and the anesthetical contraindications. - Spine surgeon: he knows the possibilities and risks.
Till now, no score exists to balance the Tokuashi score which is rather a score to foresee life expectancy. We need a score of the “cost” of surgery because a simple anterior cervical corpectomy is possible for any kind of patient and this is of course not the case for a long posterior instrumentation.
To us also, the level of denutrition is a good indicator of risk of complications and the value of surgery in these cases.
The complexity of the haemostatic system also implies individual variance of the effectiveness of haemostasis. Minor haemostatic defects such as mild cases of von Willebrand disease probably occur in several per cent of the population. Furthermore many orthopaedic patients are on medication with ASA, NSAIDs, clopidogrel, antidepressants, warfarin and LMWH, all common drugs which affect haemostasis.
In patients with known haemostatic disorders, substitution of the deficient coagulation factors may improve haemostasis. The same holds true for patients on warfarin medication where substitution with vitamin K, with factors of the vitamin-K dependant complex or with plasma normalizes haemostasis.
Desmopressin stimulates the release of factor VIII and the von Willebrand factor and thus improves platelet function in some subgroups of von Willebrand disease and in platelet dysfunction due to ASA or dextran use. However, the blood-saving effect in patients without these disorders has not been conclusively shown.
In recent years the role of factor VII as a main initiator of coagulation has been stressed. Case reports of effective haemostasis in severe trauma using recombinant factor VII have been published but the experience of its use in orthopaedic surgery is so far limited and the cost is prohibitive for routine use.
During surgery and trauma, the fibrinolytic system is activated with particularly high levels of fibrinolytic markers in the wound. The effect of tranexamic acid, a synthetic fibrinolysis inhibitor has been studied in 17 randomised control trials in knee and hip arthroplasty. The drug significantly reduced blood loss and/or blood transfusion in the majority of these studies. The same findings were reported in 2 studies in spinal surgery.
To exert full effect, tranexamic should be given prophylactically, before the beginning of surgery. In studies at our department, the use of tranexamic acid was highly costeffective as it is significantly cheaper than blood transfusions.
Aprotinin, a protease inhibitor decreasing fibrinolysis has been extensively used in cardiac surgery. It has also been shown to reduce blood loss and blood transfusion in 4 out of 5 RCT:s in major orthopaedic surgery. Neither aprotinin nor tranexamic acid were reported to increase the frequency of postoperative venous thromboembolism.
Fibrin sealant, sprayed onto the wound has also been reported to reduce bleeding in spinal surgery as well as in arthroplasties.
The management of autologous blood aims at reducing the need for allogenic transfusion. Blood requirement (autologous and/or allogenic) will depend on the pre-operative red blood cell stock and on the perioperative blood loss. The red cell stock is related to body weight and preoperative haemoglobin (haematocrit) level; it can be calculated accurately, whereas the perioperative blood loss (external and occult) is variable and unpredictable.
Preoperative donation of autologous blood, as well as intraoperative and/or postoperative recuperation and reinfusion of shed blood decrease the risk for allogenic transfusion in total hip replacement (THR) and total knee replacement (TKR) surgery. However, their efficiency and cost effectiveness are not optimal when applied to unselected patients.
Up to 50% of the predonated units of autologous blood are wasted after THR and THK surgery if patients have not been specifically selected to predonate blood.
In hip surgery the volume reinfused after intraoperative blood recuperation obviously depends on intraoperative bleeding; it averages 500 ml in a hip revision operation.
In TKR (with a tourniquet) the volume reinfused after postoperative recuperation depends on the amount of blood drained in the immediate postoperative period, which reflects both the amount of bleeding and the efficiency of the drainage. On average, 500 ml of shed blood with a haematocrit of 35% is reinfused, which increases the haemoglobin level by 1.0 gr/dl on average. The efficiency of this technique is unpredictable, with a wide dispersion of individual values (standard deviation: 208 ml) for the volumes reinfused. However, in patients with a body weight of 70 kg or less, the increase in haemoglobin level was more predictable and averaged 1.23 gr/dl.
In order to improve the efficiency of these two techniques (preoperative autologous blood donation and recuperation/reinfusion of shed blood), patients need to be targeted, taking into account:
- the calculated preoperative (day before surgery) red blood cell stock and the number of units of predonated blood, - the lowest postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit level clinically tolerable for that specific patient, - the expected perioperative blood loss, which depends on such factors as duration of surgery, anticoagulant administration, use of a tourniquet,etc)
As a general rule, a haemoglobin level < 13 gr/dl, age > 65 years and weight < 70 kg all increase the risk to require autologous or allogenic blood transfusion, and would justify planning predonation of blood and/or recuperation/reinfusion of shed blood.
Methods: Patients with preoperative intermetatarsal angle of less than 14 degrees were included. Clinical records and radiographs were reviewed. Clinical evaluation done with AOFAS scores and plantar pressures recorded using musgrave system. The foot was divided into 7 regions: first metatarsal head, 2nd & 3rd metatarsal heads, 4th & 5th metatarsal heads, midfoot, heel, hallux and lesser toes. Average pressure, peak pressure distribution and contact time of all seven regions were analysed. A control group of 15 individuals with twenty normal feet were included for comparison. Statistical analysis was done with analysis of variance of the means and Pearson correlation tests.
Results: Seventeen mitchell osteotomy was performed on 13 patients with follow up ranging from 14 to 66 months, a mean of 34 months. Most of our study group were females with an age range of 25 to 71 years, a mean of 53 years. The mean postoperative AOFAS scores were 87 and a median of 90 out of 100. Pedobarograph findings: Statistically significant reduced average pressure, peak pressure and contact time were noted under hallux when compared to the normal control group. The peak pressures were reduced at all forefoot regions but statistically insignificant. Otherwise, the pressure distribution, contact time and center of pressure progression were similar to the normal feet. On analysis of correlation between the parameters observed, reduced pressure distribution under first metatarsal head lead to increased pressures under 4th, 5th metatarsal heads and lesser toes. Significant correlation found between the pressure distribution under hallux and the AOFAS scores, which reveals the outcome of procedure, depends on the load bearing characteristics of hallux and not the first MT head.
Conclusion: Mitchell osteotomy restores the load bearing function of the feet to near normal except hallux, which may affect the outcome of the procedure.
We conducted a prospective clinical study to determine the influence of personality traits on the subjective outcome of operative hallux valgus correction. The surgical technique used in all patients was the chevron osteotomy. Preoperatively, personality traits were evaluated by means of the Freiburg Personality Inventory (FPI-R). 42 patients (38 female, 4 male) could be enrolled in the analysis. The mean age of the patients at the time of operation was 48.3 years (20 to 70). Three months postoperatively 37 patients were satisfied, and 5 patients were not satisfied with the operative procedure. The comparison of the two groups (satisfied and dissatisfied patients) revealed statistically significant differences in the personality traits aggressiveness (p=0.003), extraversion (p=0.001) and health worries (p=0.04). The postoperative hallux valgus angles were 12.2° ± 7.8 and 13.4° ± 8.3 (p=0.74), and the first-second intermetatarsal angles were 7.4° ± 2.5 and 7.6° ± 4 (p=0.89) in the two groups. The results of the current study suggest that the patient’s subjective result after the operative hallux valgus correction is influenced by some individual personality profiles.
In moderate and severe Hallux Valgus metatarsus varus and incongruency of the joints are often important features. Basal osteotomy and distal soft tissue release can often achieve adequate correction of intermetatarsal angle (IMA) and joint alignment.. We retrospectively evaluated the results of Basal Osteotomy in 26 feet in 20 patients between January 1999 and December 2003. American Orthopaedics Foot & Ankle Society Score (AOFAS) was used for assessment. A subjective grading system was used to check patient’s satisfaction. The surgical technique consisted of crescentic basal osteotomy, lateral distal soft tissue release and medial capsular plication according to Roger Mann. Fourteen osteotomies were fixed with K wires that needed second operation to remove them. Barouk Screw was used to fix the osteotomy in 12 feet. Patients were mobilised in High heeled shoe postoperatively. Average age was 55.2 years and average follow-up was 25.8 months. The average preoperative Hallux Valgus Angle (HVA) and IMA were 37.38° and 17.27° respectively. At follow-up the HVA and IMA averaged 13.3° and 6.4° respectively. Sixteen feet had incongruent joint preoperatively that became congruent after surgery. In 25 feet sesamoid position improved after surgery. Average AOFAS score was 88.8. 94% patients were highly satisfied and graded their results as good to excellent. One patient had AOFAS score of < 50 due to her generalised poly-arthralgia and osteoporosis. K wire was broken across the TMT joint in one case and needed removal under GA. This lead to change of our practice as we started using Barouk screw to fix the osteotomy. Other complications consisted of decreased sensations over medial side of toe in three and mild metatarsalgia in one foot. Basal osteotomies with distal soft tissue release in the treatment of Hallux valgus give good correction of the deformity and high patient satisfaction. Barouk screw provides stable fixation.
Material and Methods: The study is made on 10 cadaver first metatarsals. The metatarsals are fixed to a device. The metatarsal inclination and pronation of the metatarsal can be changed by this device. 15-30-45 degrees inclination and 0-10-20 degrees pronation are applied to the metatarsals. After applying radio opaque putty to the medial and lateral articular edges; metatarsal dorsal diaphysial ridge, the x-ray and digital images are taken at different degrees of inclination and pronation. The measurement of PASA is done by graphic software on computer. The statistical analysis is performed by paired sample T-test.
Results: We found that changing the inclination has no effect on PASA (p> 0.1). The pronation of first metatarsal has found to have a positive effect on PASA (p< 0.005). As the degree of pronation increases, the degree of PASA is found to be increased also. No difference was found between the measurements of x-ray and digital photography images.
Discussion: Inclination of the first metatarsal can change depending on the height of the medial longitudinal arch. By this experimental study we tried to simulate the pes cavus and pes planus deformity on the radiologic measurement of the hallux by modifying the inclination and pronation of the first metatarsal. According to the current study, inclination has no effect on measurement of PASA. Pronation of the first metatarsal accompanies some hallux deformities. As pronation influences the measurement of PASA, the current data suggests that the measurement of PASA is not suitable for making clinical and surgical decisions.
Methods: 100 lateral view X-rays were taken. Dimensions assessed were the talar area covered by the tibia, the angle of the distal tibial joint plane to the tibial axis (tilt), the width of the tibia on the joint level, the height of the talus, the joint radius of the ankle joint and the offset of the centre of rotation from the tibial axis.
Results: The tibial coverage of the talus was 88.1 degrees (SD = 0.36), the angle of the distal tibial joint plane to the tibial axis (tilt) was 83 degrees (SD 3.6), the width of the distal tibia 33.6 mm (SD = 2.4), the radius of the ankle joint 18.6 mm (SD = 4.0) with an anterior offset of the centre of rotation of 1.7 mm and the height of the talus was 28.2 mm (SD = 2.1).
Conclusions: In case of symptomatic deformity any reconstruction, i.e. correcting osteotomies, ligament reconstruction, arthrodeses or arthroplasty, should aim to correct the foot in a physiological way; respecting the original dimensions of the hindfoot to achieve maximal benefit. Anterior-posterior translation of the talus may be a source of pain, restriction of motion and a cause of degenerative joint disease because of eccentric joint loading. This is also true for the height of the talus, which may have a significant impact on the hindfoot physiology. To achieve good biomechanical function, the positioning of the talus in relation to the tibia needs to be planned carefully prior to surgery. Poor coverage of the talus by the tibia and too much tilt of the distal tibia lead to higher joint forces and may be the cause of instability. Surgical procedures may fail if this is not recognized preoperatively. Several easily accessible measures on X-rays were found to be reliable to describe the hind-foot, as only small variation was found on the evaluated X-rays. If reconstruction of the hindfoot is required, care should be taken to identify the physiological joint geometry.
To reduce both operative trauma and wound length in plate osteosynthesis of dislocated WEBER type B fractures of the distal fibula we started using 3 hole one-third tubular „anti-glide“ AO plates in 1996 instead of longer implants.
From 1996 to 2001 a total of 72 patients with isolated WEBER type B fractures were treated operatively by using 3 hole one-third „anti-glide“ AO plates. A clinical and radiographic follow-up examination was performed after 38.6 [18–63] months using the original WEBER score. The statistical method to compare our results with previous investigations was Chi-Square-Test according to Pearson (p=0.05).
67 (93.1%) of all patients were without complaints while 3 (4.2%) complained about exercise induced pain and 2 (2.7) reported rest pain. 69 (95.8%) patients showed identical ranges of ankle joint movement, whereas 3 (4.2%) patients had minimal loss of joint function. Radiographically perfect joint configurations were seen in 69 patients while 3 (4.2%)showed grade 1 arthrosis according to BARGON. A total of 68 (94.4%) patients showed very good (n=50) or good (n=18) results according to Weber. In 4 cases the result was not satisfying. This was not significantly different from other investigations with longer implants, but scar length was reduced and duration of after-treatment was signifcantly faster than treatment with longer implants (p< 0.05).
It is concluded that operative stabilisation of isolated Weber type B ankle fractures with 3 hole dorsal „anti-glide“ AO plates can be recommended as a safe, convenient, cost-effective and simple alternative to the use of longer implants.
In conclusion, the fixation done in Group II was found to be biomechanically more stable.
The purpose of this paper is to report on the use of a tendon transfer (anterior tibial to midfoot) to correct dynamic foot and ankle varus deformity. Anterior tibial tendon transfer to mid-foot is useful to consider in planning treatment where there is a need to rebalance a foot in which the unopposed or weakly opposed anterior tibial causes the abnormal varus position of the foot and ankle. 12 patients, 22 feet had anterior tibial tendon transfers performed. 10 were bilateral. 10 patients had neuromuscular disease as the underlying cause for the foot imbalance, 1 patient had idiopathic clubfoot with residual, recalcitrant varus after earlier posteromedial release and 1 patient was hemiplegic secondary to stroke caused by encephalopathy. Age of the patients at the time of their initial procedure(s) ranged from 2 to 34. There was at least 1 year follow-up after each procedure for the patient to be entered into this study. A 1-grade functional loss was encountered following tendon transfer of anterior tibial muscles grading between 4–5. (4=good, 5=being normal). The transferred muscles allowed the dynamic varus deformity to be removed and the foot to become plantigrade. In its transferred position, it functioned to actively contract and contributed to give support of the ankle. After an initial period of cast use post-operatively and bracing for 6 months to support the transfer, continued use of AFO was no longer necessary. Anterior tibial tendon transfer to mid-foot, originally described by Garceau continues to be an useful method for rebalancing a foot in which the abnormal pull of the normal or almost normal functioning anterior tibial muscle. This muscle is unopposed or weakly opposed because of the underlying neuromuscular disorder or previous surgery. Thus, it causes the foot and ankle to turn into varus. The technique used is straightforward and simple. It is a useful procedure to consider when rebalancing a foot may be needed.
Six patients presented a structural derangement localized to the forefoot (Pattern I according to Sanders and Frykberg Classification), one to the ankle (Pattern IV) and 18 to the mid-foot region (Pattern II and III). At first clinical evaluation, 13 patients presented a plantar monolateral ulcer. Their treatment was multifactorial. An offloading regimen was adopted, with the use of a total contact cast and crutches, in order to avoid weight-bearing on the affected foot for the first two months. Patients responsive to the treatment were successively treated with a pneumatic cast (Air cast) and partial weight-bearing for another four months. Four unresponsive patients underwent surgical treatment. 10 patients were also treated with alendronate (70 mg per os once a week). Three patients died during treatment and one during the follow-up, three of them for cardiovascular disease, one for bronchopneumopathy.
We present the results of a multicentre retrospective study of closed fracture dislocations of the Lisfranc joint treated by closed reduction and percutaneous screw fixation (follow-up: almost 5 years).
Forty-two patients that presented between 1994 and 1999 to the authors™ institutions were selected for this study (follow-up AOFAS score 81.0 ± 13.5).
A review of the literature shows that opinions differ as to the most appropriate method of treatment, be it closed or open reduction, screws or K-wires fixation, but most of the authors agree that it is imperative to achieve anatomical reduction.
In our study, no statistically significant differences could be detected when outcome scores of patients with anatomical reduction were compared with outcome scores of patients with nearly anatomical reduction, in both the combined fracture dislocation and pure dislocation subgroups. The conclusion is that even a nearly anatomical reduction is considered acceptable and predictive of a satisfactory outcome.
Furthermore, we found a statistically significant difference in the AOFAS score between patients with combined fracture dislocations and pure dislocations, with the latter having a worse AOFAS score. This suggests that the ligament bone interface cannot heal with sufficient strength to regain stable long-term function.
Methods: The study design was observational and retrospective. Adults, conservatively treated for an acute fracture of the base of the fifth metatarsal included. All patients were given a plaster cast at the emergency department and were instructed not to bare weight (NWB) on the affected limb for at least one week. The further modalities of treatment were decided by individual surgeons according to their current clinical practice. A validated scoring system was used. Additional questions were asked about residual cosmetic and shoe problems and also about intensity of pain and the general feeling of comfort. The respective influences of factors on clinical outcome were examined using multiple linear and logistic regression modeling.
Results: 38 patients (11 men, 27 women) were analysed. The mean age was 48 years. 6 had a Jones fracture, while 32 had a tuberosity avulsion fracture. The mean non-weight bearing period was 2 weeks and 4 days (range 1 to 5 weeks) while the cast was worn for a mean of 5 weeks and 3 days (range 1 to 10 weeks). Three Jones fractures and all the avulsion fractures were healed at the end of treatment. The mean follow-up time was 298 days, ranging from 51 to 603 days. The mean result of the ankle score at follow-up was 77.5 (range 20 to 100). Thirteen of the 38 patients reported problems in wearing shoes. Only 8 patients experienced cosmetic problems. The mean linear analogue score for pain was 2.34, that for general comfort was 8.11. Overall, the most significant predictors of poor functional outcome at final follow-up evaluation were increasing duration of NWB and longer follow-up time. Longer NWB was importantly associated with worse global score, pain, comfort and reported stiffness. Neither gender nor fracture type had any significant influence on the overall clinical outcome.
Conclusions: The most important variable linked to final clinical outcome is the duration of the non-weight bearing period. Neither gender, age, length of casting nor even fracture type, had any significant influence on the overall clinical outcome. Therefore NWB should be kept to a minimum for acute avulsions.
Aim: To highlight the hitherto undescribed arch patterns of Lisfranc injuries.
Methodology: 8 patients with atypical Lisfranc injuries were studied prospectively.
Arch patterns: In 2 patients the arch started at the medial aspect of the ankle with injury to the medial malleolus or the deltoid ligament, passed through the tarsometatarsal region and ended at the cuboid. In one patient the arch started at the tarsometatarsal joints and ended at the lateral malleolus and in another patient the lateral end point resulted in tear of the calcaneofibular ligament. One patient had the medial starting point at the Lisfranc ligament but the arch of injuries went through the forefoot fracturing the midshaft of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th metatarsal shafts without injuring the tarsometatarsal region, thus forming an arch pattern much more distal than usual. Six of the 8 patients had operative management. On follow up, in terms of activities of daily living, 75% had excellent function of the foot. It is not the aim of this paper to highlight the management of these injuries.
Conclusion: In the process of listing the telltale signs of a Lisfranc injury it is mandatory to bear in mind that the arch of injuries may extend to as proximal as the ankle joint or as distal as the forefoot and this will enable us to define the entire spectrum of the Lisfranc injury, however atypical it may be.
Open reduction and internal fixation for displaced intra-articular fractures of the calcaneum has become an established method of treatment. A recent randomised, controlled trial has questioned the benefits of surgery, in particular, pain relief. We reviewed the cases undertaken in our department, complications, which have arisen, and their treatment. We have devised a management plan in conjunction with the department of plastic surgery to minimise the effect of these complications. There were 124 procedures carried out over a 12 years period, 116 unilateral and 4 bilateral in 120 patients (106 males and 14 females, age range [18 to 66]). Two further patients were included who had had surgery in another hospital and had been referred to our plastic surgery unit with significant wound complications. The patients were retrospectively assessed with a case note review and an updated clinical evaluation. The assessment focussed particularly on wound complications including breakdown classified as either major or minor, and association with infection, haematoma and drainage. Neurological symptoms were also noted. There were five major wound complications, three from our unit and two from another hospital. Infection was present in three cases. Four healed uneventfully but one of the infected group subsequently had a below knee amputation for refractory infection. Minor wound breakdown was more common. There was no association with haematoma or drainage but wound breakdown occurred more frequently in patients who smoked. Neurological complications were infrequent and temporary. In conclusion this study confirmed that there is a significant morbidity associated with the surgical management of these fractures, although, the vast majority of patients’ wounds healed uneventfully. With a sensible management plan, which involves working in conjunction with plastic surgeons, even major soft tissue complications may be addressed.
Open operative treatment compared with non-operative treatment was associated with a lower risk of re-rupture (odds ratio (OR) = 0.25, 95% confidence interval (CI) = 0.1–0.6, p=0.003) but a higher risk of other complications including infection, adhesions and disturbed sensibility (OR = 14.1, 95%CI = 6.3–31.7, p< 0.00001).
Open versus percutaneous operative surgical repair was associated with a longer operation duration and higher risk of infection (OR = 12.9, 95%CI = 1.6–105.6, p=0.02).
Patients splinted with a functional brace rather than a cast post-operatively tended to have a shorter in-patient stay, less time off work, quicker return to sporting activities and fewer reported complications (p=0.0003).
Because of the small number of patients involved no definitive conclusions could be made regarding different operative techniques and different non-operative regimes.
The increase of ROM in all patients is 17.9 (RA: 18.7 /OA: 16.6). Significant pain relief is described by 92.4% of patients, here all the groups showed no significant differences. An increase in the clinical outcome measured by the Kofoeds Ankle Score is seen from < 70 pts. preoperatively (100% of patients) to > 75 pts. postoperatively (82.3% of patients). The most frequent complication especially in patients with RA is a delayed wound healing (19%), but the revision rate is higher in patients with traumatic and idiopathic osteoarthritis (17% OA /13% RA). A secondary arthrodesis has to be performed only in 2 OA cases.
Radiologically 22 ankles fused, three probably fused whilst 11 (30%) had evidence of non-union. The majority of subtalar joints failed to unite, reflected by the high rate of distal screw breakage. Primary bone grafting appeared to aid union however smoking, age and the use of an open approach did not seem to be significant factors. Other than non-union complications included two nail fatigue fractures, two deep infections, seven screw breakages, six wound problems and one fractured tibia. Post operatively the mean AOFAS score was 51, 25 patients were satisfied (of these 20% had radiological non-union) and 19 would undergo the same procedure again.
Sag. Ankle Angle ROM (standard): 14,31 4,72 *(OP); 28,39 4,96(healthy) Sag. Ankle Angle ROM (footmodel): 9,36 2,62 *(OP); 18,68 4,33 Sag. Med Arch ROM: 12,85 4,85 * (OP); 20,11 4,71 Front. Subtalar Inversion ROM: 4,59 1,44 *(OP); 7,56 1,96 Front. Forefoot Ankle Supination ROM: 10,23 3,71 *(OP); 13,91 3,82
(Mean standard deviation; * statistical significance from healthy side p< 0.01)
In order to regain preinjury activities following an Achilles tendon rupture while reducing the potential complications of open surgery and non-operative treatment, we developed a new protocol that involved the use of a modified local anaesthetic technique, percutaneous repair and early function.
We prospectively treated 32 patients with acute Achilles tendon ruptures according to our protocol with a 12 month minimal follow-up. Surgery was performed on an outpatient basis and within 48 hours from rupture for all cases. Our local anaesthetic technique allowed us to have a comprehensive control over sural nerve location by the definition of a “safe area” (video will be shown) and has proved to be effective to avoid sural nerve damage during surgery. The 28 male and 4 female patients had a mean age of 35 years (range, 26 to 47 years). The percutaneous repair was performed with a #2 nonabsorbable monofilament. Patients began range-of-motion exercise at 48 hours, used a posterior splint for 2 weeks, and then began ambulation with crutches and a 2 cm heel wedge incorporated on sport shoes or alternatively country boots. At 5 weeks, the wedge shoe was discontinued, full weight-bearing was allowed, and progressive resistive exercises were initiated.
There were no reruptures, wound infections, sural nerve damage, recurrent pain, or skin necrosis in our group of patients. One patient (with an hemathological disorder) developed a deep venous thrombosis that resolved uneventfully.
Mean AOFAS score was 80 at 6 months and reached 98 at 12 months. High-demand patients (police officer, firemen, athletes, professional soccer player) returned to their activities by 5–6 months. Patients were very satisfied with the procedure and subjetive evaluation turned to be very good or excellent for all cases.
Achilles tendon management using our protocol is an efficacious method demonstrating a low morbidity rate together with a return to preinjury level by 6 months. In addition, this protocol is cost effective (saves on hospital admission, anaesthesia, complications) and athletes in our group were able to obtain their athletics goals with minimal or no deficits.
Percutaneous repair of the ruptured tendo Achillis has a low rate of failure and negligible complications with the wound, but the sural nerve may be damaged.
We reviewed 96 patients who had an acute percutaneous repair done by a single surgeon at district general hospital between January 1998 to April 2004. The mean follow up was 27 months. The repair is carried out using six stab incisions over the posterolateral aspect of the tendon. The procedure can be carried out under local anaesthesia. All patients were put in a below knee cast after the operation. Cast was changed at 4 weeks keeping the foot in plantigrade position. The mean period of immobilization was 8 weeks.
They returned to work at 12 weeks and to sport at 16. One developed a minor wound infection and another complex regional pain syndrome type II. There were 2 injuries to the sural nerve. There were no late reruptures. This technique is simple to undertake and has a low rate of complications. We present one of the largest series reported in literature.
The importance of correctly identifying and treating ankle syndesmosis injuries is paramount to achieving a good functional result. Although it is clear that anatomical correction is essential the practical aspects remain disputed. Controversial issues include diagnosing and determining which injuries need treating, the number and size of screws for fixation, the number of cortices engaged, a screw removal strategy and the use of biodegradable screws or other forms of fixation. We report the results of a survey of 440 orthopaedic surgeons to determine current UK practice, this is then compared to best practice as determined by literature review.
When analysis was performed for the group and by sub-speciality (foot and ankle, trauma and general orthopaedics) we found large differences in practice. Furthermore it appeared that some aspects of treatment varied considerably from published evidence, for instance four out of five screws were removed much earlier than clinical studies have recommended.
Reconstruction of the lateral ligaments of the ankle has been performed for many years, but few reports are available regarding the outcome after 10 years or longer, and there are no such reports on reconstruction with the more recently developed artificial ligaments. I report the clinical outcome and radiological findings.
On stress X-ray taken at the final examination, TTA improved preoperatively 19 degrees to 4 degrees postoperatively, and ADT improved from 12 to 5 mm. There was no marked development or progression of arthropathic changes. No allergic reaction to the artificial ligament material occurred in any patient. postoperatively and no patient had instability that became severe enough for reoperation to be required. As for arthropathic changes, in 3 patients with a TTA of 10 degrees or more postoperatively, progression of mild osteoarthritic changes was observed.
Only 30% of the normal tendon sections showed any positive staining at all
Compared to 36% of ruptured tendon and 43% of the painful tendinopathy sections.
There is a paucity of nerve tissue within these tendons, which may have implications for the neurogenic hypothesis of tendon degeneration
There appear be more nerve fibres in vascular areas of the painful tendinopathy biopsies
There may be more nerve fibres in the peritendinous tissue
Implantation of allograft bone continues to be an integral part of revision hip surgery. One major concern with its use is the risk of transmission of infective agents. There are a number of methods of processing bone in order to reduce that risk. One part of that processing can be carried out immediately prior to implantation using pulsed irrigation.
We report the incidence of deep bacterial infection in a series of 138 patients undergoing 144 revision hip arthroplasty procedures who had undergone allograft bone implantation. The allograft bone used was fresh-frozen non-irradiated. Allograft femoral heads were milled following removal of any residual soft tissue and sclerotic subchondral bone. The bone chips were then placed in a standard metal sieve and irrigated with Normal Saline (pre-warmed to 60 degrees Centigrade) delivered as pulsed lavage at 7 bar pressure. No antibiotics were used in the irrigation solution. The bone chips were washed until all visible blood and marrow products had been removed.
The deep infection rate at a minimum one year follow-up was 0.6%. This method of secondary processing appears to be consistent with a very low risk of allograft related bacterial infection.
Retention of well fixed bone cement at the time of a revision THA is an attractive proposition, as its removal can be difficult, time consuming and may result in extensive bone stock loss or fracture. Previously reported poor results of cemented revision THA, however, have tended to discourage Surgeons from performing “cement in cement” revisions, and this technique is not in widespread use.
Since 1989, we have performed a cement within cement femoral stem revision on 354 occasions. The indications for in cement revision included facilitating acetabular revision, replacement of a monoblock stem with a damaged or incompatible head, revision of hemiarthroplasty to THA, component malposition and broken stem. Cement in cement revision was only performed in the presence of well fixed cement with an intact bone-cement interface. An Exeter polished tapered stem was cemented into the existing cement mantle on each occasion.
Follow up of 5 years or longer is available for 175 cases, and over 8 years in 41. On no occasion has a cement in cement femoral stem had to be re-revised during this time for subsequent aseptic loosening. Advantages include preservation of bone stock, reduced operating time, improved acetabular exposure and early post operative full weight bearing mobilisation. This technique has not been used for 1 stage revision of infection.
This experience has encouraged the refinement of this technique, including the development of a new short stem designed specifically for cement within cement revisions. This stem is designed to fit into an existing well fixed cement mantle of most designs of cemented femoral component or hemi-arthroplasty, with only limited preparation of the proximal mantle required. The new stem greatly simplifies cement in cement revision and minimises the risk of distal shaft perforation or fracture, which is otherwise a potential hazard when reaming out distal cement to accommodate a longer prosthesis.
Early reports on revision total hip arthroplasty (RTHA) suggested that outcomes of this procedure are as good as those of primary total hip arthroplasty (THA). However, RTHA is associated with longer surgery time, greater blood loss and increased risk of complications (thromboembolism, nerve injury, periprosthetic fractures, recurrent hip dislocations and infections). Aseptic loosening after RTHA was reported in 36% of patients aged over 55 years within 4 years after revision. Infections were reported in 32% and complications during surgery in 23% of patients respectively. Unsatisfactory results of RTHA stimulate the search for alternative procedures. Girdlestone excision arthroplasty (GA) seems to be a good solution for older patients with high risk of complications related to a poor general condition.
Infection ceased in 9 cases, 1 patient died because of complications related to chronic infection.
Patellar maltracking after total knee arthroplasy (TKA) introduces complications such as anterior knee pain and patellar subluxation, generally due to prosthetic component malallignment in both tibiofemoral (TF) and patellofemoral joints. It is still debated if it is necessary to resurface the patella, which would better adapt the patellar articular surface to the prosthetic femoral troclea with a prosthesis, but also result in possible bone fractures. In this study, an in-vitro analysis is presented in order to identify differences between intact and TKA patellar tracking with and without patellar resurfacing and to show how much the latter is similar to intact knee patellar tracking.
Three fresh-frozen amputated legs with knees free from anatomical defects and with intact joint capsule, collaterals and quadriceps tendon were analyzed using the Stryker knee navigation system (Kalamazoo, MI-USA). Landmark digitations were used to define anatomical frames for femur, tibia and patella. Manually driven TF flexions, from 0 to 140, were performed under conditions of no load and of 10 kg on the quadriceps, with intact knee and TKA with patella resurfaced and not. TF flex/extension, intra/extra rotation, ad/abduction were calculated according to a standard convention. Patellar flex/extension, medial/lateral tilt, rotation and shift were calculated according to a recently proposed articular convention.
Since more repeatable, results relative to trials under 10 kg are reported. Intact knee: 4 abduction; considerable intra rotation (from 16 to 4), followed by continuous extra rotation starting at 30 TF flexion; linear increase in patellar flexion (from 20 to 110); initial medial patellar rotation (from 12 to 8), followed by medial rotation starting at 60 TF flexion; initial lateral patellar tilt (from 4 lateral to 4 medial), followed by medial tilt starting at 70 TF flexion; initial 6 mm lateral patellar shifts from 0 to 80 TF flexion, followed by 4 mm medial shift. TKA knee: small differences in ad/abduction between intact and TKA knees, both with and without resurfaced patella; slight initial extra rotation, followed by continuous intra rotation starting at 20 TF flexion; linear increase in the flexion of the patella, both resurfaced and not, close to the that of the intact knee; patellar rotation more lateral than in the intact knee; patellar tilt without resurfaced patella closer to the intact knee one; 6 mm lateral patellar shift, likely accounted for the surgical technique.
Slightly more than TKA with resurfaced patella, TKA with non resurfaced patella flexes nearly like the intact knee. The closeness in values of patellar flexion and tilt represents a proof of the closeness in behavior of not resurfaced patella in TKA to the patella in the intact knee.
The average IKS Knee score was 72 (23–97) and the functional score was 68 (0–100) with 74% experiencing none or only mild pain. The SF12 assessment revealed a mean physical score of 55 (14–99). Ninety per cent of patients were satisfied with their knee and 89% would have the operation again if required.
There was one operative death (PE), one deep infection, 3 PE’s, 3 DVT’s and 5 superficial infections. An MUA was required in 9 cases.
Eight knees were revised. Using ‘all revisions’ as an end point. The survival rate was 95.3% at 10 years.
Although conventional thinking and teaching have implicated weight and body mass index (BMI) in premature failure of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) there is scant evidence based confirmation of this belief. Furthermore, there is little knowledge regarding the precise effect of BMI on functional outcomes following TKA. We performed this study to assess the effect of weight on the longevity of TKA and on outcomes following TKA revision (TKAR).
186 consecutive subjects undergoing TKAR in a 17-center prospective cohort study, had data collected on weight (pounds), BMI and time elapsed between primary and revision surgery (T). The Physical Component Score (PCS) of the Short Form-36 (SF-36), the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis (WOMAC) Index, and the Knee Society Score (KSS) were also collected preoperatively and at 6-month follow-up. Univariate, bivariate and multivariate statistical methods were used in the analysis.
The mean BMI and weight were 31.8 (54% of subjects had a BMI > 30) and 200 pounds (range 107–350) respectively. The distribution of both measures of excessive weight was close to normal. Average time between primary and revision procedures (T) was 7.3 years (range 6 months to 27 years). Using linear regression, T significantly decreased as weight (BMI) increased. Mean SF-36 PCS, WOMAC and KSS-Function scores were significantly improved 6 months after revision surgery. However, BMI and, in particular, weight were predictive of worse physical functional outcomes.
This study demonstrates the deleterious effect of weight on both the longevity of primary TKA as assessed at the time of revision and on functional outcomes following TKAR. Although further prospective data regarding this population is indicated, the current findings direct us towards better outcomes prediction for overweight patients and more effective counselling and appropriate management of these patients.
However, previous experiments only analysed the relationship between a single type of stiffness. This approach neglects the multi-dimensional characteristics of bone loading in compression, bending and torsion.
This study investigates how compressive, bending (ap and ml) and torsional stiffness are related to the torsional load bearing capacity of healing callus tissue using a common set of bone regenerate samples of sheep treated with distraction osteogenesis. In addition, this study compares the evolution of the various kinds of stiffness.
This study provides insight into how the various stiffness modes are suited to predict the load bearing capacity by in-vivo stiffness measurement.
The ends of the tibiae were embedded in PMMA and mounted to a sequence of special custom made jigs for compressive testing, 4-point-bending and torsion in a material testing machine.
Stiffness was calculated by regression of the initial linear part of the load-displacement curves.
In a final experiment, the specimens were loaded in torsion until failure to record the ultimate torsional moment.
This study evaluated the effect of a collagen type I /hyaluronate (c/h) implant combined with recombinant human growth and differentiation factor-5 (rhGDF-5) in osteochondral cartilage defects of Göttinger minipigs.
In 20 Göttinger minipigs, critical size defects (6.2mm wide and 10mm deep) were created in the medial condyle of both femora. Defects were treated on one side either with the c/h implant alone (n=10) or the c/h implant + rhGDF-5 (n=10), whereas the other side was left empty as an intra-individual control. After 3 and 12 months, 5 animals from each treatment group were killed. The evaluation included macroscopic investigation, biomechanical exploration by relaxation test and semi-quantitative histological scoring using the O’Driscoll score.
No macroscopic differences were found between the two treatment groups, neither could any differences be found in semi-quantitative histological scoring. Biomechanical measurement after 12 months showed a significant increase in peak stress in the c/h group compared to empty defects, however, rhGDF-5 supplementation was not found to influence the biomechanical properties compared to controls. Bony cysts were seen throughout the three treatment groups, indicating insufficient bone regeneration. In two animals treated with rhGDF-5, pronounced ossifications within the joint capsule were observed. In contrast, no ossifications were detected in the knees with empty defects or single treatment with c/h implant.
In conclusion, the combination of a c/h implant plus rhGDF-5 did not result in better defect regeneration compared to c/h implants alone or even to empty defects in our minipig model.
One major problem seems to be the incomplete regeneration of the bony defect when using this device. In further studies, bilayer matrices should be used to address this problem. Due to the small number of specimens in this study, it cannot be resolved whether the ossifications seen in two knees were due to the usage of rhGDF-5 or can be regarded as an independent event. Further data about growth factor interaction should be acquired in animal studies before clinical introduction can be considered.
Elderly patients with a high mortality risk for revision surgery are severely handicapped by a loosened hip prosthesis. Loosening is mainly caused by particle-induced osteolysis leading to the formation of a synovium-like interface tissue. As an alternative to revision surgery we have investigated the possibility of removing the tissue using a gene therapy approach and thereafter stabilizing the prosthesis with percutaneous cement injection.
First we demonstrated that transduction of interface cells with a gene coding for E.coli nitroreductase (NTR) resulted in a 60-fold increase in sensitivity to the prodrug CB1954 that is converted to a toxic metabolite by NTR. Given these in-vitro data, we explored if intra-articular administration of this adenoviral vector encoding NTR followed by the prodrug was able to kill sufficient tissue in-vivo to allow refixation of the prosthesis by cement.
We report the first three patients from a phase 1 study of 12 patients with a loosened hip who are experiencing debilitating pain and have significant comorbidity. On day 1 the vector is injected into the hip joint and on day 3 the prodrug is injected. On day 10 three holes are drilled in the femur and one in the acetabulum. Biopsies are taken from the periprosthetic space and low viscosity cement (Osteopal, Biomet Merck, Sjöbo, Sweden) is injected under fluoroscopic guidance.
The first three patients have been included in the study and five more are planned for treatment before June 2005. The patients are females of 86, 72, and 79 years old. There were no adverse effects from vector injection (3x10 exp 9 particles). Six hours after prodrug injection the patients experienced nausea, (WHO grade 1) a commonly reported reaction to this prodrug. There was vomiting in two patients. Hip pain increased, but this was anticipated as this therapy will increase prosthesis loosening. 16 ml of cement was subsequently injected into the periprosthetic space in the first patient and 18 ml in the second. The patients were ambulated the day after surgery.
The first two patients have a follow-up of twelve and six weeks. There was no pain in the hip. The maximum walking distance had increased from 5 to 30 meters in the first patient.
The current study is the first to use in vivo intra-articular adenoviral mediated gene transfer in a clinical setting. Our preliminary results suggest that gene therapy and cement injection for hip prosthesis refixation is clinically feasible.
The fluorescent microsphere (FM) method is considered the best technique to determine regional bone blood flow (RBBF) in acute experiments. In this study we verified the accuracy and validitiy of this technique for measurement of RBBF in a long-term experiment and examined RBBF after meniscectomy. 24 anesthetized female New Zealand rabbits (3 groups, each n=8) received consecutive left ventricular injections of FM in defined time intervals after meniscectomy. Group 1 from preoperatively to 3 wks postoperatively, group 2 from 3 wks to 7 wks, and group 3 from 7 wks to 11 wks postoperatively. To test the precision of the FM-method in long-term experiments two FM-species were injected simultaneously at the first and last measurement. After the experiment both humeri, femora, and tibiae and reference organs (kidney, lung, brain) were removed and dissected according to standardized protocol. Fluorescence was determined in each reference blood and tissue sample and blood flow values were calculated. Blood flow in kidney, lung, and brain revealed no significant difference between right and left side and remained unchanged during the observation period excluding errors due to shunting and dislodging of spheres in our experiments. Comparison of relative bone blood flow values obtained by simultaneously injected FM showed an excellent correlation at the first and last injection indicating valid RBBF measurements in long-term experiment. We found a significant increase of RBBF 3 wks after meniscectomy in the right tibial condyles compared to the non-operated left side. Similar changes were found in the femoral condyles. RBBF in other regions of tibia, femur, and humerus revealed no significant difference between right and left bone samples of the same region. Our results demonstrate that the FM method is also valid for measuring regional bone blood flow in long-term experiments. In addition we could demonstrate that meniscectomy leads to an increase of RBBF in the tibial condyles very early. This increase might be caused by stress-induced alterations of the subchondral bone.
Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) is the material of choice for vertebroplasty (VP). However, PMMA has several disadvantages such as exothermic curing, uncertain long-term biomechanical effects and biocompatibility. As a result alternative materials are being developed to overcome these problems.
In order to determine the role of PMMA in the generation of cardiovascular changes following vertebroplasty we compared injection of cement with wax in an animal model.
The aim of our study was to evaluate if PTH is able to increase the trabecular density of osteoporotic bone at the site of an implant and whether the anabolic effect of PTH at this side is stronger then the effect of an osteoclast inhibitor like alendronate.
48 cement rod was inserted in the tibia of 48 female rats, of which 36 had been ovariectomized. The cement rods, which served as implants, were made of Palacos R bone cement. After implantation, the 36 ovariectomized rats were divided in 3 groups. One was injected subcutaneusly with PTH (1–34) at a dose of 60 g/kg BW. The second was injected with alendronate at a dose of 205 g/kg BW. The third with vehicle only. The remaining 12 sham operated rats were also injected with vehicle only. All injections were given three times a week and the rats were killed 2 weeks after implantation.
The tibial segments around the hole of the rods were prepared histologically. Thus the surfaces which had been in contact with the rod appeared as straight lines and could be analyzed histomorphometricly. The trabecular density of the bone closest to the implant was measured. One femur of all animals was used for measurement by DEXA.
There was a substantial increase in the trabecular density close to the rods with PTH treatment (Anova p=0.002). PTH lead to a trabecular density of 89%, where as the ovariectomized animals revealed a trabecular density of 58% and the sham operated control of 68%. No significant increase of implant related trabecular density could be found in the alendronate treated group. In this group a density of 72% was established. DEXA showed the expected differences in bone mineral content (Anova p=0.001).
In this study, intermittent PTH treatment increased implant-related trabecular density in osteoporotic bone after 2 weeks. No such positive effect could be found with alendronate treatment at such a short period of time. We think the reason for this phenomenon could be the early onset of the anabolic PTH effect on regenerating bone, whereas alendronate is thought to only inhibit bone resorption, which might lead to a later effect.
The early onset of PTH effects even in osteoporotic bone suggests that intermittent PTH treatment might lead to an increased micro-interlock between implant and bone and might therefore be considered as a possible drug to enhance incorporation of orthopedic implants.
50.8% of released allografts (125 heads) were used in revision arthroplasty. In spine surgery 83 allografts (33.7%) were implanted in spinal fusions and for cage filling during vertebral body replacement. Thirty-two grafts (13.0%) were used in miscellaneous surgeries with minor bone demand.
The costs per donation were 92, with personnel costs the price per head was 140. The price range for commercial alternatives starts at 100 for 1 cm.
Its pathogenesis is based upon the generation of wear debris particles which trigger synovial macrophage activation. Statins, inhibitors of 3-hydroxy-3 methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMG-Co-A) reductase, have revolutionised the treatment of hypercholesterolaemia and cardiovascular disease. The antiinflammatory properties of HMG-CoA reductase inhihitors or the statin family are well recognised. We investigated the effects of ceriv-astatin in attenuating the activation of human macrophages by polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) particles.
Western blotting confirmed Raf/MEK/ERK down-regulation by cerivastatin, establishing a mechanism for its anti-inflammatory effects.
Because endothelins (ET) have effects on functions of both osteoblasts and osteoclasts, it is thought that these peptides may be one of the mediators of coupling phenomena that maintain the connection and regulation between bone formation and resorption process in osteogenesis. Along with their demonstrated effects on osteogenic cells they have dual activity on both mineralization and resorption process. So it is also thought that they may have a major role in bone turnover and remodeling processes. We aimed to investigate if ET had a role in the pathophysiology of osteoporosis. Therefore we looked for a difference in ET plasma levels between osteoporotic and normal people.
86 patients (16 men and 70 women) with a mean age of 62.6 (ranges: 51–90) years were included in this study. All patients were examined by dual energy X-ray absorbsiometry evaluation at first. Patients were divided into 3 groups regarding reported T scores. T-scores less than −2.5 on either total lumbar spine or total hip were accepted as osteoporosis, while scores between −1 and −2.5 were accepted as osteopenia and scores above −1 were accepted as normal according to the suggestions of World Health Organization. According to these criteria 19 patients were normal, 43 were osteopenic and 24 were osteoporotic. Then total plasma level of ET was measured in all patients with monoclonal antibody based sandwich immunoassay (EIA) method.
One-way analysis of variance test was used to compare endothelin values between normals, osteopenics and osteoporotics regardless of gender and for each gender. A value of p< 0.05 was considered as significant.
Endothelin total plasma level in patients with osteoporosis was a mean of 98.3663.96 pg/ml, a mean of 100.9247.2 pg/ml in osteopenic group and a mean of 99.5656.6 pg/ml in normal group. The difference between groups was not significant (p> 0.05). In men with osteoporosis endothelin level was a mean of 185.7017.2 pg/ml and this was significantly higher than osteopenic men (124.8059.6 pg/ml) (p< 0.05) and normal men (93.0050.1pg/ml) (p< 0.05). In women there was not any significant difference between groups (normal:102.0060.7pg/ml, osteopenics: 94.7042.7pg/ml, osteoporotics: 79.9053.8pg/ml) (p> 0.05).
We found out that plasma ET levels of osteoporotic men were significantly higher than normal men. But comparison regardless of gender among osteoporotics, osteopenics and normals and comparison of female osteoporotics, osteopenics and normals yielded no significant differences. We think that the reason for differences in our results regarding gender may be the higher estrogen level of the females even if they were in the postmenopausal period and thus estrogens’ possible effect of down regulation in ET-1. Considering these results we think that ET may have a role in the pathophysiology of the men osteoporosis and it can be used as a marker for diagnosis and treatment follow-up of osteoporosis.
Current research efforts aim at enhancing osseointegration of cementless implants to improve early bone fixation.
In tissue engineering, scaffolds are vitalized by cells in vitro. Human mesenchymal stem cells (hMSC) are very interesting because of their ability to differentiate towards the osteogenic lineage and their self renewing capacity. Yet, it is important that implanted cells do not disseminate and exhibit unwanted cell growth outside the implantation site. Therefore the aim of this study was to detect migrated cells in organs of mice after implantation of a composite (cell-scaffold) substitute.
HMSC (Cambrex, USA) were inoculated on a clinically approved 3D scaffold (Tutobone(TM), Tutogen, Germany). One composite and one scaffold without cells were implanted subcutanously, left and right paravertebrally in athymic nude mice (nu/nu). After 2, 4, 8 and 12 weeks constructs were explanted and organs (liver, spleen, lungs, kidney, heart, testicles, brain and blood) were harvested. The entire organs were homogenized and genomic DNA was isolated for qualitative and quantitative PCR.
Human DNA was found in all explanted composites at all examined time points. No human DNA could be detected in control scaffolds. Moreover we did not detect human DNA in all explanted organs at any time point. As internal controls we could detect 1 single hMSC in a pool of 106 mouse cells.
In conclusion, we could proof that cells of implanted composite substitutes do not migrate to other organs. Furthermore, this study showed that implanted hMSC seeded on 3D scaffolds survive over time frames up to 12 weeks.
To tissue-engineer bone suitable cells need to be grown on a scaffold. In this study we grew human marrow cells as they can differentiate into osteoblasts, on porous hydroxyapatite (HA) scaffolds, as this is osteoconductive, allows cell penetration and in growth of capillaries after implantation.
Increased extravascular perfusion through bone increases new bone formation. So we reproduced these physiological conditions in our novel bioreactor by perfusing scaffolds at 6ml/hr.
After 14 days in bioreactor culture the HA was covered with cuboidal cells, consistent with osteoblasts, however in static culture cells remained fibroblastic. TEM results showed that MSCs in the bioreactor produced organised collagen matrix after 21 days and osteoid by 28 days, but no collagen matrix was observed following static culture.
ALP and PICP were significantly greater over 15 days culture when in our bioreactor.
Moreover, MSCs grown on HA in the bioreactor produced significantly more ALP and PICP indicating osteoblastic differentiation. Furthermore, bone osteoid was produced.
Therefore this culture method could be use to convert autologous MSCs from human marrow into tissue-engineered bone which could be used to heal defects after tumor excision.
Arthroscopic procedures may be associated with considerable pain in the first 24 hours. Intra-articular bupi-vacaine provides good analgesia but is short lasting. Intra-articular morphine has been shown to prolong postoperative analgesia in knee and ankle arthroscopy. The aim of this study is to assess the safety and analgesic effect of intra-articular morphine following day case wrist arthroscopy.
Ethical approval was firstly obtained. 31 patients were randomly assigned to one of 2 groups in a double blind clinical study. Group 1 received 5ml of 0.5% bupi-vacaine intra-articularly with 5mg of morphine subcutaneously. Group 2 received 5ml of 0.5% bupivacaine and 5mg of morphine intra-articularly. There were 15 patients (mean age 41.2 years) in group 1, and 16 patients (mean age 38.9 years) in group 2. Postoperatively pain was assessed using a 100mm visual analogue pain scale (VAPS) at 1, 2, 6 and 24 hours. Analgesia requirements were recorded at these times post operatively. The presence of nausea, vomiting, other complications and patient satisfaction were recorded.
Visual analogue pain scores did not show any significant difference between the groups at 1, 2, 6 and 24 hours. Supplementary analgesic consumption over the 24 hour period was slightly greater in group 1 than in group 2. None of the patients who had intra-articular Morphine had vomiting nor any other complications and did not require anti-emetics. Most patients in either group were satisfied with the level of postoperative analgesia.
Intra-articular bupivacaine with or with out morphine provides adequate postoperative pain relief following wrist arthroscopy. There seems to be little difference between the two methods studied.
Disorders of the pisotriquetral joint can cause ulnar sided wrist pain. This joint is not usually seen during routine wrist arthrosopy because it often has a separate joint cavity. The senior author believes that it is more commonly seen from the 6R portal if looked for, than one would expect from the assumed anatomy.
This study assessed the frequency with which the pisotriquetral joint could be observed in 36 consecutive wrist arthroscopies. The connection between the radiocarpal and the pisotriquetral joint were found to vary from a complete membrane separating the two, to no membrane at all, with variations in between. The types of connections are described. The anatomy of the connections was also studied by dissecting the wrist joints of eight fresh frozen cadavers. The findings matched the arthroscopic observations.
In more than 50% of patients, the pisotriquetral joint could be clearly visualised by arthroscopy. The technique and findings have been recorded on video and form part of the presentation.
Most of them used static splintage (45.20%) and only 5.23% used dynamic splintage.11 surgeons stated using both the types of splintage. 267 surgeons did not questionnaire. Majority of the surgeons applied a static splint (pop slab, thermoplastic splint) after the surgery while others applied it after reducing the dressing within 2 weeks of the operation. 264 (46.07%) surgeons did not reply to the question.
In majority of cases the splint was applied by the occupational therapist. The surgeon, physiotherapist, and orthotist in some cases also applied the splint. Individual comments from surgeons made an interesting reading. After an initial period of continuous splintage majority of the surgeons used night splintage only. 265 surgeons did not reply to the question. Mostly the splint-age was used for 4–6 weeks. Although the spectrum of splintage varied from 2 weeks to 24 weeks. Some of the surgeons stated their own clinical practice in their comments.
179 surgeons stated always referring their patient for postoperative physiotherapy.
13 surgeons (2.26%) never referred their patients for physiotherapy.
77 surgeons on very odd occasions had postoperative physiotherapy for their patients.
Majority of surgeons started the physiotherapy between 1 and 2 weeks, after the stitches have been removed. 107 surgeons favoured early commencement of hand exercises within first week of surgery. 224 surgeon did not reply to this question.
Most of the surgeons followed the patients for two to four months. Longer follow up was done for patients with recurrence, severe or bilateral disease. Also those patients, who had proximal interphalangeal joint contracture and other risk factors, were followed for a longer period. Some of the surgeons commented following them for life in their clinical practice.
The purpose of the study was to objectively compare the effects of the scaphoid and Colles’ type casts on hand function. Currently there is no such published study.
Both casts are commonly used to immobilise suspected and radiologically proven undisplaced scaphoid fractures. There is no difference in non-union rates. The scaphoid incorporates the thumb in palmar abduction, whereas the Colles’ type cast leaves the thumb free. Although necessary for bone healing, immobilisation disrupts function and may require intensive corrective physiotherapy. Unnecessary immobilisation of uninvolved joints should be avoided when use does not compromise fracture stability.
We compared the effect of the two casts on hand function in 20 healthy right hand dominant volunteers using the Jebsen-Taylor Hand Function Test, which uses seven subtests designed to test tasks representative of everyday functional activities. Data were obtained through a mixed between and within subject design.
Using the Jebsen-Taylor Hand Function Test, median overall scoring in the Colles’ type cast was 2.5 times that obtained in the scaphoid. In timing individual subtests, the analyses show significant differences (p< 0001) between the presence and absence of a cast. When comparing the two cast types, mean times for all subtests are less in the Colles’ than in the scaphoid, with the difference reaching statistical significance in five out of seven subtests.
Having either type of cast significantly impairs handling and finger dexterity, and so affects activities of daily living. A scaphoid, however, is much more limiting than a Colles’ type cast. This makes it clearly more inconvenient for the patient with socioeconomic implications and occasionally issues of compliance during a long period of immobilisation.
Suture anchors have changed the practice of repair of tendons in modern Orthopaedics. The purpose of the study was to identify the ideal suture anchor length for anchoring flexor digitorum profundus tendon to the distal phalanx.
We dissected 395 distal phalanges from 80 embalmed hands. Phalanges from two little fingers and three thumbs were damaged, hence were excluded from the study. We measured the Anteroposterior and Lateral dimensions at three fixed points on the distal phalanges of all 395 fingers using a Vernier’s Callipers with 0.1mm accuracy.
The mean value of the Anteroposterior width of the distal phalanx at the insertion of the FDP was found to be 3.4mm for the little finger; 3.9mm for the ring finger; 4.3mm for the middle finger; 4.0mm for the index finger and 5.0mm for the thumb respectively. The commonly available anchors and drill bits were found to be too long when used for anchoring the flexor digitorum profundus tendon in certain distal phalanges. Our findings may be a reason for poor outcome of FDP repair to distal phalanx using suture anchors. New designs for tissue anchors for distal phalanges may be necessary.
There is an high incidence of failures of total wrist arthroplasties. We review our experiences in revising total wrist implant arthroplasties to arthrodeses. The most common mode of failure of the arthroplasties in our series was metacarpal loosening with dorsal perforation of the stem. Loosening of the proximal stem, progressive mal-position of the wrist and other causes appeared.
We used for the revision arthrodesis in all our cases tricortical iliac crest bone grafts and additional spongiosa transplants from this donor site region. In one case we used a vascularized iliac crest bone graft to bridge the bone defect because of a bad host quality of the recipient area. Fixation was achieved with plates and screws.
Our average follow-up period was 32 month. 40 patients with 41 failed wrist implants (3 different types) were treated with this technique. 40 wrist undergoing arthrodesis attained a solid painless fusion after a single operation. In one case a non-union with a loosening of the screws due to using a non-rigid plate was seen. In this case a revision was necessary to achieve a bone healing. All patients were satisfied, pain free and achieved an increased pinch and grip strength after bony fusion (measured with Yamar-Vigorimeter). A persisting loss of carpal height was seen in all cases.
Arthrodesis after failed total wrist arthroplasty is a satisfactory salvage procedure even in cases with a bad quality of the recipient area. We recommend a rigid fixation technique to prevent non-unions.
From January 2000 to March 2004 16 thumbs after total avulsion-amputation were replanted in our hospitals. In 15 cases this was successful. In one case the thumb was lost 28 hours after replantation. Mostly the amputation was in the region of the first phalanx or the IP-joint of the thumb.
In all cases our operative procedure for this form of amputation was the reconstruction of the vessels with vein grafts after the osteosynthesis and the reconstruction of the tendons. The donorsite region for the grafts was in 12 cases the dorsal forefoot and in 4 cases the distal forearm. In none of these cases there was the possibility of reconstructing both arteries. Mostly only an anastomosis for one artery and one vein could be done. For none of these patients it was possible to reconstruct the nerves primarily. Until now transphers of neurovascular skinislands of longfingers, free nerve transplantations with coaptations to the proximal stump of the injured nerve, free nerve transplantations with coaptations to the trunk of the median nerve or in one case an end-to-side coaptation have been performed to achieve a resensibility of the thumbs. In one case a patient rejected an operative nervereconstruction, because a sprouting of the proximal stump of the injured nerve lead to a (reduced) sensibility of the thumb. In 4 cases a therapy to achieve a resensibility has so far not been carried out.
After replantations of injured thumbs necroses of the skin in different kinds were noticed. In 4 cases secondary skinreconstructions were necessary. All 15 successful replanted thumbs achieved very good results concerning function, strength and patient’s satisfaction.
Our results don’t agree with the mostly bad results after total avulsionamputations mentioned in literature. We think that the replantation after total avulsionamputation of the thumb has a high chance of being successful and can achieve very good longtime results.
The purpose of the study was to evaluate the outcome of de la Caffinière prosthesis in the management of rheumatic destruction of the first carpometacarpal joint. By the end of 1998 the procedure was performed on 49 patients, 20 on the right hand and 29 on the left. All patients were addressed with a letter query and patient records and radiographs were assessed. Subjective contentment was measured with visual analog scale (VAS) and a questionnaire.
Thirty six of the patients had seropositive rheumatoid arthritis, 8 juvenile chronic arthritis and 5 other rheumatic variants. The mean follow-up was 8.6 (0.5–17) years. Subjective contentment was either excellent of good in 88% of the patients, and 75% were painfree.
Survival analysis with reoperation or significant loosening as end point was performed. Two cups loosened and one prosthesis was constantly dislocated, and these three were revised with tendon interposition technique. The survival rate was 96% (95% CI 84 to 99) at 5 years, and 92% (95% CI 77 to 97) at ten years.
Fairly good 10-year survival and encouraging subjective results have lead us to plan and start a clinical out-patient follow-up study to collect additional objective data on implant survival and function. Preliminary results of the new study yield superior range of motion compared to tendon interposition arthroplasty, which is the golden standard in our institute at the moment. However, we promote caution and emphasize the importance of patient selection since two additional revisions in our latter study may reveal a subgroup which is more prone to implant failure.
Traditionally open extensor tendon injuries in zones III to V (PIP to MP joints) have been treated with repair and immobilization in extension for 4 to 6 weeks. Early controlled motion protocols have been successfully used in zones VI and VII of the extensors. An early controlled mobilization protocol combined with strong repair for zones III to V extensor tendon lacerations was studied prospectively.
From 1999 to 2003, 27 extensor tendon lacerations in 26 patients, mean age 34 years (range 14–70), were treated using dynamic extension splinting. Inclusion criteria were zone III to V, complete lacerations involving the extensor mechanism and possibly the dorsal capsule (without associated fractures or skin deficits) in patients without healing impairment. All injuries were treated in the emergency department with a core Kessler-Tajima suture and continuous epitendon suture. After an initial immobilization in a static splint ranging from 5 days (for zone V) to 3 weeks (for zone III), controlled mobilization was initiated with a dynamic splint that included only the injured finger. The patient was weaned off the dynamic splint 5 weeks after the initial trauma. The patients were treated in an outpatient basis and did not attend any formal physiotherapy program.
The mean follow up was 16 months (range 10–24 months). No ruptures or boutoniere deformities were observed and no tenolysis was necessary. The mean TAM was 242deg for the fingers and 119deg for the thumbs. The mean grip and pinch strength averaged 85% and 88% that of the contralateral unaffected extremity. 77% of the patients achieved a good or excellent result in Miller’s classification. The mean loss of flexion was found to be greater than the mean extension deficit.
The protocol described above was found to be safe, simple, functional, cost effective and reproducible for zone III to V simple extensor tendon injuries. Success is based on strong initial repair, close physician observation and a cooperative patient. The addition of physiotherapy for patients with flexion deficits in the period immediately after dynamic splinting may ameliorate results.
Median nerve release is one of the most common procedures performed in hand surgery (classical incision or endoscopic methods), with a low complication rate, but not free of morbidity conditioning work reincorporation.
We present a comparative study between the classical technique and double-incision approach of median nerve preserving the intereminencial space.
– 72 hands (61 patients) operated by classical technique. – 83 hands (72 patients) operated by double-incision approach.
We reviewed: per-operatory neurovascular complications, difficulties in hand activity related to pillar pain at 10 and 21 days and 3 and 12 months after surgery, discomfort in the thenar-hypothenar areas (intereminencial pruritus), remaining discomfort in the area of the surgical scar at 3 and 12 months after surgery, and recurrences at 24 months.
Pillar pain conditioning hand activity:
21 days: A-group 32 cases (44 %) %, B-group 0% 3 months: A-group 18 cases (25 %), B-group 0% 12 months: A-group 5 cases (7 %), B-group 0%
Discomfort in the thenar-hypothenar areas (inter-eminencial pruritus):
21 days: A-group 0%, B-group 15 cases (18 %) 3 months: A-group 0%, B-group 6 cases (7 %) Remaining discomfort in surgical scars areas: 3 months: A-group 18 cases (25%) palm area, B-group 4 cases (5 %) wrist area. 12 months: A-group 5 cases (7 %) palm area, B-group 0%
We therefore consider this technique as a first choice in suitable patients as it avoids discomfort or disability. Furthermore this technique is of low risk and low cost.
Postoperatively, the first column was immobilized in a neoprene splint for one month. Physical therapy was started one week after surgery. Clinical evaluation focused on the first web opening, thumb opposition, pinch and grasp strength, pain, patient satisfaction and return to work/leisure time activities.
Novel scaffolds were developed using a well-known poly-L/D-lactide copolymer with L/D-monomer ratio 96/4 (PLDLA) in collaboration with the Institute of Biomaterials at Tampere University of Technology and Tampere University Hospital. The PLDLA scaffolds are fibrous, porous cylinders enabling the in-growth of fibrous tissue, which then ideally forms a new, functional joint for the patient. Meltspun PLDLA scaffolds retain 50% of their strength at least 13 weeks in vitro. This enables to retain the shape and size of the scaffolds in situ long enough for tissue ingrowth. The scaffold will bioabsorb and be replaced with fibrous tissue in approximately 2–3 years.
The “Zemel technique” for scaphoid pseudarthrosis without major carpal collpse is a modification of the Matti-Russe procedure, using only cancelous bone graft and 2 Kirchner wires for fixation – these are introduced under direct vision after a large curetage of the pseudarthrosis, then partially withdrawn and reintroduced after tight local cancelous bone packing.
We used it in 51 cases, obtaining bone union in 48. In 9 patients bone, union was not certain after 12 weeks of plaster and K wires were replaced by a screw with no further immobilization, but we still had 3 nonunions.
This procedure, technically easy to perform and using current orthopaedic material, seems a good alternative to non-angulated pseudarthrosis of the scaphoid, except of its proximal pole.
The aims of this study were to prospectively assess whether this new protocol could be safely applied to patients undergoing total hip replacement and whether it reduced length of stay.
An analysis on prospective data collected on our hip database was carried out on all patients undergoing primary cemented unilateral total hip arthroplasty in the last 5 years comparing the short term outcomes between diabetics and non-diabetics. There were 1220 non-diabetics and 77 diabetics identified from the database with at least 3 years follow up. (average 3.6 years). We found no significant difference with respect to age, sex and diagnosis between the 2 groups. Diabetics did have a significantly higher BMI (30.2 versus 27.7, p< 0.001) and higher incidence of coronary artery disease (31% versus 15%, p< 0.001) We found no increase in the rate of deep periprosthetic infection, superficial wound complications, dislocation, blood loss and DVT between diabetics and non-diabetics even after adjusting for potential confounders of age, sex, diagnosis, BMI and the presence of coronary artery disease. The only factor that was found to be significantly different between the 2 groups was length of stay (10.73 versus 9.56 days, p< 0.05). Further analysis of the diabetic group only showed no difference with regard the same outcomes between insulin-dependent, diet-controlled and diet and oral hypoglycaemic-controlled patient subsets. From this study we conclude that at the time of taking informed consent from diabetic patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty the only potential difference from non-diabetics is that the length of stay may be longer.
In 85 % of the patients with rheumatoid arthritis the MCP-joints are involved with incressing deterioration an loss of function. The standard replacement of the MCP-joints using the Swanson-Silastic Spacers shows pain reduction and a realigment of the fingers, but the functional capacity is not improved.
The HM-MCP-arthroplasty offers a concept for better function an restoration of the rheumatoid hands and osteoarthritis.
In a prospective multicenter study 63 HM-MCP arthroplasties have been implanted. We used the redesigned model (PE-metacarpal head and Ti-ODH phalangeal base) with titanium stems. The follow up-time is 18 months (6 – 40 months). All patients are controlled with clinical and radiographic evaluation.
The active ROM of the MCP-joints demonstrated on average flex./ext. 65/10/0 (preop. 70/15/0). The grip strength at FU demonstrated 80 % of the untreated contralateral control hand. Pain has been improved using the verbal pain scale at 1.6 (preop. 2.1).
Radiographically all metacarpal and phalangeal stems show an osteointegration of the implants. Radio-lucent lines of < 1 mm have been detected at the phalangeal base without a sign of loosing.
Complications: 1 palmar luxation with a successful closed reposition, 1 ulnar subluxation of the fifth finger, 1 unsuccessful revised palmar luxation.
The results of the uncemented, unconstrained HM-MCP-arthroplasty show an improvement of the hand function and pain reduction. This endoprosthesis gives a new chance to treat the rheumatoid hand at an earlier stage of destruction before severe contracture of the soft tissues.
The authors would like to present a retrospective study conducted on 178 patients having undergone a hip replacement. The aim of this study was to look at the immediate and short-term complications of hip replacement in relation to the body mass index (BMI).
Patients ranging from age 49 to 90 were included in this study with an average age of 67.5. BMI ranged from 18 to 41. Length of stay ranged from 3 days to 76 days with an average of 11.5 days. Follow up of each patient included any wound complications, time to mobilisation and time to discharge. Operative blood loss and need to transfusion were also looked at. Blood loss was found to be from 150 mls to 2400 mls.
A large number of orthopaedic surgeons use a BMI value of 35 as the upper cut off point to refuse elective surgery. Using the Null hypothesis the authors wanted to prove that a higher BMI resulted in higher complication rates. Statistical analysis of the data however did not show a significant relationship between BMI and early complications in hip replacement surgery. Parameters measured had a higher relationship to individual surgeons rather than the BMI.
The authors would like to conclude that using the BMI as a predictor of a higher rate of short-term complications and refusing surgery to patients with a higher BMI is not justified.
Results: Major perioperative complications occurred in 7,26 per cent. Haematomas were reported in 3.22, cardiovascular complications in 1.55, joint infections in 0.94, injuries of neuro-vascular structures in 0,63, deep venous thrombosis in 0.37, pulmonary embolism in 0.26 and pneumonia in 0.28 per cent of all cases. Patient age, length of surgery and allogeneic blood transfusion significantly increased the rate of major perioperative complications. Increased patient age increased the risk for all major complications but neuro-vascular injuries. Increased surgery time elevated the risk for all major complications except haematoma. Allogeneic blood transfusions were associated with an elevated risk for all major postoperative complications except deep venous thrombosis. In contrast, autologous blood transfusions did not increase the risk for suffering a postoperative complication. Surprisingly, gender did not have a significant influence on the occurrence of immediate postoperative complications. Conclusions Allogeneic blood transfusion, increased age and surgery time contribute to an elevated incidence of perioperative complications following hip arthroplasty.
The aim of this study is to evaluate which patients, if any, can be eligible for a rapid discharge from Hip Surgery Department at 24 hours after primary total hip arthroplasty.
Since 1977 we did implant all alumina (Al2O3) bearings total hip prostheses. A lot of data were documented concerning tissue reaction, in vivo wear behaviour, fractures, and clinical outcome. Ceramic materials retrieved at revision were analysed. In some cases, wear was as low as a few microns for a 15-year period in use. This is two thousand times less than a regular metal on polyethylene sliding couple. and 100 times less than a metal on metal prosthesis. Fracture mechanism is related to crack propagation into the material. During the first period, the fracture rate was in the range of 2%; it then dropped to less than 0.1 %. Few fractures could not be explained by technical or design mistakes. Clinical outcome: More than 4000 total hips in selected young and /or active patients were implanted. In a recently reported series of consecutive patients operated by P.Boutin during the year 1980, 118 hips in 106 patients were included. Mean age was 62 years. At the twenty-year follow-up evaluation, forty-five patients (fifty-one hips) were still alive and had not been revised, twenty-five patients (twenty-five hips) had undergone revision of either or both components, twenty-seven patients (thirty hips) had died from unrelated causes, and nine patients (twelve hips) were lost to follow-up. The mean Merle d’Aubigné hip score was 16.2 ± 1.8 at the latest follow-up. Survival of the cup at twenty years with revision for any reason as the end-point was 85.6 percent for cementless cups versus 61.2 % for cemented cups, respectively. Survival of the stem at twenty years with revision for any reason as the end-point was 84.9 % for cementless stems versus 87.3% for cemented stems. Wear of the prosthetic components was undetectable on plain radiographs. No fracture of the alumina socket or head was recorded. Another study concerned a more recent design of the socket which consisted in a metal back titanium alloy shell covered with a pure titanium mesh with an alumina liner. The nine year survival rate was 98.4% with revision for aseptic loosening as the end point. Conclusion This alumina on alumina bearing provides interesting results without any physical limitation specially in young and active patients.
Metal-on-metal hip resurfacing arthroplasty has been reintroduced as an alternative to total hip replacement. Uncemented acetabular fixation is now the gold standard for this procedure. However, uncemented femoral component fixation is less common. We thus report our preliminary results of an uncemented, hydroxyapatite-coated femoral implant at resurfacing arthroplasty. Between June 2001 and July 2002 we undertook 70 uncemented resurfacings in 66 patients. The survival rate of the femoral implants after a minimum of two years’ follow-up was 98.6%. The mean Harris hip scores for pain and function pre-operatively were 12.0 (maximum possible score 44) and 28.3 (maximum possible score 47) respectively. Postoperatively, at final follow-up, these scores were 39.25 and 43.07 respectively (Z= −6.94, p< 0.0001 for function and Z= −7.19, p< 0.0001 for pain). There have been no femoral fractures, aseptic loosening or radiolucencies around the stem. Thinning of the femoral neck at the inferomedial cup-neck rim has been a frequent radiological finding but with no clinical implications so far. The cup-neck ratio immediately after surgery was a mean of 1.05 while at last follow-up was 1.1 and this difference was statistically significant (Z= −4.14, p< 0.0001). Increased height (p=0.02) seemed to protect patients against neck thinning, whereas increased weight (p=0.06) seemed to favour it. Our preliminary results with a hydroxyapatite-coated femoral implant in metal-on-metal hip resurfacing have been promising with excellent survival rates and clinical outcomes. Longer follow-up studies are needed, particularly to interpret the clinical significance of neck thinning
Metal-on-metal (MOM) bearings for artificial hip joints have attracted significant attention recently as a way of reducing wear and consequently wear particle induced periprosthetic osteolysis, which is the major cause of failure. One of the most widely used MOM total hip implants is the Metasul system (Zimmer GmbH), in which a thick polyethylene backing is used underneath the metallic inlay. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of the polyethylene backing on the transient lubrication under dynamic loading and velocity conditions representative of walking. A 28mm diameter Metasul bearing was analysed, and the predicted lubricant film thickness was compared with that for an all metallic cup. The predicted transient lubricant film thickness in the Metasul system was found to be significantly greater than the corresponding prediction from the all metal cup. Therefore it was concluded that the polyethylene backing may play an important role in the lubrication and overall tribological performance of the Metasul bearing system with a diameter of 28mm.
In the cases studied, neither the operative delay nor the age of the patient had a significant effect on the length of stay post operation.
There was an increase in the in-hospital mortality rate associated with the operative delay, although this was not significant statistically.
There was a statistically significant increase in the inhospital mortality rate with an increase in the patients age (5 % if less than 80 years old, 11% if between 80 and 89 years old, 19% if 90 years or older, p is less or equal to 0.05). In all three age groups the mortality rate did not statistically significantly decrease if the surgery was performed within two calendar days from admission.
Previous studies on the timing of hip fracture surgery provide limited and conflicting evidence as to whether early operative intervention influences length of hospital stay, functional outcome and mortality rate. The aim of this study was to determine in a large, consecutive and prospectively followed group of patients the effect of a delay to surgery other than for medical reason. Patients who met the following criteria were included in the study: 1) Fragility fracture of the proximal femur. 2) Age over 60. 3) Complete data sets. 4) Complete follow up. Excluded patients were: 1) Younger than 60 years of age. 2) Conservative fracture treatment. 3) Pathological fracture. 4) Delay from admission to surgery for any medical reason. All patients were subdivided into six groups according to the delay between admission and operation (A:1–12 hours, B:13–24 hours, C:25–36 hours, D:37–48 hours, E:49–72 hours, F:73 + hours). All patients were followed up for one year or until death. Data on the mean length of hospital stay and the discharge destination as a parameter for the functional outcome were analysed in each of the six groups. A total of 3628 patients met the inclusion criteria. The average age was 81 years. 95.2% of patients were operated on between 1 and 48 hours after the admission, and 4.8% between 49 or more hours after the admission. Reason for delay was either lack of theatre time or unavailability of a surgeon or an anaesthetist. Statistical analysis with the unpaired t-test showed a significant difference in the hospital length of stay of 21 days for patients operated within 48 hours of admission versus 32 days for patients operated after 48 hours (p The functional outcome was significantly worse in the group with a delay of more than 48 hours with only 71% of patients discharged to their own home (86% in the early group, p< 0.0001). This study provides further and conclusive evidence that early operative intervention in elderly patients with fragility fractures of the proximal femur results in a decreased hospital stay and a better functional outcome.
Based on the data from the Health Ministry’s Epidemiological Survey Office, 84.188 Hip fractures were recorded in Italy (from DRG), in 2001 in patients over 50 years of age. They underwent many different types of treatment, but up to now no analyses on the medical outcomes are available for these patients. This means that it is not possible to state a reliable social cost and a right strategy for treatment. The need for creating a National Register for Hip fractures to collect data from different areas and to create the basis for standardized national care has been documented from Swedish Register (started in 1979), and from SAHFE European search (1998–2000). In Italy an attempt to start a national Register was done in 2001 with leading hospitals that represent each part of the country Veneto (Padova) and Liguria (Genova) for the North, Emilia Romagna (Parma) for the Centre, and Campania (Napoli), and Basilicata (Matera) for the South. The results are presented, and it appears clear that Hip fracture are one of the most important causes of death (20% in the first 6 months after fracture) and disability among older people (33% do not return to pre-fracture physical functioning). The incidence rate of hip fractures is about 1.4 fracture/1.000 inhabitans/year, and ranges from 6.5–7.5/1.000 individuals aged over 65. This study looked at different parameters at recruitment like: pre-fracture social and health conditions, ASA grade, type of fracture, type of operation, waiting time between hospital arrival and operation, length of hospital stay, inpatients’ mortality, if discharged back home or to nursing home or rehabilitation centers. At 6 month after discharge, a follow-up for assessing the health and social conditions was performed and the results will be presented. Data analysis was carried out using SAS package. (SAS/STAT User’s guide, vol 1–2; version 6, fourth edition 1994. SAS Institute Inc.)
Hip Fracture Registry Working Group: A Del Puente (Napoli), R. Laforgia (Matera), E. Palummeri (Genova), P.P. Benetollo (Schio) R. Rozzini (Brescia), M.L. Brandi (Firenze)
ASA 2: 66 patients mean age 82 years – MTS 6.3, comorbities 1.8, average time to theatre 36 hours. 15% had injury/implant related complications, one year mortality rate was 4.5%.
ASA 3: 64 patients mean age of 84 years – MTS 3.9, comorbidities 2.7, average time to theatre of 3 days. 6.25% had injury specific complications, one- year mortality rate was 28.13%.
ASA grade 4: 6 Patients mean age 83 years – MTS 5, comorbidities 3. The one-year mortality rate was 83.33%.
Four patients were medically unfit to undergo any form of surgical intervention.
Overall 9% of patients had complications related to the injury/implant that occurred exclusively in ASA 2 and 3 groups and the one year mortality rate was 17.22% for the entire group.
Material and methods: The program provides that all the patients, except contra-indications, have operated by 24 hours. Osteosynthesis or prosthesization techniques have to allow an early and complete weight bearing. At the time of the admission, an informative card is sent to house assistance team of the district. After the operation, patients are examined by a physician, who prescribes the rehabilitation protocol and estimates the possibility of a domiciliary physiotherapy. Discharging from hospital occurs usually between third and fifth day post-op, toward patient home or an intermediate structure. In the first case, the local health district provide the patient with nursing and rehabilitation services. Ambulatory controls follow the specific requirements for each kind of implant.
Results: In the period 1–9/2004 we have recruited 341 subjects aged over 65 years (mean 81,5), males 25,5%, female 74,5%. Type of fracture: femoral neck 58,4%, trochanteric region 41,6%. Surgical treatment: cephalic endoprosthesis 35,2%, arthroprosthesis 8,6%, gamma nail 43,2%, cannulated screws 9,5%, dynamic plaque 0,9%, Ender nails 0.9%, none operation 2,4%. Type of hospital discharging: previous residence 69,5%, rehabilitation structures 26,2%, intensive care unit 3%, death 0.6%, other 0,6%. Waiting time before surgery: 2,7 days. Reasons of an extended waiting are anti-coagulation therapies and hospital admission during week end. Mean time of hospitalisation: 12,1 days. Main cause of an extended time of hospitalisation is relative absence. A phone follow-up at 6 months points out that 33,3% of patients doesnt go out of home or is completely unfit, while before only 7,8%. Pain is absent or modest/tolerable in 93% of cases. Comparing to previous sample of patients (2002), we observed a reduction of the pre-surgical time (2 days), of the total hospital time (3 days) and an improvement of the final performance.
Discussion and conclusions: Modern surgical and anaesthesiological techniques reduce peri-surgical death rate to very low level. Then an aggressive, integrated treatment of patients with hip fractures allows to improve functional performance, backing to normal social life, and besides to reduce costs.
Treatment modalities included internal fixation (80%; 76% of displaced fractures), hemiarthroplasty (17%) and total hip replacement (3%).
Follow-up was for a mean 3.67 years (range 0.01–5.96 years). Three patients died (3.4%). Of the displaced fractures treated with fixation, five patients developed avascular necrosis (8.9%); two of these were managed conservatively. Seven patients (12.5%) required a total of nine revision procedures. No failures occurred in other initial treatment modalities or undisplaced fractures. There was no significant relationship between pre-operative duration and subsequent avascular necrosis or need for revision surgery.
Treatment of deep wound infections included 6 who had a Girdlestone procedure, 2 had wound washout, debridement and 2 who had removal of DHS. All received IV antibiotics. 2 patients were deemed unfit for surgery and received IV antibiotics only.
3 patients with a deep wound infection (23%) died (2 deemed unfit for surgery, and 1 Girdlestone) during their admission. 85% of the readmissions had an ASA score of three or over. We looked at the length of operation time and found that 15 took less than 45 minutes, 4 took between 45 and 60 minutes and one took over 60 minutes. Three of the operations which took over 45 minutes developed deep infections.
There is still much debate on the appropriateness of taking post operative radiographs especially in the presence of high quality radiography that image intensifiers now provide. The aim of this study was to determine current UK practice regarding the use of check radiographs and to compare this practice with the implant related complications.
A postal performa was sent to 450 randomly chosen UK Trauma and Orthopaedic Consultants to assess their practice regarding check radiographs following hip fracture surgery. In addition a case note review of all patients undergoing hip fracture surgery over the three years of 2001 to 2003 at Selly Oak Hospital, was performed. Patients undergoing revision surgery in the same admission were identified. The decision to revise was noted to determine whether check radiograph influenced the decision.
Response rate to the performa was 66.7% (300/450). 96% routinely took postoperative radiographs following Hemiarthroplasty. Of these, 87% allowed the patient to mobilise before checking the radiograph. In the DHS group, 61% took check radiographs. Of these, 75% allowed the patient to mobilise prior to reviewing the radiograph. Following Cannulated screw fixation, 58% routinely performed check radiographs and 67% allowed the patient to mobilise before reviewing the radiograph. 1265 hip fracture surgeries were performed in our unit in three years. Only one decision to revise was based on a problem identified on a routine check radiograph.
We highlight the lack of national consensus on the use of post operative radiographs. We recommend the use of post operative radiographs only when clinically indicated, hence sparing the patient from discomfort, unnecessary exposure to radiation as well as allowing more effective utilisation of radiological and human resources.
The extension of THR to younger and more demanding patients implies the need of bearings enhancing the implants survival, raising the interest on hard-on-hard bearings (metal-on-metal and ceramic-on-ceramic). The standard bearing diameters in THR range from 7/8in (22,225 mm) to 32 mm. Larger diameter bearings were used by McKee-Farrar and Ring THR a solution that was abandoned after the success of Charnley Low Friction Arthroplasty that offered the advantage of much lower torques at the implant-bone interface, due also to the state-of-the-art of the cementation in the early 1960s. Increasing the diameter of THR bearings offers several advantages in terms of increased stability of the joint, as a larger displacement is necessary to produce the joint subluxation, and for a given neck diameter the risk of impingement is reduced while the prosthesis range of motion is increased. The reduced wear of metal-on-metal and ceramic-on-ceramic bearings has led recently to revitalise the design concept of the early THR designs, and large diameter joints today are available in sizes ranging from 36 to 52 mm. Large metal-on-metal bearings are used mostly in resurfacing prostheses. This surgery, which requires a specific surgical training, is indicated for patients performing physical activity, as those patients are relatively young, and have a long life expectation. This raises-some concerns, as increased cobalt and chromium concentrations were measured in the blood and urine of patients having Metal on Metal bearings and the effect of such high metal concentration in the long time is still unknown, as it is controversial if the metal ions are originated by wear debris of by the corrosion of the implant. Recently 36 mm ceramic on ceramic bearings were introduced in THR as a solutions to overcome many of the problems of metal-on-metal joints. Ceramic-on-ceramic bearings have a 35-year clinical history in THR. The extremely low wear of these joints is well assessed , as well as the extreme biocompatibil-ity of the material and the absence of local and systemic negative reaction to ceramic debris. Besides the enhanced safety of the design of the 36 mm heads, the development of thin ceramic inserts allowed to limit the overall diameter of the cup. It is expected that the use of the new alumina matrix composites will allow to further enhance the performances of large diameter ceramic THR bearings.
The following were measured: free radical concentration (electron spin resonance), oxidation resistance (5 atmospheres of oxygen at 70 degrees C for 14 days), and tensile properties (ASTM D638). Hip simulator wear was determined (MTS machine, 5 million cycles, 1 Hz, Paul load curve with maximum load of 2450 N, alpha fraction bovine calf serum)
SXL tensile properties exceeded ASTM F648 and were unchanged by oxidative challenge.
Wear rates were 1.35 and 46 mm3 per million cycles for SXL and gamma-N2 respectively; wear particle sizes were similar.
Annually about 75000 hip arthroplasties are performed in Italy, which corresponds to 125 primary operations per 100.000 inhabitants. These numbers are constantly growing, as well as the amount of economical resources dedicated to this surgery. There are many types of pros-theses, and techniques, but basically no control on their efficacy and effectiveness is applied. So born in Apulia during 2001 the pilot project of Register for Apulia. The specific aims of Register are:
describe the current practeses in hip replacement, providing accurate information on the use of different types of prostheses in both primary and revision joint replacements; collect data for the evaluate the importance of patient-related factors on survival of implants; control the incidence of intra and post-operative complications; assess patient outcomes in medium ( 6 month ) and long term ( 12 month ); describe the different parts of the implant; Five thousand four hundred forms have been collected during the last three years. 55% of the Apulian Hospitals were involved in 2001, 77% in 2003. The average age of the patients undergoing surgery was 67 for the total hip replacement, 80 for the partial hip replacement and 70 for implant revision. 66% of the operations were performed on women. We recorded an increase in the use of antibiotic-containing cement. Systemic antibiotic prophylaxis has been used in almost every operation, e.g. teicoplanina (18% ). In 2003 we recorded 56 deaths (SMR 0.03) with a higher risk for revision of hip prostheses in younger compared to older patients and in men compared to women. During the first 60 post operative days we observed a statistically significant increase in mortality for all patients. During the study 37 types of cups and 53 types of stems have been registered. The 28mm head was used in 90% of cases. Most patients with primary osteoarthritis do not received cemented prostheses. The use of the bone impaction grafting technique has increased. Primary prostheses is the main indication for coxartrosi while hemiarthro-plasties for femoral neck fractures. Aseptic loosening is the most frequent diagnosis for revision. In Apulia hip arthroplasties are predominant in central and university hospitals. University hospitals and private clinics have proportionally revised younger patients. The number of revisions is increasing. The follow-up is limited (30%). All the orthopaedic departments involved are participating in the study on a voluntary basis. The data forms we have used, are suitable for an observational study. The Register has evolved to be an essential part of the quality improvement programs in Apulia’s health care structures. The Register gives important information for the decision-making process and facilitates quality improvement. The Register has the potential to bring problems to attention long before they may be reported and acknowledged by traditional clinical research methods.
During a one-year period starting in October 2001, we analysed the intra-hospital cost of 102 primary elective total hip arthroplasty (THA) in a Belgian university hospital. Patients were treated according to age and general condition with an all cemented metal-poly THA (37), a uncemented cup and cemented metal-poly THA (40), an all uncemented ceramic-ceramic THA (18) or non-standard implants or combinations (7). On average patients stayed 14.4 days in the orthopaedic ward and intra-hospital cost was 9496 Euro (SD: 2178): 53.8% was related to hospitalisation, 21.3% to implants and material, 7.7% to surgery and 4.1% to anaesthesia. A multiple regression analysis was performed to identify possible influencing factors for intra-hospital cost and stay (pre-operative hip function, general health and dwelling as well as implant choice and intra-hospital complications). Overall, only the occurrence of complications during hospitalisation had a significant regression coefficient. In total 14 patients (13.7%) suffered at least one complication during hospitalization (dislocation: 4.9%, heamatoma or superficial infection: 2%, trochanter fracture: 1%, thrombosis with pulmonary embolism: 1%, general complications: 6.9%). This resulted in a significant higher cost (11823 versus 9125 Euro) and hospital stay (19.4 versus 13.6 days). For those patients who did not suffer complications, only implant choice and the place patients were discharged to had significant regression coefficients. The average implant cost for cemented metal-poly THA was 1444 Euro (16.1% of the total cost) compared to 2686 Euro (25.6% of the total cost) for uncemented ceramic-ceramic implants. Due to a chronic shortage of rehabilitation units in the Brussels region, discharged to these units led to both higher cost (10422 versus 9056 Euro) and longer hospital stay (16.5 versus 13.4 days). In the Belgian health insurance system, limitation of intra-hospital cost can best be achieved by shortening hospital stay after THA. This might include improved control of postoperative complications, faster rehabilitation programs and improved surgical techniques to reduce the needs for rehabilitation units and to allow earlier return to independency. Another option is to increase cost awareness regarding prolonged hospital stay of both, patients and medical staff.
We studied hips with these two different ceramics during the same period and with a minimum follow-up of 15 years. Because the sizes of the alumina and zir-conia heads were different, hips with 32 mm alumina heads and those with 28 mm zirconia heads were compared with control hips with stainless-steel heads of the same sizes. The same stem and the same PE cup were implanted with cement at the same period. The femoral head was made of alumina with a diameter of 32 mm in 62 cases, and made of yttrium-oxide-partially-stabilized zirconia with a diameter of 28 mm in 40 cases. These ceramic heads were compared with 32 and 28 mm stainless steel heads (40 hips)
There was an increased linear rate of penetration of the femoral heads into the liner between years five and 15 for the zirconia and the stainless-steel groups. This was severe in the zirconia group (0.4 mm/year compared with 0.13 mm/year for the stainless-steel group). During the same 15-year period there was, however, no significant change in the rate of wear in the alumina group (0.07 mm/year). The mean wear at the most recent follow-up was 1740 mm3 for the 28 mm zirconia group, 842 mm3 for the 28 mm stainless-steel group, 825 mm3 for the 32 mm alumina group and 1416 mm3 for the 32 mm stainless-steel group. The three femoral heads retrieved in the zirconia group were analysed using x-ray diffraction. The transformation rate of the tetragonal to the monoclinic crystal was 19 mol%, 25 mol% and 30 mmol% respectively. By comparison, the percentage of monoclinic phase was 4 mol% on a non-implanted femoral head at its surface. Their surface roughness was increased. Scanning electron microscopy of the surface of the retrieved heads showed more craters than on the zirconia heads before implantation. Changes were observed in the volume and sphericity of the retrieved heads. Their volume was measured by fluid displacement and had increased respectively by 0.5%, 0.7% and 1.1%. This variation was greater than that due to manufacturing tolerances . The morphological appearance of the surface of the retrieved cups was inspected. The most surprising change was found on the periphery of one cup with an increase in volume of the polyethylene on the non-articular surface of the liner as if the polyethylene had melted and then cooled. Although experimental studies have shown encouraging results, the long term clinical results of zirconia are not favorable.
The National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) was set up in the UK ‘to provide patients, health professionals and the public with authoritative, robust and reliable guidance on current best practice. In March 2000, NICE provided national guidelines for the selection of prostheses for total hip replacement.
This prospective study aimed to establish if octogenarians undergoing primary hip arthroplasty experienced a similar clinical outcome and complication rate as younger patients.
A total of 585 patients were recruited over a 4-year period. Patients aged 70–79 years and 80–89 years (octogenarians) were placed into separate groups.
Harris hip and SF-36 scores were obtained before and at 6 and 18 months following surgery. Other measurements included: blood loss; blood transfusion rate; wound infection; thromboembolism; dislocation and 90-day mortality.
Statistical analysis included a two-sample t-test and chi-squared analysis with Yates correction to compare results in each group. Analysis of covariance was used to calculate confidence limits for the effect of age group on Harris hip and SF-36 scores at 6 and 18 months after adjusting for levels recorded prior to surgery. Multiple logistic regression analysis was performed to determine any predictive factors for a noted difference in blood transfusion rates between patient cohorts.
A significantly better (P=0.019) improvement in mean Harris Hip score (SD) was seen 18-months after surgery in the younger cohort (43.4 (13.8) compared to 39.8 (10.6)). Length of hospital stay was longer (P< 0.001) in the octogenarians (12.9 (SD 7.0) days versus 10.1 (SD 4.7)) with a higher blood transfusion rate of 40% compared to 28% (P = 0.009). Lower pre-operative haemoglobin levels strongly correlated with the need for blood transfusion. No significant differences in infection, dislocation, thromboembolism or 90-day mortality rates were found.
Obtaining consistently an optimal cup orientation in THA is vital to obtain adequate head coverage and maximum impingement free range of motion and thus reduce the incidence of polyethylene wear, cup loosening, and dislocation rates associated with a limited range of motion. It is clear that THA instability, the most frequent cause of early failure, is a complex problem related to a wide range of causes. However cup orientation is one of the surgeon dependant potentially modifiable variables that continue to have an important influence due to the lack of reliable means of assuring an adequate orientation of the components, particularly the cup anteversion. Standard mechanical guides like Muller’s have been shown to be inaccurate and imprecise. Not surprisingly, dislocation is the most frequent short term complication after a THA. Acetabular cup orientation is a key factor determining joint stability and one of the most important ones under the surgeons’ control. An in vitro study was used to determine the precision, reproducibility and ease of use of a new mechanical guide in comparison to a standard mechanical guide Müllers. The new guide (Gravity Assisted Navigation System) consists of a simple to use navigation tool. It uses the constant direction of the force of gravity identified by two bulls’ eye levels providing real time intraoperative augmented reality thus controlling the orientation of the pelvis. Visualisation of the guide from a single perspective is enough to determine in real time, the orientation of the cup in abduction and anteversion. By using anatomic repairs within the pelvis its flexion/extension is taken into consideration. As part of an invitro study, 310 press-fit acetabular cups were impacted into a plastic model of a pelvis by 5 surgeons (Power 90%, Type I error 5%), The orientation obtained was measured with respect to a fixed reference of 15° of anteversion and 45° of abduction. Results: an average of 10.4° anteversion ,(Range 3°to 21°, Standard of Deviation 5.0°) for Müller s guide and of 0.4° anteversion (Range 1° to 3°, Standard of Deviation 0.7°) for the new guide and an average of −4.7° abduction (Range 7° to −11°, Standard of Deviation 2.3°) for Müllers guide and 0.3° abduction (Range 0° to 3°, Standard of Deviation 0.5°) for the new guide. The average time required for the orientation of the cups was similar with both guides. (6 seconds for Mullers guide and 5 seconds for the new guide) The precision and reproducibility of the cup orientation obtained with the new guide were significantly better than those obtained with Müllers guide (p< 0.00001). The results obtained with with the new mechanical guide are encouraging. The in vitro results are encouraging, the high precision and accuracy are comparable to results obtained by computer assisted navigation systems in similar studies.
Software to segment and to analyse connective CT-scan images of the bone-cement-stem complex was developed and validated. Parameters assessed included: volumes (cortical bone, cancelous bone, cement, stem, air in bone and air in cement), cement mantle thickness, cortical & cancelous bone thickness, contact surface area between cement and bone, degree of centralisation (stem in cement, stem and cement in cancelous and in cortical bone). To validate and assess intra- and interob-server reliability two models were implanted in two dried macerated cadaver femurs using a third generation cementing technique. In the first a polished tapered stem (CPT, Zimmer) was cemented and removed after cement curing. The air filled cavity within the cement mantle could be identified as implant, avoiding metallic scatter artefacts. The second model (SLA) used a plastic stem prototype produced by computer design and a rapid prototyping stereolithographic technique. This model does not need to be removed before CT-scanning and allows assessment of whatever femoral implant. Validation occurred by comparing 41 manually segmented femoral cross-sections (25 CPT, 16 SLA) with data of corresponding CT-scan slices. Inter-observer reliability was assessed by having the same person performing the CT-scan and the analysis of both models four times. To assess intra-observer reliability, four different observers segmented 97 representative CT-images (46 CPT, 51 SLA). The average accuracy for surfaces areas (bone, cement, stem) within CT-images was 7.47 mm2 (1.80%), bone & cement mantle thickness: 0.51 mm (9.39%), distances between centroids (stem-cement, stem-bone, cement-bone): 0.38 mm (18.5%) and contours (bone, cement): 0.27 mm (2.57%). The intra- and interobserver reliability of air content in bone and cement was suboptimal (intraclass-correlation coefficient (ICC) as low as 0.54, average ICC: 0.85). All other variables assessed were reliable (ICC > 0.81, average ICC: 0.96). Validity and reliability were comparable when assessed separately for the proximal, middle and distal third of both models. This in vitro technique can assess characteristics of cement mantles produced by different cementing techniques, centralizers and existing femoral implants or stem prototypes.
The 10 years survival of uncemented total hip arthroplasties, however was inferior to the all-cemented Charnley. Cup revisions due to aseptic loosening, and wear and/or osteolysis were the reasons for this.
Because we encountered a high failure rate of the acetabular component of the uncemented, hydroxy-apatite coated, Omnifit total hip prosthesis (Osteonics corporation, Allendale, NJ, USA), we conducted a retrospective study of 418 consecutive total hip arthroplasties with a mean follow up of 60 months.
The results of 418 hydroxy-apatite coated, uncemented Omnifit total hip arthroplasties, conducted between 1989 and 1996 were evaluated. Two different acetabulum cups were used: 145 screwcups with one central screwhole, and 273 press fit (PF) cups with several screwholes. The internal geometry of these cups and the fixation of the polyethylene insert in the metal cups were identical. In 339 arthroplasties a 32-mm femur-head was used, in 79 a 28-mm head. Patients’ records and x-rays were evaluated for clinical findings, polyethylene (PE) wear, acetabular and femoral osteolysis and findings during revision surgery.
Revision surgery was performed in 73 patients, mainly because of symptomatic acetabular osteolysis (79%). Mean PE wear was 0.16 mm/year (0.19 mm in PF cups, 0.11 mm in screwcups). Acetabular osteolysis was found to be present in178 hips (70 screwcups and 108 PF cups). In both cupdesigns the osteolysis was mainly found around the screwholes of the metal cups. During revision surgery these osteolytic defects were a lot larger than suggested by x-ray imaging. In 22.6% of the hips osteolysis was also present in the proximal femur.
Kaplan-Meier survival analysis showed, after 6 year follow up, a better survival for of the screwcup (96%, confidence interval 93–99%) than the PF cup (66%, 95%CI 56–77%).
We hypothesized that this specific combination of metal cup and polyethylene insert -possibly due to an insufficient fitting- is responsible for the migration of polythylene wear particles through the screwholes in the metal cup, causing acetabular osteolysis and neces-satating revision surgery.
For this reason we abandonned the use of this type of uncemented acetabular component.
For the ABG-I cup the literature review gave survival rates between 59%–97% after 8–10 years. In our own study cup survival was 97.4% at 10 years. Looking at PE-wear, the literature gave average wear rates ranging from 0.24 to 0.32mm/year, values clearly above the wear rate boundary of 0.10–0.15mm/year usually considered as critical. In our own study augmented PE-wear (> 0.15mm/year) was noted in 23.6% of all implants. The majority (77%) of these implants were from patients younger than 70 years although this group only represented 57% of the total. The revision rates at 10 years reflect a similar trend with values much higher for patients below 70 years (2.8%) than above(4.9%).
The implantation of Total Hip Replacements (THR) has become the standard treatment for advanced osteoarthritis of this joint. Since the first articular replacements using monopolar components, hardware has been improving from cemented to porous coated noncemented implants and more recently hydroxyapatite coated (HAC) prosthesis. We started using HAC replacements in 1989 and we have been increasingly using these implants since then, even expanding its indications.
From 1989 to 1999 we have implanted 140 THR using a HAC model. The clinical records and X-rays of these patients were reviewed 5 to 15 years after the implantation of the primary prosthesis.
This yields a survival rate of 85% and a revision rate of 15% for cups after an average of 9.17 years and a survival rate of 98.57% and revision rate of 1.43 for femoral stems. The revision was done at an average of 1.37 years when femoral components were involved (in 2 cases) and 6.79 for isolated acetabular components (in 19 cases). The overall survival of the revised prosthesis would have been 6.28 years. The main cause for revision was related to acetabular loosening and polyethylene wear in 18 cases, 2 for component malposition and one for infection.
Radiological assessment revealed a complete osseoin-tegration in all 3 zones according to DeLee and Charnley in 98%. 1 cup with a continuous radiolucent line implanted after a acetabulum fracture had to be revised after a 13 year follow-up. 10 cups migrated either in the vertical or horizontal plane 2–5 mm without any progression after 2 years postoperatively. One cup had expansile osteolyses and had therefore to be revised after 13 years. With this exception there was no evidence of osteolyses in the periacetabular pelvic bone. Brooker III and IV ectopic ossifications was seen in decentration of the head of the stem as a sign of increased polyethylene-wear. Discussion: The excellent clinical and radiological results are supported by histologic investigations of 27 autopsy-specimens which show throughout a perfect osseoin-tegration with reinforcement of the osseous anchoring in the peripheral zones of the press-fit cup. We explain the wide absence of osteolyses with the disclaiming of a metal backing (preservation of elasticity and avoiding of stress shielding) and the disclaiming of using screws.
All deceased were checked in the danish patient registration system for revision. 113 patients with 128 THR were operated with the Spotorno CLS stem, and 431 patients with 465 THR with the Mller straight stem.
270 patients with 297 THR were assessed radiographically and according to a modified Harris Hip Score (ROM was not used). Some were due to age or other illnes not able to attend the examination. If possible they were interviewed by telephone.
The median age was 69,4 (range 18,3 – 88,1) for all, for the Spotorno CLS group 55 years (range 18–72) and for the Mller group 72 years (41–88). Male/female ratio: 0,56. Average follow-up was 13 years (range 9,1 -15.1).
The primary diagnosis was osteoarthritis 538 hips, RA 10, fracture sequelae 15, congenital dislocation 14, others contributed with 16 hips.
The survival rates were calculated using the Kaplan-Meier method.
After 13 years the survival rate for the cups was 96.8% including reoperations for polyethylene wear, for the femoral Mueller stem 90.7% and for Spotorno CLS 96.1 %
Search for optimal shape of hip implant have gone on from 70th’s. Different shapes of hip cups and methods of their implantation, which were created within those years, indicate, that long term results of cementless arthroplasty are still not satisfactory.
The clinical and radiological results of cementless hip arthroplasty, which were performed with two types of shape cups (threaded spherical and threaded conical), were analyzed after at least 7 years follow up. Analysis was based on results 106 of cementless hip arthroplasties among 141, which were done during 1993 – 1996. The study concerned 58 threaded spherical cups (group A) and 48 conical (group B). Application of cups was randomized with respect to both sex and etiology of hip dysfunction and their implantation conditioned to possession of this type of implant on this moment.
The mean age of 63 women and 35 men ( in 8 both side) in the moment of implantation were 48,9 years ( 10,6)and ranged from 28 to 76 years. Mean time of follow up was 8,2 years( 1,4) and ranged from 7 to 10 years.
Pre- and postoperative clinical evaluation of hip function was carried out by means of Harris Hip Scale. Radiological evaluation was based on measurements of angle of inclination, horizontal and vertical migration of cup and radiolucent lines in DeLee-Charnley zones. Those measurements of last x-ray examination were compared with those, which were done immediately after arthroplasty.
There were 80% of excellent and good results and 17% poor results in clinical evaluation of group A. In radiological evaluation of this group mean horizontal migration was 1mm, and vertical was 2,5mm. Clinical and radiological symptoms of cup loosening were confirmed in 10 hips. The revision procedures were performed in 9 hips. In group B excellent and good clinical results were in 98% and poor results only in 2 % of treated hips. Radiological evaluation also showed less migration of cups. Mean horizontal migration was 0,3mm, and vertical was 0,7mm. Clinical and radiological symptoms of loosening were in 1 hip, which were treated by revision procedure.
Conclusion of our study is statement, that application of cementless threaded conical cup in hip arthroplasty give better clinical and radiological midterm results, than apllication of cementless threaded spherical cups.
Cup characteristics: hemispheric with fins to improve prumary fixation and HA coating; ring-long ystem in common with other Biomet models, reason why liner are interchangeables.
As the long-term consequences of Vancouver A and B1 fractures are not fully known, the goal of this study now was to analyze the postoperative performance of non-cemented THA with respect to perioperative fractures.
X-rays were measured for numerical assessment of the orientation of the cup, migration, radiolucent lines, osteolysis and indirect evaluation of the wear of the PE insert. Obtained data recorded over the life of the implant was computed for correlations. Other studied elements include survival rate, complication, occurrence and type of revisions.
Following this philosophy, an original ultra-short stem with extensive proximal load transfer was developed. Purpose of this paper is to present clinical and radiological results at 4 yrs average follow up.
Prospective study on a case serie of 113 THA’s performed by two surgeons in a single institution.
Complications included 1 superficial infection, 2 dislocations. No vasculo-nervous complication; and in 2 cases technical difficulties to achieve good fixation due to ethiology of the THA (desarthrodesis).
The average Harris hip score improved from 48 to 89 following primary surgery.
The two-piece acetabular shell and augments permits the reconstruction of every acetabular bone defect.
In this study, DXA scan was employed to evaluate and compare the behaviour of different femoral components including a recently developed stemless implant which features complete stress transfer over the proximal femur.
Average interval between the operation and the DXA exam was 3 years, each group included 20 patients. Bone mineral density was measured by DXA in the seven Gruen femoral regions (ROI), using the software metal removal (Hologic QDR 4500 W, MA-USA).
CFP, IPS and ABG groups showed decreased bone density in ROI I, while Mayo, IPS, ABG and Zweym-ueller were osteopenic in ROI VII. An increased bone density in ROI IV was found in Zweymueller, Mayo, ABG and IPS groups.
There were 27 male and 46 female patients (8 bilateral). The mean age was 42 (range 18 to 57). Secondary osteoarthritis was the most common presenting pathology. There were no exclusion criteria beyond those applicable to any replacement arthroplasty.
There was no evidence of stem subsidence. A sclerotic line was frequently observed around the non-coated distal stem. Buttressing of the coated area was almost universally seen in the metaphyseal region. There were no radiolucent lines in any of the zones around the textured area in the metaphyseal region.
Management of symptomatic residual acetabular dysplasia in adolescence and early adulthood remains a major therapeutic challenge. At our unit the two senior authors review all patients preoperatively and simultaneously perform each procedure. In the four years from 1998 forty-three Bernese osteotomies were performed in 40 patients with residual acetabular dysplasia. The mean average age at surgery was 21 years (range 12 – 43 years) and there were 34 female patients. The indication for surgery was symptomatic hip dysplasia (all idiopathic but for one male with a history of slipped capital femoral epiphysis) presenting with pain and restricted ambulation. 4 patients had previous surgery on the affected hip (2 Salter’s osteotomy, one Shelf procedure and one proximal femoral osteotomy). 27.5% of patients had symptomatic bilateral disease. 42% of patients had Severin class IV or V dysplasia at presentation. 100% of patients had preservation of the hip joint at last follow-up evaluation (mean 2.4 years), with excellent results in 82%, an average post-operative Harris hip score of 96, and an average d’Aubigne hip score of 16.1. The mean post-operative improvements in radiographic measures were as follows: Anterior centre edge angle +19.4°, Lateral centre angle +25.8°, Acetabular Index – 10.7°. Head to Ischial distance – 7.3mm. Surgical operative time decreased from 128 minutes to 43 minutes from the first to the most recent case. Average blood loss has reduced from 1850mls to 420mls over the four years experience. Predonation of 2 units of blood requested from all patients with baseline hemoglobin of > 12g/dl. When combined with intraopera-tive cell salvage the need for transfusion of homologous blood has been eliminated. All complications occurred in the first 9 patients: (one major – iliac vein injury requiring no further treatment; four moderate – lateral cutaneous nerve injuries; four minor – asymptomatic heterotopic ossification). Our experience confirms that the Ganz periacetabular osteotomy is an efficacious procedure for the treatment of the residually dysplastic hip, providing excellent clinical results, where early intervention is the key to improved outcome. It is a technically demanding procedure with a significant early learning curve and we believe that a two
Resurface hip arthroplasty Group: Average age 52.1 years; pre-operative Hb 14.22gm/dl; postoperative Hb.10.95gm/dl; average blood loss 3.28 gm/dl; Total hips revised 12; Average length of stay 8.53 days. Total hip arthroplasty Group: Average age 58.8 years; pre-operative Hb 13.97gm/dl; post-operative Hb 10.65m/dl; average blood loss 3.5 gm/dl; Total hips revised 0; Average length of stay 8.9 days.
Hip resurfacing arthroplasty (RS) is said to be an operation that is suitable for the younger osteoarthritic population, allowing them to rehabilitate more rapidly. We wished to establish whether this was true and compared 35 consecutive RS (33 patients) with 41 consecutive total hip replacements (THR) (40 patients) and looked specifically at post-operative pain, speed of rehabilitation and length of hospital stay. A rehabilitation score was used. RS patients were significantly younger than THR patients (mean 53.0 years for RS, 64.7 years for THR; p< 0.0001). However, no significant difference was found in the mean rehabilitation score at any stage after surgery or in the speed of rehabilitation between the two groups. The mean pain score for group RS was 1.98 and 2.18 for group THR. The mean length of hospital stay was 5.18 days for resurfacing arthroplasties and 5.45 days for total hip replacements. Neither of these differences was significant. The male-female ratio in the two groups was significantly different. However, when the subgroups of the same gender were compared, the results were essentially the same: no statistical difference was found for the post-operative pain, speed of rehabilitation or length of hospital stay. We conclude that resurfacing arthroplasty has no evidence of an advantage over total hip replacement in the speed of post-operative rehabilitation.
This study reports the early results of Birmingham Hip Resurfacing in a group of patients less than 25 years of age. We assessed over a period of 5 years all patients who underwent hip resurfacing who were under the age of 25. Thirty-eight patients underwent 43 hip resurfacing procedures for a variety of diagnoses. This included 15 with Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip (DDH), 13 with Osteonecrosis (ON) of the femoral head, and 7 with End-stage Spastic Hip Disease (ESSHD). We assessed complications, failure and revision rates. Patients completed co-op and oxford hip scores and both clinical and radiographic assessments. At a follow-up of a maximum of 5 years the survival rate was 93% with a further 7% showing radiographic features of failure. Thirteen hips (30%) had a femoral osteotomy at the time of resurfacing allowing correction of length and rotation with no apparent increase in complications. Those who required revision were successfully converted to metal- metal total hip replacement. Our results report the first use of this type of prosthesis in a group of patients under the age of 25 and demonstrate comparable results to standard treatments at this early stage. This study supports the use of hip resurfacing as alternative to conventional treatments for this complex group of patients.
Legg-Calve-Perthes and slipped capital femoral epiphysis may result in alterations of the proximal femoral morphology, leading to the development of secondary hip osteoarthritis as a young adult. Hip surface arthroplasty presents special technical challenges in these patients because of the abnormal anatomy of the head and neck. We reviewed the radiographic and clinical results of patients with a history of either LCP or SCFE, who underwent hip resurfacing between 1996 and 2002. Twenty-three patients (25 hips, 14 with LCP and 11 with SCFE) underwent metal-on-metal surface arthroplasty. The average age at the time of surgery was 38.1 years and 87% of the patients were male. The mean time to follow-up was 26.9 months. UCLA pain, walking, function, and activity scores improved significantly in both groups as well as the SF-12 physical component scores. One patient with LCP required bilateral conversion to THA at 55 months postoperatively secondary to femoral component loosening. There were no dislocations or femoral neck fractures in this series. Of 11 patients who presented leg length discrepancies preoperatively, limb length was postoperatively equalized in six patients, 3 were maintained with the same amount of discrepancy, and 2 decreased their discrepancy by at least 1 cm. In Charnley Class A patients, there was no difference in femoral offset between the operated and the disease-free, contralateral hip after reconstruction.
Despite the challenges in performing hip resurfacing in this patient population, the results to date have been encouraging. Even with the limitations of resurfacing in restoring leg length and offset, the clinical results of this group of patients are comparable to those of the other etiologies.
The purpose of this study was to present our experience with femoral neck fractures that occurred after metal-on-metal hybrid surface arthroplasty and to assess their causation.
In addition, a review of the femoral neck fracture cases identified from the Conserve+ Multi-Center IDE was performed (19 femoral neck fractures in 1203 cases, 1.6%).
Multi-Center IDE: Additional risk factors were identified among which impingement of the neck with the acetabular component, notching of the lateral femoral neck cortex, and leaving the femoral component proud (not completely seated).
To determine the influence of the surgeons experience in palpating the landmarks on the outcome of the position of the acetabular cup, two series of 10 consecutive THRs were performed by a single surgeon. The first series was performed after the navigation has been introduced into the routine of our total hip replacements and the initial learning curve had passed. The second series was initiated to prove a correlation between the patient’s soft tissue cover and acetabular cup anteversion. The subcutaneous tissue overlying the landmarks was measured preoperatively by ultrasound. The computer calculated anteversion was corrected by a factor based on the clinical experience of the surgeon. In both series coronal tilt and cup anteversion were evaluated via post-operative CT-scans. The so determined position of the cup was compared to the intraoperative measurements of the navigation system.
Aim of this study was to prove the image free navigation software in the modular Navitrack-System to check the implant position based on anatomical intraoperative acquired data.
With a new mechanical navigation system for the cup with a special cup probe and guiding system the best position is found intraoperatively according to ROM, impingement, luxation and tension of the muscles.
Metal on metal hip resurfacing is increasing in popularity for the young, active patient despite the fact that no long term results are available. The potential advantages of the conservative nature of the prosthesis coupled with the stability of the large diameter bearings and the much reduced wear compared to conventional metal-UHMWPE hips are clear. We present the results of a consecutive series from a single surgeon using a modern device from 1997 to date. All hips used cementless cups and cemented heads and were implanted using a posterior approach. All patients were reviewed annually from the time of operation.
Between September 1997 and March 2004, 345 primary Total Hip Resurfacings were performed by one surgeon. No cases were lost to follow-up. The average age of the patient group was 52 years, range (21–74 years), 190 were male (30 bilaterals) and 104 were female (21 bilaterals) & there were 11 reoperations. The follow-up ranged from 79 months to 3 months, mean follow-up was 29 months. With a Kaplan-Meier survivorship of 94% at 7 postoperative years.
Of the reoperations there were; 5 fractured necks of femur, 3 aseptic cup loosenings, 2 femoral head collapses and 1 joint infection. All 5 femoral neck fractures occurred within 3 months of the primary operation.
This series is one of the longest using a currently available device and the medium term results are encouraging with revision rates occuring within agreed national standards. It should be noted that the numbers of implantations increased as time went on which skews the follow-up slightly. We remain cautiously optimistic about the long term results of this type of device.
The hypothesis of the current study was that the loading of the proximal femur is altered significantly by the surgical approach. The change in long-term periprosthetic bone mineral density in relation to the alteration of the musculature after the anterolateral (Group A) and transgluteal approaches (Group B) has been compared. Group A comprised 35 hip joints (30 patients) and Group B 47 hip joints (37 patients). No significant differences were seen between groups in respect to age, gender, or diaphyseal BMD distribution and in respect to average stem size in a Wilcoxon test. Measurement of BMD in femoral Gruen Zones I, II, VI, and VII revealed a significant bone loss in Group B compared with Group A; however the functional outcome showed no significant differences between the two groups postoperatively. Analysis of proximal femoral loading by means of a validated musculoskeletal model showed a considerable redistribution of the musculoskeletal loading across the hip during walking and stair climbing after a transgluteal compared with an anterolateral surgical approach. The muscular damage caused by the surgical approach seems to have a significant influence on the long-term bone loss and the initial postoperative loading of the proximal femur.
The attempt to achieve and institude the potential less minimal invasive hip hemiarthroplasty by using common instruments is the aim of our study.
We report on a randomly selected group of 80 patients, 40 of which were operated by a small incision 5–10 cm (group A) and 40 by a standard incision 15–20 cm (group B). The approach was through the gluteus medius muscle (lateral-Hartinge) in all of the cases. In group A an additional small transverse incision of the fascia was needed without any other inside extension. There were no statistical differences in gender, age (mean age 80 and 79 years old respectively), weight of the patients (average BMI 27,5 kg/m2 and 27 kg/m2 respectively) and implant type.
The operations were supervised by the same surgeon. PMMA was used in 18 of the cases in each group.
Blood loss was less in group A (mean 200cc less) and 21 patients were not transfused at all intraoperatively. A second assistant was necessary in educational operations. Four of the patients had postoperatively bruises and skin scratches. Early postoperative pain was less in the first group, but was the same two months postoperatively. Thirteen patients slept on the operated leg on the 2nd and 3rd postoperative day. Discharge from the hospital was available two days earlier in the first group. We had one hip dislocation in the first group in a psychiatric patient who had also DVT.
In conclusion , minimal invasive surgery in hip hemi-arthroplasty is possible to be performed with the use of common instruments and it is worth once while. Experience of the surgical team is necessary for reducing operative time and further research is needed for establishing possible contraindications.
Primary hip arthroplasty performed through a mini incision ( less than 10 cm) should provide more comfortable postoperative period and faster rehabilitation.
After a long period of learning curve ( more than one hundred cases) and development of specific instruments, a prospective comparison between the standard approach technique (38 cases) and mini incision technique (41 cases) was performed. In all cases, the ABG II stem was implanted. It was uncemented in 76% of cases. As it is not randomised, there is a slight difference between the two groups in age (p = 0,03) and body mass index (p = 0,01).
The fonctional status was evaluated at the third and seventh post operative days and at the first and second post operative months. Pain relief (EVA score), total peri operative blood loss (OSTHEO study criteria) and radiologic implants positioning are mesured.
In this study, there was no major complication. There was one case of phlebitis in both groups. During the evaluation, there was no significant difference in the functional result. The post operative EVA pain score was not different. The mean total peri operative blood loss was 1025 ml in the standard approach group and 1164 ml in the mini incision approach group (p = 0,405). The radiologic evaluation showed no difference in the cup positioning. In the mini incision group, there was few cases of varus positioning of the ABG II stem (21% cases) but it was not significant.
Those results demonstrate the safety and the efficacy of the posterior mini incision approach. There is a need for a technical learning curve and a resonably incision sizing adapted for each patient. Under those conditions, we are able to achieve the same quality of implant positioning, which should provide the same long term result.
It has been suggested that smaller skin incisions may be associated with a better short-term outcome after total hip replacement, including a more rapid rehabilitation. The definition of mini-incision is still unclear as publications with incisions ranging from five to 20 cms appear in the literature. We therefore prospectively studied 42 consecutive patients who had undergone 44 total hip replacements using a posterolateral approach, through skin incisions of between 10 and 21 cm. The patients were assessed for their speed of post-operative rehabilitation and their length of hospital stay. Age, body mass index, length of incision, duration of procedure, muscles detached and repaired, and blood loss were also recorded. We found no evidence of a correlation between incision size and blood loss, post-operative rehabilitation, or the length of hospital stay. Similarly, the degree of surgical muscle trauma showed no evidence of a correlation with the speed of post-operative rehabilitation or the length of hospital stay. In contrast, the age of the patient did significantly correlate with the length of hospital stay and rehabilitation scores. Our study showed no evidence that the size of the incision, or the muscles detached or repaired at surgery, influenced the immediate post-operative rehabilitation after total hip replacement performed through a posterior approach. Only the patient’s age showed a correlation with the speed of rehabilitation.
Minimum follow-up was 3 years in group 1 and 1.5 years in group 2. There were 3 dislocations in group 1, and none in group 2. There were 2 re-operations in both groups. The relative improvement in WOMAC scores was significantly greater in group 2 at 3 months and 1 year (P< 0.05).
192 patients (88.5%) were discharged to their own homes with the main determinant of discharge to the patients’ own home being the availability of adequate family support.
The minimally invasive total hip replacement has been developed over the last years.
The advantages of minimally invasive approaches concern reduced blood loss and pain, shorter operative time, reduced length of stay, facilitated rehabilitation and increased patient satisfaction. Potential disadvantages are the need for additional training and patient education, the insufficient clinical data and the risk of compromising the final result by giving more importance to the length of incision than to the damage of the deeper tissue.
In the majority of cases, the minimally invasive techniques utilize standard prosthesis and resection of pathological tissue, including part of normal bone such as the femoral neck.
LINK MIT-H permits combining a minimally invasive approach with the insertion of a T.O.P. acetabular cup and a CFP femoral prosthesis, preserving the femoral neck. The conservation of this anatomic part facilitates a shallow entry of the prosthesis in the femoral canal, preserving the bone stock and thereby allowing a more precise reconstruction of the hip geometry. The technique appears to give good results, associating the advantages of minimally invasive surgery with the preservation of the femoral neck.
The good relation between the abductor lever arm and the adductor lever arm guarantees an elevated functional restoration, allowing a favorable and durable result in time.
The LINK MIT-H technique may be utilized with a direct lateral or through a post-lateral approach. We prefer a lateral approach, usually utilizing general instruments such as hooks and Hohmann retractors where the width of instruments is adapted to the length of incision.
A corkscrew may be useful to take out the femoral head, cutting it in the narrow part of the neck. Stein-mann pins, placed at the cranial acetabular rim as self-retaining retractors, associated with two Hohmann retractors below, allow good vision and facilitate reaming the socket. The attachment of fibre optics on the retractors is useful to have more light inside. Straight or cranked shaft instruments are very well suited in reaming and in aligning the T.O.P. acetabular cup.
The minimally invasive technique gives the best results when damaging tissues as little as possible by using a less invasive prosthesis that is easily implanted in small spaces and only replaces the pathologic bone, thereby saving the bone stock best as possible in restoring the hip geometry.
One of the potential benefits cited for minimally invasive THA is reduced soft tissue trauma resulting in less post-operative pain, less swelling and earlier mobilisation. Objective evidence, from well designed prospective studies, for these benefits remains lacking. The aim of this study was to investigate whether a minimally invasive technique in THA results in a reduced acute phase response and reduced post-operative swelling compared to THA performed through a standard incision of 16cm.
Using these type of prosthesis in cases of primary operation, later on in cases of first revision the so called standard prosthesis can be used.
The mean age of these patients is below 50 years.
The implantations have been done by an modified anterolateral Watson Jones approach. Especially for the use of the MAYO stem we developed a minimal invasive operation technique to provide any trauma to the gluteal muscles.
All the cases we have done are under clinical and radiological follow up.
We have seen less complications by using the MAYO stem in comparison to the group of patients with our standard hip stems.
95% of the operations could be done without any incision to the gluteal muscles at the greater trochanter of the femur; the mean length of skin incision has been less than 8 cm.
The x-ray follow up shows in none of our cases any osteolysis in the region of the calcar femoris.
This series is entirely unselected: no patients were excluded because of size or body habitus. One third of the patients had a Body Mass Index greater than 30 (obese); the maximum BMI was 45.6. One third had type C bone and nearly one tenth were category 3 anesthetic risks. Average age was 72 (range 39 to 90). A naive definition of “minimally invasive” is met: the average incision length was 9.5 centimeters (range 6.5 to 13).
There have been three complications requiring readmission: 1 dislocation, 1 unstable acetabulum, and 1 superficial wound breakdown. There has been a total of 3 dislocations-all within 4 days of surgery, none recurrent. One DVT has been detected.
Von langenbach first described the posterior approach for total hip arthroplasty in 1874. In recent years advances in operative techniques and instrumentation have allowed surgeon to perform total hip arthroplasty through incision much smaller. The primary goal of any joint replacement is to create a biomechanically arthroplasty with excellent prosthesis position and durable interfaces.
Many american authors propose a definition of minimally invasive hip replacement when the skin incision is between 7–10 cm.
For us, to be mini-invasive means saving non only the skin but saving capsule, muscle and tendons too.
We used a mini-posterolateral approach with a mean length of 7 cm. After incision of the gluteus maximus fascia and fascia lata, the gluteus maximus muscle is blunty split. The short external rotator tendons are located; we proceed to saving the piriformis and quadratus femoris tendons. The gemelli and obturator internus tendons are detached with electrocautery. A capsulotomy is performed. The capsule and obturator tendon are tagged with heavy bone-suture for reattachment. The difficulties of the operation can be reduced if instruments developed for the technique are used.
50 cases of minimal incision posterolateral total hip arthroplasties are performed. More rapid rehabilitation and more prompt return to activities of daily living are also some advantage.
Longer follow-up is required to determine the long-term outcome but, our results encouraged to performed a mini-approach for total hip arthroplasty in patients selection.
We measured the inclination of the cup, the CCD-angle of the head component, the alignement in respect to the neck axis, if the component had an eccentric position or if superior or inferior notching had occured. We compared the rate of failure of the two systems.
In 75 patients we implanted a Durom resurfacing system. The mean age in this group was 53 years (range 20 – 72 years). There were 55 male and 20 female patients.
Over the past years there has been considerable interest, debate and controversy over the role of surgical approaches for total hip replacements. The leading role belongs to appropriate direction and anatomical structures mobilization during surgical approach. We strictly follow the paradigm that surgical approach must enable gentle handling vessels, nerves, muscles and fascias structures create good viewing of target field with possibilities of free manipulations, give opportunity for widening at any level.
This experimental study was performed to quantitatively comparesomethemostcommonlyusedsurgicalapproaches to hip joint. Kocher-Langenbeck, Smith-Petersen, Moore, direct lateral approaches were investigated on twenty men cadavers. All bodies had normal constitution, average age 60+−5 years, body weigh 75+−10 Kg, no previous surgical interventions at the hip joint area.
For named approaches wound length (cm), wound depth (cm), angle of operating action (degree), tilting of operating axis (degree), wound’s inlet square (relative units), wound’s bottom square (relative units), accessibility zone’s square (percents) were registered. Direct measure and measuring on digital images of wounds using free version of UTHSCCA Image Tools for Windows v.2 were performed. Data stored to database for further analysis.
The average angle of operating action for posterior approaches was 75+−7 degrees, for lateral approaches – 60+−8 degrees. Tilting of operating axis for all approaches was between 55–70 degrees and was in close relation of body’s position. As a rule, supine position for lateral approaches restricted tilting of operating axis to 40–45 degrees, reducing wound’s review. The wound’s inlet square to wound’s bottom square ratio that characterizes the usefulness of approach was the worst (8–12%) for Smith-Petersen and the best for Kocher-Langenbeck (16–18%) approach. This feature for direct lateral approach was 13–15%. Some tricks (wide capsule detaching, retracting the gemelli and obturator internus and the tendon of the piriformis, for example), can increase the useful square of wound’s bottom, but not more than 3–5%.The data received is slightly disappointing. The efficiency of widely using approaches is too low. The risk of nerve palsy or injury appear to be higher on the direct lateral approaches, however, there were no significant differences when comparing this risk nerve by nerve for both posterior and lateral approaches, in particular for the sciatic nerve.
One can reduce the operating trauma by using minimal invasive technique, but this approach demands special instrument sets and must be under thoroughly investigation to clarify the questions of heterotopic bone formation, hip prostheses surviving etc.
Mean age of 120 patients (98 women and 22 men) was 45 y.o. (range: 32–61 y.o.). Follow-up time in study group was from 6 to 12 months (mean: 8,5 months). Follow-up time in control group was from 10 to 16 months (mean: 10,5 months). Mean preoperative functional status of the study group was 44,5p in Harris hip score. Radiographic evaluation of the results was made according to criteria of Joined Committee of The Hip Society, AAOS and SICOT.
The mean follow-up for the MIS THA group was 22.9 months compared to 33.1 months for the conventional THA group. All our MIS patients had less postoperative blood loss, needed less post operative painkillers, and mobilised earlier. There was however no significant difference in the duration of postoperative hospital stay between the two patient groups. We have had no incidence of dislocation and continue to use this technique during routine THA.
We describe the association between immediate postoperative radiological appearances and early aseptic failure of THA having compensated for the methodological flaws in previous similar studies. 63 hips were entered into the aseptic failure group and 138 into the control group. Alignment of the femoral stem was not associated with failure (p=0.283). Thickness of the cement mantle was associated with failure in Gruen zones 6 (p=0.040) and 7 (p=0.003). A significant association for the presence of radiolucent lines was found for Gruen zones 3 (p=0.0001) and 5 (p=0.0001). Grade of cementation was associated with failure for Barrack grades C (p=0.001) and D (p=0.001). This study has demonstrated that easily applied radiological criteria can be used to identify at risk THAs from the immediate post-operative AP radiograph.
Despite all gain of knowledge, septic and aseptic loosening of endoprostheses still remain unsolved problems. In loosening of joint arthroplasty a periprosthetic membrane is found between the bone and the loosened implant. The characteristics of the membrane are influenced by the process that leads to the loosening of the endoprosthesis. The aim of the study was to introduce a classification system that enables a standardized diagnostic evaluation and helps to determine the aetiology of the loosening process.
Based on histomorphological criteria and polarized light microscopy, four types of periprosthetic membranes were defined: periprosthetic membranes of the wear particle type (type I), periprosthetic membranes of the infectious type (type II), periprosthetic membranes of the combined type (type III), and periprosthetic membranes of the indifferent type (type IV). Periprosthetic membranes of 268 patients were analyzed according to the defined criteria.
The interobserver reproducibility was sufficient (95%). The correlation between histopathological and microbiological diagnosis was high (89%, p< 0,001). The four types of periprosthetic membranes showed a significantly different time of revision.
This classification system enables a standardized diagnostic procedure. It therefore is a basis for further studies concerning the etiology and pathogenesis of prosthesis loosening. The reliability of this histomorphological examination in diagnosing infections is currently reviewed.
Component migration after THR is directly correlated with loosening and reported to be predictive for the long-term survival rate. In literature, four different patterns of stem-migration are reported. Likewise, periprothetic osteolytic zones indicate the risk of loosening and revision in the further course. Nevertheless, little is known about the distinguish migration behaviour between cemented and uncemented stems throughout the process of loosening. The aim of this study was to evaluate the influence of cementing on migration behaviour of loose femoral components after THR. A total of 207 stem-revisions have been performed at our institution between 1996 and 2001. Only patients with aseptic loosening after primary hip replacements were included in the present study. Thus, 75 patients had to be excluded due to other reasons for loosening. Migration analysis was done with the EBRA-FCA method (Einzel-Bild-Röntgen-Analyse, Femoral Component Analysis). In addition, a radiographic analysis was performed following Gruen et al. For migration analysis, a minimum of four x-rays per series are required. Hence, another 72 patients had to be excluded due to insufficient x-ray documentation. A total of 40 cemented (Group A) and 20 uncemented (Group B) femoral components could be analysed. There were no significant differences between the two groups with regard to age (60 years for Group A, 56 years for Group B), gender or side. Mean number of radiographs per series was 7.2 for Group A and 7.9 for Group B respectively. Mean stem survival differed between the two groups (11.3 years for Group A and 8.8 years for Group B), but without statistical significance (T-Test: p> 0.05). Differences in migration behaviour and distinct types of loosening after cemented and uncemented total hip replacement will be presented.
Periprosthetic bone loss is identified after inserting a hip prosthesis and is many times a result of stress shielding or altered loading of the proximal femur. Depending on the severity, the bone loss may threaten the prosthesis survival. The current study investigated the effect of cyclic etidronate therapy on periprosthetic and contralateral bone mineral density (BMD) in an one-year, prospective, randomized, double-blind study on 46 patients after cemented hip arthroplasty. Etidronate was administered orally in a regimen repeated every 14 weeks and periprosthetic BMD was measured with dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) in the total periprosthetic area and in the seven Gruen Zones at 1 week (baseline), 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months postoperatively. In the etidronate group there were significant temporal BMD decreases measured in Gruen Zones 2, 3, 6, and 7 as well as in the entire proximal femur; the greatest decrease was 11.1% and was measured in Zone 2 at 12 months. Also in the etidronate group, there was a significant 3.4% increase in BMD of the spine at 12 months. In the placebo group there were significant temporal BMD decreases measured in Gruen Zones 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 as well as in the entire proximal; the greatest decrease was 16.4% and was measured in Zone 7 at 12 months. There were no significant differences between the mean BMD measurements of the etidronate and placebo groups with the exception of the mean percent change in the spine at 6 months and 12 months, and in Gruen Zone 3 at 6 months; in all three cases the etidronate group had significantly greater mean values. These findings suggest that cyclic etidronate therapy has no significant effect in surpressing the periprosthetic bone loss following cemented hip arthroplasty.
The etiological diagnosis of the loosening of a total joint replacement is of highest importance for the prognosis of the patient and the survival of the revision. However no test proved to be definitive and reliable in making a diagnosis of a periprostetic infection or to exclude it. In this study a twofold comparison of the following generally accepted methods of periprostetic infection diagnosis was made: First, the results of intraoperative and extraoperative incubation of cultures among each other and secondly, the cultures with the preoperative levels of the two acute phase reactants CRP and ESR were compared. Within the prospective study started in the Istanbul University, Cerrahpasa Faculty of Medicine, Department of Orthopaedics and Traumatology in November 2001, CRP and ESR analyses as well as specimens of liquid, swab and biopsy cultures of 32 cases were examined until June 2002. In each case two specimens were taken intraoperative, which were incubated immediately in the operating room and afterwards in the laboratory. The statistical analyses were performed with the software SPSS for Windows, where the Mann-Whitney U test and the chi square test were applied. We had 24 female and 8 male cases. The average age was 61.44. Eight patients were found infected, the 24 other cases were aseptic. CRP and ESR, which are the most useful preoperative acute phase reactants, were found to have a sensitivity of 53.8% and 42.1% and a specificity of 94.4% and 100%, respectively. CRP and ESR measured together had a sensitivity of 58.3% and a specificity of 100%. It was concluded that the CRP levels in the infected cases were not significantly affected by an additional rheumatological disease of the patient. Three different kinds of microorganisms were found in the eight infected cases: methicillin sensitive coagulase (−) staphylococcus in four cases, methicillin sensitive staphylococcus aureus in three cases and methicillin resistant coagulase (−) staphylococcus in one case. For the specimens incubated in the operating room the reproduction and diagnostic power of the specimens isolated from the liquid was found significantly higher than the specimens isolated from the swap and the biopsy (p< 0.001). CRP and ESR are parameters helping the surgeons to make reliable preoperative decisions. As the diagnostic power of a normal level CRP and ESR combination is significantly different than a high level combination, we find it useful to require both tests before the operation. For the diagnosis and tracking of patients with additional rheumatological disease CRP should be required primarily. If the surgeon suspects any infection during the operation, first of all liquid specimens should be taken and tried to incubate them in the operation room conditions.
The static properties of bone cements have been widely reported in the literature (Lewis, 1997, Khun, 2000, Armstrong 2002). Commercial bone cements are expected to perform above the minimum values in static tests specified by ISO 5833: 2002. It has been suggested that the viscoelastic properties of bone cement, such as creep and stress relaxation, might bear more relevance to the in-vivo behaviour of the cement-implant construct (Lee 2002). This study aimed to compare numerous properties of Simplex P, Simplex Antibiotic and Simplex Tobramycin and identify those properties most sensitive to subtle changes in cement composition. The three cements were chosen on the basis that they are characterised by the same liquid and powder compositions, the only difference being represented by the type and amount of added antibiotics. In Simplex Antibiotic the additives are 0.5g Erythromycin and 3 million I.U. Colistin, while in Antibiotic Simplex with Tobramycin the only additive is 0.5g of Tobramycin. The static properties of the cements were assessed following protocols described in ISO 5833: 2002, while the viscoelastic properties of the cement were measured with in-house developed apparatus in quasi-static conditions. Creep and stress relaxation tests were performed in four point bending configuration. Porosity was measured on the mid cross section of the creep samples using a digital image technique. All cements exhibited properties compatible with the ISO standard, but in plain Simplex the ISO minimum for bending and compressive strength was within the variation of the batches tested. Bending strength measurements were the least sensitive to differences in the cements. Plain Simplex displayed lower bending and compressive strength but higher bending modulus than the antibiotic laden options. The bending modulus could only discriminate between Simplex P and Simplex Antibiotic (p=0.02). Differences in the compressive strength of the three cements were significant, with the plain option being the weakest. Stress relaxation only discriminated between plain and Tobramycin loaded cement (p=0.028), while creep was more sensitive to differences and allowed distinction between plain and antibiotic loaded bone cements. The creep behaviour correlated with the cross sectional porosity measurements. This study demonstrated that the static tests specified by the current international standard are not as sensitive to subtle changes in the composition of the material as the time temperature dependent parameters characteristic of creep and stress relaxation. The authors advocate the evaluation of time and temperature dependent characteristics as a complement to the current standard.
We present our experience from use of acetabular reinforcement rings in revision total hip arthroplasty when bone defects are present. From 1987 to 2000, acetabular reinforcement rings were utilized in 59 revisions, in 52 patients with a mean age of 60 years (31–81). In 48 hips, Ganz rings were used and in 11 hips, Burch-Sch-neider rings. For the existing defects of the acetabulum, morsellized bone allograft was used. The patients were evaluated clinically with the modified Merle d’ Aubigne-Postel scale and radiologically with the criteria of Gill-Sledge-Muller. Acetabular reconstruction was successful in 51 of 59 hips (86.5%) after a mean follow-up period of 7 years (2–15). One of the 11 Burch-Schneider rings failed (9.1%) and 7 of the 48 Ganz, raising the failure rate of this ring up to 14.6%. Complications included dislocation in 5 cases, deep vein thrombosis in 2, superficial infection in 1 and pubis rami fracture in 2 cases.
Reinforcement rings in our opinion could be of valuable help in reconstruction of the bone deficient acetabulum. Although in this study, it is not possible for these two rings to be directly compared, Burch-Schneider one appears to have a more clear role and lower failure rate. However, in order to evaluate in a more reliable way the true fate of the acetabular reinforcement rings, especially in the presence of the limited role of biological fixation, longer follow-up time is needed.
Acetabular bone stock loss represents one of the main challenges in revision hip surgery.
We present 149 consecutive aseptic acetabular reconstructions with impacted bone allograft technique and a cemented cup followed clinically and radiographically for an average of 52 months (range 24–156 months). Patients requiering reinforcement rings were not included in this series. Seven reconstructions in six patients were lost to follow-up.
The average postoperative Merle DAubigne and Postel score was 5.7 points for pain, 4.5 points for mobility and 5.2 points for gait. Radiographic analysis evidenced incorporation of the grafts in all but in four cups with more than 5 mm migration, demonstrating radiographic failure. All of these patients presented clinical failure as well. Non progressive radiolucent lines were observed in 29 non symptomatic patients. mainly in Zone 1 according to De Lee and Charnley. Six patients were reoperated (4.5%), 3 of them because of deep infection and 3 patients for aseptic failure related to massive segmental and cavitary defects. Overall survival rate of the acetabular reconstruction was 95.8% (CI 95%:92.3–99.1). When infected cases were excluded, this rate was 98%.
Providing precise indications, acetabular reconstruction with impacted morsellized bone allografts and cemented cups is an excellent biologic reconstructive technique in patients with bone stock deficiency
The radiological picture was evaluated for signs of incorporation, remodelling, loosening and migration of the cemented acetabular component. Clinical evaluation was from the last clinic visit and included the presence of pain, mobility status, range of movement and patient satisfaction. Revision was the end point of the study
A single dislocation after total hip arthroplasty may not be a problem, once it becomes recurrent it rapidly undermines patients’ confidence. With an increasing number of revisions the problem of dislocations is likely to increase. The study and development of methods of prevention and management must proceed in pace with revision surgery.
We have designed a new cup: the angle-bore cup – to simulate both the structure and the function of the natural acetabulum with freedom of flexion, adduction, internal rotation and stability in the opposite direction. In its manufacture the centre of the hemisphere of the plastic is approached at an acute, less than 90 degrees angle, to the face of the cup creating a chamfer anteriorly and a recess postero-superiorly. The cup is side specific and cannot be reversed.
The angle-core cup was used in conjunction with a 22.225mm diameter head of the Charnley design with the exposure by trochanteric osteotomy. One thousand and thirty nine revisions were carried out: 505 were males and 534 females, mean age 65 (22.2 – 93.3): 66% were referred from other units. The indications for revision were: loose and worn cup 740, loose stem 553, deep infection 212, dislocation 65, fractured stem 51, bent stem 3, unexplained pain 17. There were 30 post-operative dislocations 2.9%; 22 (2.1%) had to be revised for recurrent dislocation. Of the 65 cases where dislocation was the original indication for revision 7 (10.8%) had to have further revision for dislocation.
(In 2330 primary Charnley low frictional torque arthroplasty with 22.225 mm diameter head and the angle-bore cup, there were 17 dislocations (0.73%); seven having to have revision for dislocation – a revision rate of 0.3% with a mean follow-up of 6.2 years.)
Full exposure, preservation of soft tissues, correct placement of components ensures stability in primary total hip arthroplasty. The same principles apply to revisions where the first attempt produces best results.
Dislocation after revision of 2.9% and re-revision for dislocation of 2.1% has been achieved with the 22.225 mm head and angle-bore cup. Advantages of the low-frictional torque can be maintained and low rate of dislocation achieved, even in revision surgery, using a 22.225 mm diameter head and the angle-bore cup.
Nine (9) procedures involved the femoral stem only, and seven (7) both components. Six (6) stems were fixed with cement and ten (10) without.
In all cementless cases, fixation of the stem in the medullary canal was achieved for at least 4 cm below the osteotomy level. The length of the stem beyond the osteotomy was three times the width of the canal.
The length of the osteotomy varied from 12 to 18 cm (av. 14 cm), and the length of the inserted components ranged from 210 – 280 mm (av.225 mm).
Preoperative diagnoses were: painful aseptic loosening in 41 cups (25 cementless and 16 cemented acetabular components), 8 acetabular protusio with unipolar hemiprosthesis and two cronic infections.
Acetabular bone deficiencies were classified as segmental in 19.6 %, cavitary in 37.3 % and combined in 43.1% according to the AAOS. Bone graft was used in 72.5 %.
Clinical and radiographic results were rated according to the Johnston et al and Merle D’Aubigne scores.
The acetabular component was categorized as stable in 50 (98%), with two cases of migration in the first three months. Only one component was categorized as loose. No acetabular cup were removed or revised again.
Radiolucent lines were maximum in zone 5: 5.9% (Include the migrated component).
The most frequent complication was dislocation, which occurred in 3 hips (5.9%). Pelvic osteolysis was present in 5.9%.
Hydroxyapatite-coated acetabular cup were used in revision hip arthroplasty without using bone grafts or bone substitutes to achieve osseointegration in 30 consecutive hips (29 patients). The mean age was 72.5 years (range 54 to 88). Primary prosthesis was 14 Charnley’s, 12 Capital 3M, one Furlong, one Exeter and one MacKee Farrar. Indication for revision was aseptic loosening in 20, recurrent dislocation in four, periprosthetic fracture in two, prosthesis fracture in one, and three infected hips.
Patients were assessed clinically using Harris Hip Score, satisfaction questionnaire and quality of life SF 36 questionnaire, and radiologically using DeLee and Charnley, Harris-Barrack, and Hodgkinson’s Engh’s classification, and Bassetlaw Digital Scoring System (BDSS) that we have devised. The acetabular defects were assessed preoperatively using the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) classification.
Mean follow up was 38.7 months (range 18.5–76.4). Ninety present of acetabular cups had preoperative radiolucency in all DeLee and Charnley’s zones. 26 hips (87%) had no superior or lateral cup migration. Two hips had 3 mm superior migration at one year then remained stable. Mean improvement of Harris hip score was 42.2. 83.3% of hips had no or slight pain at final follow up.
Five patients had dislocations one of which was recurrent that required acetabular cup revision. Two patients had postoperative foot drop that recovered fully. Two patients had postoperative wound infection that healed with antibiotics apart from one who died due to multi-organ failure. Four patients died due to unrelated causes.
Postoperative radiographs showed stable fixation of all acetabular cups. 83.3% of hips had no or slight pain at final follow up.
Early results show that stable fixation in revision hip surgery can be obtained with HAC acetabular cups without bone grafts or bony substitute.
Since 1996, we have been filling bone defect at the time of revision with macroporous calcium phosphate ceramic. We reported our first experience between 1996 and 1999.
2 patients died of a cause unrelated to the procedure and 2 patients were lost of follow-up. Bone defect were classified into type I ( 4 hips), type IIA ( 8 hips ), type IIB ( 5 hips), type IIC ( 9 hips), IIIA ( 4 hips ), type IV ( 5 hips ) according to Paprosky classification.
The functional status of the patients was evaluated according to the Merle d’Aubign ip rating.. The interfaces bioactive ceramics/bone base and bioactive ceramics/cementless component, as well as the homogeneity and the density of the graft were examined radiologically.
We saw no radiolucent lines or spaces at the interface between bioactive ceramics and the host bone. Morphological changes or a decreased in graft volume were not seen, except for the patient with the loose cup.
406 hips in 365 patients remain under active follow up, with 122 patients (134 hips) deceased.
Averaged clinical scores taken pre-operatively, 2 years post-operatively, and at latest follow-up show marked and sustained improvement: Charnley Pain 2.7, 5.5, 5.3; Charnley Function 2.1, 4.1, 3.6; Charnley Range of Motion 4.0, 5.4, 5.3; Harris Pain 19, 38, 36; Harris Function 18, 32, 28; and Oxford Hip Score 41, 22, 25.
There have been 45 failures (8.3 percent) at an average 7.6 year follow up (range 2.6 – 15.3 years). Technical error contributed to 13 of the 24 non-infective complications, but with improved technique plus the addition of long stemmed impaction grafting, there have been no technical errors since 1996.
Clinical and radiographic follow-up evaluation was performed and all kind of femoral fractures and incidental perforations during the surgery and within the first year after were analysed.
Six fractures occurred during the first year. Four patients of the femoral incidental perforation group suffered a complete diaphyseal fracture at the perforation level. No patient with a diaphyseal femoral crack suffered a complete diaphyseal fracture. Two additional complete fractures occurred during the first year without previous intraoperative complication.
Multivariate analysis showed the risk factors for femoral fractures during or after revision to be grater according to preoperative deficiency of the femoral bone stock, or the presence of an intraoperative femoral perforation. Vertical cracks, surgical approach, removal of a cemented or uncemented stem as well as design of the implanted stem showed no difference regarding this complication.
An instrumented extensively porous coated stem was implanted in composite femur models (n=3) and mechanically tested. The stem stresses resulting from proximal overbroaching, ETO, cable grips, and various cable and strut constructs were determined.
Stem stresses increased 98 when a proximally loose stem was combined with an ETO using laboratory tests. This stress was decreased by up to 37 percent when a long trochanteric plate was utilized.
We describe the clinical and radiological results of 120 consecutive revision hip replacements in 107 patients, using a titanium alloy femoral component fully coated with Hydroxyapatite ceramic (HAC). The mean age at operation was 71 years (range 36 to 92). The average length of follow up was 8.0 years (range 5.0 to 12.4). All patients receiving a JRI Furlong HAC coated femoral component (JRI Instrumentation Ltd, London, UK) with a minimum follow up of 5 years were included. These included patients on whom previous revision hip joint surgery had taken place.
Patients were independently reviewed and scored using the Harris Hip Score (HHS), the Charnley modification of the Merle d’Aubigne and Postel Score (MDP), and The Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis index (WOMAC). Radiographs were assessed by three reviewers (blinded to clinical details) for new bone formation, osteolysis, osteointegration and radiolucent lines in each Gruen Zone.
The mean Harris hip score was 85.8 (range 42 to 100) at the latest post-operative review. The mean WOMAC and MDP scores were 34.5 and 14.8 respectively. The mean pain visual analogue score (range 0 to 10) was 1.2 overall and 0.5 specifically for mid-thigh pain. There were no revisions of any femoral component for aseptic loosening. There were four stem re-revisions (3 cases of infection, 1 recurrent dislocation). Radiological review of all femoral components, including the four mentioned, revealed stable bone ingrowth with no new radiolucent lines in any zone. Using revision or impending revision for aseptic loosening as the end point, at 10 years the cumulative survival for the stem was 100% (95% CI 94 to 100). We present excellent medium to long term clinical, radiological and survivorship results with the use of a fully HAC coated titanium stem in revision hip surgery.
Impaction grafting procedures have found a widespread role in revision hip arthroplasty. Synthetic graft expanders have recently been introduced, but the optimal ratio of expander to allograft is unknown.
We performed a series of in vitro experiments to investigate the optimal ratio for one commercially available porous hydroxyapatite material (IG-Pore, ApaT-ech Ltd). IG-Pore was mixed with fresh frozen human allograft chips from osteoarthritic femoral heads and with blood. Graft was impacted into fibre-glass femoral models (Sawbones Europe) with a similar biomechanical profile to human bone, and Exeter hip prostheses (Stryker Howmedica Ltd) were cemented in place. Each model was loaded using an Instron servohydraulic materials testing machine for 18000 cycles. The magnitude and frequency of the loading cycle was based on physiologically measured values. Four test groups with 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore were used, with eight femora in each group.
Tantalum marker beads were attached to the prosthesis, the femoral model and the cement mantle, and radio-stereometric analysis (RSA) was performed pre- and post- loading to determine migration and rotation of the prosthesis in each axis. Pre-loading films were repeated in sixteen cases for precision measurements, and twelve specimens had delayed post-loading films performed to measure any re-expansion of the unloaded graft.
The primary end-point was RSA-measured subsidence of the prosthesis, defined as vertical movement of the tip. Median subsidence was 0.43mm, 0.31mm, 0.24mm and 0.13mm in the 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore groups respectively (P=0.034, Kruskal-Wallis test). The precision, given as the median absolute difference, was 0.0065mm.
All specimens showed a cyclical compression and expansion throughout the loading cycle. Specimens with a higher proportion of IG-Pore tended to be more resistant to this and the mean values for cyclical movement were 1.76 0.27mm, 1.65 0.21mm, 1.57 0.18 mm and 1.45 0.14mm for the 0%, 50%, 70% and 90% IG-Pore groups.
Higher proportions of IG-Pore appear to reduce subsidence in impaction grafting. Other issues such as the handling qualities of the graft and the biological effect of synthetic materials also need to be considered, however. A randomised clinical trial using RSA to evaluate a 50% IG-Pore/allograft mix in comparison to pure allograft is ongoing in our institution, and we hope that this will answer some of these questions definitively.
We prospectively studied 48 hips in 47 patients with a mean age of 59.6 years and reviewed the results after a mean period of follow up of 9 (range 7 – 12) years following revision arthroplasty for aseptic loosening using a primary HA-coated femoral stem. 1.8 Previous operations per patient were performed, ranging from 1 to 8, all patients had a femoral defect class 1 or 2 according to Paprosky. Clinical outcome was good with a mean postoperative HHS of 90 points. Pain was absent in 89%, a limp was present in 36% and 41% used a walking aid. There were 5 re-operations: 4 recurrent dislocations and 1 progressive PE wear necessitated cup revision. At 6 years, 39% cancellous densifications were seen, especially in non-tightly fitted prostheses, mainly in zone 2 and 6. Cortical thickening was seen in 30%, especially in tightly-fitted prostheses, mainly in zone 3 and 5. These differences in bone behaviour were significant (p‘0.001) and were not related with various clinical parameters. These phenomena started to appear from 6 months onwards with increasing frequency with longer follow up. The stem survival up till 9 years is 100%, no stem is pending revision at the latest follow up. We conclude that the primary Mallory Head HA-coated femoral prosthesis is a suitable prosthesis to use in revision procedures in younger patients with a lower class femoral defect. We also noticed that the radiological remodelling phenomena are not prosthesis related but femoral canal fit dependent.
Dynamic Hip Screw fixation for intertrochanteric fracture of femur is one of the most common operations in the trauma list of any DGH. The operation is commonly performed by the registrar or senior house officer as it is considered to be a relatively simple procedure. However the reality is slightly different as we audit our results of DHS fixation over a period of 2 years from May 2002 to August 2004. Out of 184 DHS fixation done during the abovementioned period, we identified 18 (10%) failures within 2–8 weeks postoperative period. We reviewed the pre-operative and post-operative X-rays to identify the possible reasons for failure. The reasons were inappropriate indication for DHS – 3 cases, inadequate fracture reduction – 6 cases, inappropriate implant placement −12 cases. 3 cases (16%) of failure had to be treated conservatively due to poor medical condition, 7 cases (39%) had the implant removed or revised and some type of arthroplasty was done in rest 8 cases (45%). Of the 15 cases treated operatively 12 had satisfactory outcome in terms of pain relief and movement and the rest 3 had residual pain, inadequate restoration of mobility affecting the quality of life. All patients had significant morbidity (prolonged hospital stay, depression) due to the failure of fixation and further operative procedures. Therefore we think appropriate guidance by experienced personnel is necessary for correct indication and meticulous operative technique.
Quality of reduction was assessed as per Sernbo. Good, if alignment was normal on AP and maximum 20 degrees angulation on lateral radiograph and less than 4mm of displacment of any fragment. To be labelled acceptable, a reduction had to meed the criteria of a good reduction with respect to either alignement or displacement, but not both. A poor reduction met neither.
We present the results of a technique of dynamic hip screw insertion through a very small incision, typically 2.5cm.
The mean post-operative drop in haemoglobin concentration in the percutaneous group was 2.2 g/dl (range 0 to 4.4 g/dl) compared to 3.5 g/dl (range 1.2–5.4) in the control group (p=0.014). The mean haematocrit drop was 0.07 (range 0 to 0.12) in the percutaneous group compared to 0.10 (range 0.03 to 0.17) in the control group (p=0.017)
The mean theatre time with the percutaneous technique was 57 minutes (range 40–75 minutes) and in the control group, 60 minutes (range 30–95). There were no wound problems.
There are good evidance that the distal canal restrictor improves pressurisation. Bone block and Hardinge restrictors are among the commonly used restrictors in UK.
During the introduction of cement, the restrictors tend to migrate. The effect may cause significant chane in the size and thickness of the cement mantle. One of the determinents of early dramatic failure is the size of the cement mantle.
In our study, we compared the cement mantle thickness and amount of migration with Bone block restrictor and with Hardinge restrictor. The measurements were done in the standard AP x-ray of the hip taken in the post operative period. All cases were operated by one surgeon. The position of the either of the restrictor were maintained in all cases to 1.5 cm below the tip of the stem. Measurements were made for the cement mantle thickness, the distance between the tip of the stem and restrictor and canal diameter.
One observer who was not involved in the operative procedure evaluated 69 x-rays. Twenty seven cases of bone block restrictor and 42 cases of Hardinge restrictors were used.
At the end of our study, we conclude that both restrictors migrate with pressurisation. The amount of migration with Hardinge restrictor is more than bone block restrictor (21.5mm Vs 14.4mm) which is significant (p-0.007). The amount of migration had not affected the zone-4 cement mantle thickness (p-0.450). With the use of either restrictors, migration was influenced by the canal diameter (p-0.00). Canal diameter did not affect the cement mantle thickness ( p-0.368). We conclude that bone block restrictor is superior in withstanding pressurisation.
We present a new inflatable self-locking intramedullary nailing system for the treatment of intertrocanteric and subtrochanteric fractures.
Cement pressurisation is recognised as critical to achieving optimal results in cemented arthroplasty of the hip, but relatively little data exists on the pressures generated by different cement introduction systems. An in vitro experiment was consequently undertaken to measure the mean pressures developed by three such systems: the Howmedica Mark 1 and DePuy Cemvac retrograde cementation systems, and a novel antegrade system consisting of a simple 60ml catheter-tipped syringe and a Miller proximal femoral seal (Zimmer Ltd).
Plastic femoral models (Sawbones Europe) were prepared as for hip arthroplasty, and had a series of three transducers attached to their medial wall. Pressure was recorded continuously during cement introduction and pressurisation, before implanting a hip prosthesis and allowing the cement to cure. The experiment was repeated on ten models for each of the three systems. After cement curing, the femora were split in the coronal plane and examined for air-bubble defects in 7 zones analogous to Gruen’s radiographic zones.
Mean pressure was significantly higher for the syringe system (161.45 28.9 kPa) than the Mark 1 (103.51 22.0 kPa) or Cemvac (92.65 30.7 kPa) systems (p=0.0001, ANOVA). The antegrade syringe system also generated a statistically different distribution of pressure in comparison to the two retrograde systems, with particularly high proximal pressurisation in the former. The median number of zones with defects was 1 (interquartile range 1,2) using the syringe system, 3 (IQR 2,4) with the Mark 1 system, and 3 (IQR1,3) using the Cemvac system. These differences were also statistically significant (p=0.0256, Kruskal-Wallis).
These results have relevance for clinical practice and cement system design, and the various design features of the different systems are discussed.
Aseptic loosening remains a long-term problem in total hip replacement. This phenomenon is prevalent even if modern cementing techniques seem to have reduced its incidence. Osteolysis has been deemed as a disease of access to fixation interfaces (
Femoral component heating was first proposed as a method to reduce the curing time of bone cement (
The model femora used for this study were maintained at a constant temperature of 37C while the stem temperature varied between 21, 37 and 44C. The femoral moulds were formed from dental plaster with a similar thermal conductivity to bone. Mould sizes were created to generate cement mantles of 2, 5 and 7.5mm thickness.
In the 2mm Simplex P cement mantles there was very little porosity evident. It was concentrated in the proximity of the stem when the component was kept at 21C and disappeared as the stem was heated to higher temperatures. Minimal porosity could be identified in the thicker mantles with no apparent differences between temperatures. There were no temperature trends evident from within this cement group. Palacos R cement has been reported to have a higher porosity than Simplex in a number of studies (
This study analyses the changes in porosity across the mantle of the cement as the temperature of the stem component is increased. The initial results confirm that the porosity at the stem cement mantle is decreased but indicate that the porosity within the body of the cement is increased as the temperature of the stem is increased.
In a prospective, controlled clinical study we randomised 50 patients with primary coxarthrosis into either removal or retention of the subchondral bone plate during ace-tabular preparation in cemented total hip arthroplasty. The effect was evaluated for a 2-year follow up period by repeated RSA examinations, analyses of radiolucent lines on conventional radiographs and clinical follow-ups with WOMAC, SF-12 and Harris Hip Score. Removal of the subchondral bone plate resulted in an improvement in radiological appearance of the bone-cement interface. For the retention group the extent of radiolucent lines as measured on pelvic and AP-view, had increased from a direct postoperative average level of 3.4% to a 2-year level of 28.8%. For the group with removal of the subchondral bone plate, the direct postoperative radiographs revealed no radiolucency, and at 2 years it only occupied a mean of 4.1 % of the interface. With the classification according to Hodgkinson the retention group had 10 out of 25 patients remaining in grade 0 (no demarcation) at 2years, whereas the removal group had 23 out of 25 patients in grade 0 at 2 years. The RSA results showed small early migration in both groups, but a tendency towards better stability and less scatter of the results in the removal group. The retention group tilted from 6 months onwards slightly but continuously towards a more horizontal position, whereas the removal group stabilized in a slightly vertical position after 1 year. The mean proximal migrations for all cups taken together were 0.09 mm at 2 years with no significant difference between groups. No differences were found in clinical outcome neither pre- nor postoperatively. To optimize the bone-cement interface and thereby increase the long time cup survival, removal of the subchondral bone plate where possible appears to be advantageous, but it is a more demanding surgical technique.
Early migration of the new stem design was determined by Roentgen Stereophotogrammetric Analysis (RSA). Rapid early migration of a component relative to the bone, measured by RSA, is predictive of subsequent aseptic loosening for a number of femoral stems. As there was rapid early migration and rotation of the Charnley Elite stem, we predicted that the long-term results would be poor. An outcome assessment is required as stems of this type are still being implanted.
Preliminary clinical scores in the patients who had not undergone any subsequent surgery were adequate (Oxford Hip Score mean average of 23.9).
Thirteen percent of radiographs analysed had evidence of loosening, giving an overall loosening rate of 14% at 8 years.
The survival was calculated used Kaplan-Meier method, considering revision surgery as the analyzed event. Age and gender relation with survival were analyzed using the Log-Rank test.
Data on the CPS-Plus stem has been obtained from a multi-centre prospective clinical trial. 231 hips in 223 patients have been entered into the study. 151 of these have reached 3 years follow-up.
In particular, the RSA subsidence characteristics, cement pressurisation and rotational stability already associated with this implant in-vitro have been supported by excellent survivorship analysis, and the authors believe that increasing familiarity with the concepts raised by this implant will result in clinical benefits in relation to polished taper cemented stem longevity.
The role of surface finish on the survivorship of cemented stems is controversial. The purpose of this study is to prospectively evaluate the mid-term clinical and radiographic performance of a cohort of patients who underwent total hip replacement with two identical cemented femoral stems differing only in surface finish (VerSys, Zimmer, Warsaw, IN). 64 total hip replacements with a rough stem (Ra: 70–100 microinches) and 138 total hip replacements with a satin finish stem (Ra: 20–25 microinches) were followed clinically and radiographically for 4 to 7 years. All surgeries were performed by one surgeon during a period of 1 year, utilizing the same surgical technique, acetabular cup, cement type and cementing technique. The groups had similar demographics, diagnosis, preoperative clinical score, cement mantle quality, alignment, and length of follow up. The preoperative and postoperative Hospital for Special Surgery Hip Score at last follow up of the patients with a successful operation was not significantly different among the two groups. Five hips in the rough group and none in the satin group developed aseptic loosening (p=0.0009). The femoral bone-cement interface revealed progressive radiolucent lines or osteolysis in 8 out of 64 rough stems and in 3 out of 138 satin stems (p=0.01). There were progressive radiolucencies or oste-olysis in 44 out of possible 448 Gruen zones in the rough surface group and in 8 out of possible 966 Gruen zones in the satin finish group (p< 0.001). A rough, textured stem is more likely to fail at intermediate follow-up than a satin surface stem. We recommend that the surface of cemented stems should be satin or polished, with a Ra of less than 20 microinches.
In the past orthopaedic surgeons have kept their hands off from spontaneous or artificial fused hips, because those hips were painless, and the result of any further surgical procedure would be doubtful. In our days the need for conversion hip arthroplasty became a demand of patients having a better quality of life. In this paper we report on our results and the perioperative complications following conversion surgery.
Between 1993 and 2002 thirty-one hips of twentyfive patients (18 males, 7 females) were converted from totally stiff hip to total hip arthroplasty in the two most frequented orthopaedic hospitals in Budapest, Hungary (Semmelweis University, Medical School, Dept. of Orthopaedics & Hospital of Hospitaller Brothers of St.John of God, Dept. of Orthopaedics). The mean age of the patients was 47.2 years (ranging from 14 to 75 years) at the time of surgery. The average follow up was 50.7 months (2–176). At our 25 patients the hips became stiff 15.7 years ago as an average (3–61). Spontaneous fusion occured in 14 cases due to Bechterews disease (spondylitis ankylopoetica). In 4 cases fused hips were converted following arthrodesis procedures. There was no significant difference between each groups, spontaneous ankylosis and surgical fusion were similar, they were evaluated as stiff hips on the same way.
The indication for surgery was in most cases a painful lumbar spine or osteoarthritic knee joint on the ipsilateral side. The surrounding joints are obviously overloaded and overused because of the stiff hip joint, even though if the hip is painless.
27 cemented and 4 uncemented hip prostheses were implanted. The mean duration of conversion arthroplasties was 110 minutes, the perioperative blood loss was 1019 ml. Additional surgical procedures may be used, like intertrochanteric wedge resection, osteotomy of greater trochanter, muscle release from the iliac bone, tenotomy of the hip adductors or knee flexors.
The Harris Hip Score increased significantly from 34.2 to 81.3 (p< 0.01). The leg length discrepancy decreased from 4.0 cm to 1.2 cm, the difference of thigh circumference changed from 4.3 cm to 2.7 cm, all results as an average. Trendelenburgs gait was detected at 25 hips pre-op, and at 5 hips at the time of follow up. Five cases were reoperated due to haematoma formation, there was one prosthesis disclocation and one early septic complication.
Based upon the good clinical results at the follow up, we recommend to change the orthopaedic surgeons’ mind considering conversion arthroplasties. The surgical procedure can be performed securely, but it is technically challenging for each surgeon. The intraoperative use of fluoroscopy and preoperative planning are mandatory in conversion arthroplasty. Conversion arthroplasty is performed prior to severe degenerative changes in the surrounding joints.
Diametral clearance [μm] 100 150 200 250 300<
Minimum thickness hc [nm] 64.9 47.5 38.1 32.1 27.9
The following roughnesses Rq were measured for two types of resurfacing prosthesis:
As cast CoCr alloy (BHR by MMT): 23 ± 6 nm Wrought-forged CoCr alloy (DUROM by Zimmer): 5 ± 2 nmThe as cast resurfacing prosthesis has a 250 μm diametral clearance and the wrought-forged resurfacing prosthesis has a 150 μm diametral clearance. Therefore, the following λ coefficients for a 50 mm metal-on-metal bearing are obtained: As cast CoCr alloy: 0.99 Wrought-forged CoCr alloy: 6.72
This large difference in the λ coefficients indicates that the lubrication mode of these two different prostheses is probably different. Based on this analysis, the wrought-forged component has ideal lubrication (λ > 3) whereas the as cast does not reach ideal lubrication (λ < 3).
The average age at operation of the survivors was 55.7 years. No significant radiological subsidence between the cement and bone was found. Mean subsidence between the stem and the cement was 2.15mm, most occurring in the first 5 years and in all but 1 being less than 4. The maximum was 18mm (grade D cementing). Cementing grades were B in 65%, C in 27%, D in 8%. Resorption of the neck (13%) was associated with excessive socket wear or cement left over the cut surface of the neck (the ‘pseudocollar’). Visible cement fractures were found in 14%, none associated with focal lysis, which was seen in 11%.
Particles generated at the non articulating surface (backside) of modular acetabular components have been implicated in the development of periprosthetic osteolysis after THA. Several design changes have been introduced in modern acetabular cups in an attempt to reduce backside wear, including the use of “non-modular cups”. We compared the backside wear of retrieved cementless non-modular cups, with modular cups of first and second generation designs. Nine retrieved non-modular cups (Implex) were match-paired for time-in-situ, patient age and weight, with 9 retrieved Trilogy cups, 9 Harris-Galante 1, and 9 Harris-Galante 2. The average time in situ was 2.5 years (1–7). The backside was divided in quadrants and each rated with a value from 0 (absence of wear) to 3 (severe backside wear) for a total ranging from 0 to 12. This new score was validated for intra and inter observer reproducibility. Among 36 quadrants in the HG1 group there were 3 rated 1, 23 rated 2, and 10 rated 3. In the HG2 group, 1 quadrant was rated 0, 16 rated 1, 14 rated 2, and 5 rated 3. In the Trilogy group, 6 quadrants were rated 0, 27 rated 1, and 3 rated 2. In the Implex group, 15 quadrants were rated 0, 21 rated 1. The average backside wear score and 95%CI were 8.4 (7.6–9.3); 7.3 (5.5–9.1); 3.7 (3.2–4.1); and 2.3 (1.3–3.4) respectively. The HG cups demonstrated more severe backside wear than the Trilogy and Implex (p< 0.02). There was a tendency towards less backside wear in the Implex cup when compared to the Trilogy (p=0.04). The difference between the HG1 and HG2 was not significant. We detected significant reduction in the backside wear of modern modular and non-modular acetabular cups when compared to first generation modular designs.
The chromium serum concentration in patients with unilateral MetaSUL-THR and in patients with BHR showed the highest level in the postoperative period from 7 to 12 months.
Analyses of the subgroups showed an association between higher cobalt serum levels and cup inclination greater than 50 in patients with unilateral MetaSUL-THR more than 12 months after implantation. A statistically significant negative correlation was detectable between implant size and chromium as well as cobalt serum concentration in BHR-patients studied more than 12 months after implantation.
The chromium concentrations were highest 7–12 months after operation, what may due to a running-in of the bearing like known from hip simulator studies.
Interestingly implant size and metal ion serum levels correlate negatively in the BHR-patients studied more than 12 months after implantation. That could be due to an existing fluid film lubrication in these bearings and may be caused by the thicker fluid film in bearings with greater radius.
31 patients, between the ages of 59 and 74 years, were referred to one onrthopaedic consultant as trochanteric bursitis. All were females. Of these 7 patients were diagnosed as osteoarthritis of the hip or underwent further investigations for spinal conditions. 24 patients were clinically diagnosed as trochanteric bursitis. All these patients had ultrasound examination of the hips by a radiologist with a special interest in musculoskeletal diseases. Except for one patient the rest had either gluteus medius inflammation or tears with or without involvement of gluteus minimus. All these patients with positive findings had 80mg of depomedrone injection under USG guidance. At 6 weeks follow up 21 had complete relief of symptoms. 4 had recurrence of symptoms at 3 months when they had another dose of depomedrone und USG guidance. At one year 18 were free of symptoms and the 3 with some recurrence of symptoms did not want any intervention.
Hip arthroscopy is a well-established technique becoming more and more an indispensable tool in institutions specialized in hip diseases. Several surgeons around the world have developed and refined the proper instruments and the surgical technique for this operation. By now, the indications have been well formulated for both diagnostic and interventional purposes.
My personal experience is of 98 hip arthroscopies performed in the last 6 years. Most common preoperative indication has been chronic hip pain after failure of conservative treatment. Other indications or arthroscopic findings have been: labral pathology, hip dysplasia, synovial chondromatosis, initial osteoarthritis, calcium pyrophosphate disease, ligamentum teres damage, chondral damage, post-traumatic loose bodies, avascular necrosis, sepsis, villonodular synovitis.
More recent, indications for hip arthroscopy are staging of avascular necrosis of the femoral head and shaving of polyethylene debris after total hip replacement.
Contraindications to arthroscopy include recent fracture of the pelvis osteoarthritis with osteophytosis, AVN with head collapse.
Hip arthroscopy can facilitate both comprehensive access to and treatment of an evolving series of conditions that affect the hip joint. Purpose of this presentation is to show the surgical technique and present the results obtained. New indications and potential future evolutions are also discussed.
We reviewed 96 consecutive cementless total hip replacements with four different designs; 21 PCA, 25 Harris Galante Porous/Harris Galante I (stem/cup), 25 Profile Porocoat/Tri-Lock Plus (stem/cup) and 25 Profile HA-coated/Tri-Lock Plus (stem/cup). The operations were performed in the period 1984 to 1991. Median follow-up ranged from 12 to 16 years in the four groups. Mean linear wear rates ranged from 0,17 to 0,21 mm/year in the four groups, and there were no statistically significant differences between the groups (p=0,9). Moderate or extensive osteolysis was found in 46 of the 96 included hips. The association between wear and extent of osteolysis was statistically significant (p=0,006). We found poor twelve-year survival of the primary prostheses in all four groups (50–70%), mainly due to revisions because of wear of the polyethylene liner and/or osteolysis. The sparsely documented Profile/Tri-Lock Plus systems did not perform statistically significantly better than the PCA and the HG. The poor long term results with these uncemented total hip arthroplasties illustrate the necessity of regular radiographic evaluation in order to detect osteolysis and liner-failure which both generally are asymptomatic until catastrophic failure appears.
Trochanteric bursitis is initially treated with local anaesthetic and corticosteroid injections but when this fails there are few interventions that relieve the symptoms.
We report a new surgical technique for refractory trochanteric bursitis in 43 patients. Fourteen patients had developed trochanteric bursitis after primary total hip arthroplasty (THA), 6 after revision THA, 17 for no definable reason (idiopathic) and 7 after trauma.
Follow up ranged from six months to 15 years (mean five years). Outcome was measured by pre and post operative Oxford Hip Scores. The mean post operative decreases were 23 points in traumatic cases, 13 in idiopathic and 13 for patients after primary THA. A mean increase of 3 was observed in patients after revision THA.
The operation relieved symptoms in 75%. The outcome depended on aetiology. 100% of traumatic, 88% of idiopathic and 64% after primary THA were successful. All operations after revision THA were unsuccessful.
This is the largest series of a single surgical technique for refractory trochanteric bursitis and the only one to subdivide the outcome by aetiology. Transposition of the gluteal fascia is indicated in patients with idiopathic, traumatic and post primary THA trochanteric bursitis, but not after revision THA.
We would like to present our experience with hip arthroscopy done in a dorsal decubitus traction table with three standart portals. In a period of 24 months we operated 60 hips (55 patients) with a multitude of patologies. There were 30 men and 25 women with a mean age of 33,4 years old. The mean follow-up was 6 months. Labral tears were found in 20 scopes, associated with arthrosis in 4 cases and ligamentus teres tear in 2 cases. We did hip scopes in 10 total joint replacements to evaluate infection ( 5 cases), to treat acute infection ( 2 cases) and to evaluate pain with no apparent etiology (3 cases). Eigth cases were done after a hip dislocation, to evaluate and compare the arthroscopy with CT scans and MRI. In three of these cases we extracted bone fragments from within the joint. We had two cases of gunshot projectiles that were extractes successfully. Three cases were done in acute hip pyoartrosis. We had a 16% complication rate, mainly in the 25 first cases (pudendal nerve apraxia in 4 cases, condral flap tears in 4 cases, broken instrumental in 3 cases, worsening of syntoms in 2 cases, genital aedema in 2 cases, and others in 4 cases). The preliminary results showed an improving in Harris hip score in 57% of the patients. The results are encouraging and we must stress that there is a learning curve that is long, but hip arthroscopy is going to be an important and standart procedure in the very near future for hip surgeons.
The aim of this study was to follow 100 MRI verified acetabular labral tears for four years.
At follow up between all groups of patients no difference regarding any clinical parameter was found. Operations were only necessary if comorbidity (dysplasia or arthrosis) was found. No single radiologic or clinical parameter could predict operation. Nine of thirteen labral surgeries were revised (triple osteotomies or THR). No correlation between severity of labral lesion at first MRI and any parameter at follow up could be found.
Femoroacetabular impingement recently was recognized as cause for osteoarthritis of the hip. There are two mechanism of impingement: (1) cam impingement caused by a non-spherical head, and (2) pincer impingement due to acetabular overcover. We hypothesized that both mechanism result in different articular damage patterns. Of 302 analyzed hips only 26 had an isolated cam and 16 an isolated pincer impingement. Cam impingement caused anterosuperior acetabular cartilage damage with a separation between labrum and cartilage. During flexion the cartilage is sheared off the bone by the non-spherical part of the femoral head. In pincer impingement the cartilage damage was located circumferentially, invovolving only a narrow strip along the acetabular rim. During motion the labrum is crushed between the acetabular rim and the femoral neck causing degeneration and ossification of the labrum.
Cam and pincer impingement are two basic mechanism that lead to osteoarthrosis of the hip. The articular damage pattern differs substantially. Isolated cam or pincer impingement is rare, in most hips a combination is present. Labral damage indicates ongoing impingement and rarely occurs alone.
Complete debridement for synovial chondromatosis of the hip joint is difficult to achieve by standard surgical approaches. The goal of this study was to report preliminary experiences and results for treatment of this disease by a recently developed technique for surgical dislocation of the hip. The technique offers a safe and entire access to the hip joint in order to perform a synovectomy and complete joint debridement. This technique was applied in 8 patients with mean age of 38 years (24–65yrs.). This was done as the initial treatment in 6 patients and for recurrent disease after previous surgery in 2 patients. The mean follow-up was 4.3 years (2–10yrs.). None of the patients had recurrence of synovial chondromatosis. Six of 8 patients showed a good or excellent clinical result without progressive radiographic signs of osteoarthritis (OA). None of the patients developed avascular necrosis. 2 patients underwent total hip joint replacement after 5 and 10 years. One of these two patients had three previous surgeries for recurrence. The other one had the surgical dislocation as initial treatment. Both presented with distinct radiographic signs of OA prior to the index surgery. The technique of surgical dislocation allowed a safe and reliable joint debridement for synovial chondromatosis of the hip. The results indicate that this approach is successful when performed at an early stage without distinct signs of OA.
The purpose of the present report was to compare the early results of a MIS technique and a traditional approach for THA.
A non cemented ABG II THR was used for every patient. The average length of the incision was 8 cm (GR 1) and 19 cm ( GR 2). The average diameter of the cup was 54 (GR1) and 51 (GR 2) and the size of the stem was 4,6 (GR1) and 4 (GR2).
Post op average blood loss in the drains was 335 ml (GR1) and 480 ml (GR2).
The mean hospital and rehabilitation center stay was 19 days ( GR 1) and 26 days (GR2) No infection was observed in the two groups, neither nerve palsy intra operative fracture, non pulmonary embolism. One posterior dislocation was observed in each group.
Lateral abduction angle of the cup on AP radiographs was 44,3° ( GR 1) and 45° ( GR2)
This preliminary study concerns the results of THR using a minimally invasive computer assisted technique: We use the Siguier and Judet procedure. The patient is in supine position and we use an orthopedic table. The skin incision is 6 to 8 cm long and we dont cut any muscle during the approach.
The first 30 cases are studied: The navigation system is scanner free and allows different controls: cup inclination and anteversion, center of rotation, laterality, lengh of the lower limb.
The acetabular implant is a cementless impacted cup and the femoral implant is either cemented or cementless.
The first results are rapported and the technical modifications are descreibed.
A randomized study of 50 patients with CAS and 50 without CAS is now begining to determine if the risk of bad positionning the implants in MIS decreases when we use computer assisted surgery.
MIS techniques in hip arthroplasty above all have the objective to shorten the rehabilitation period by suitable preparation. A modified Watson-Jones approach through the muscle interval between the middle gluteus and the tensor muscle of fascia latae via a 6 – 8 cm anterolateral skin incision provides a good overview to the preparation. The risk of damaging the lateral femoral cutaneous muscle is relatively low when a suitable incision technique is employed. The use of special instruments decisively decreases the risk of preparation errors, extension damage of the skin nerve and misimplantation of prosthesis components. Back-positioning of the patient on the operating table has clear advantages compared to lateral positioning. When the stem is prepared the proximal femur can be brought into the surgery area by re-positioning the leg under the contralateral leg without overstretching the leg which in turn might lead to extension damage of the femoral nerve. When the implant is chosen, short stems provide minimum bone loss and the advantage of a varic access to the bone, which makes the preparation substantially easier and additionally spares the soft parts. Straight stem prostheses may also be implanted using this method, however, here the danger of an extension damage of the femoral nerve is given by the hyperextension of the leg during preparation. A further common minimal invasive approach is ventral access between the tensor muscle of fascia latae and the sartorious muscle. Here in particular with muscular patients the danger of damaging the rectus femoris by post-operative bleeding is given. The skin is incised in alignment with the lateral femoral cutaneous muscle, which is to be displayed imperatively to be spared. For stem preparation an even more disadvantageous hyperextension of the leg is required. The two-incision-technique where the straight stem is implanted by a gluteussnip – comparable with femur nailing – only provides a very bad view at the proximal femur. Here there is a greater risk of an unnoticed bone fissure when cement-free pressfit stems are used. The advantage of this technique lies in minor hyperextension of the leg for preparation.
Minimal invasive hip arthroplasty provides advantages for the patients above all in the early rehabilitation stage. However, the total concept is to be “minimal invasive” and skin incision, sparing of soft parts, choice of prosthesis and duration of surgery are to be considered.
Data collected included a Visual analogue pain score (VAS), analgesic requirement in the immediate postoperative period, activity score and oxford hip score at a minimum of six months follow up.
Radiographs were assessed independently and blinded for technique, assessing implant position and quality of cementation using Barrack and Charnley and DeLee classifications.
There was a statistically significant difference in the scar length between the two groups (p< 0.05).
There were no intra-operative complications in study groups.
The mini exposure in THR is currently a very trendy issue in reconstructive surgery.
23 patients were female and 9 were male, with mean age 64 years (34 – 72 years).
The exposure was posterior; the incision length was at a mean of 8 cm (7 – 10 cm). In 30 cases we used the SYNERGY THR, in 1 case the ZIMMER and in 1 case the DURALOC-SUMIT (DePuy) THR. All cases were without cement.
Special retractors for mini procedures were used in 26 out of the 32 operations, whereas classic retractors were used in the rest.
All the patients were mobilized by the 2nd postoperative day and released from the hospital by the 4–6th day postoperative day. Radiologically there was no case of components malpositioning.
Hip Resurfacing is now an established treatment option for young active patients with osteoarthritis. However, there is slow uptake of hip resurfacing by some surgeons, with concern regarding failure from femoral neck fracture, a small but significant risk. Femoral neck fracture may follow notching of the neck, which occurs upon preparing the femoral head after inserting the femoral head/neck guide-wire. The placement of the femoral head/neck guide-wire is a concern for even experienced surgeons routinely, and in difficult cases of femoral head/neck deformity this is especially so.
For the first time a preliminary series of Durom hip resurfacings, based on the successful Metasul bearing, were implanted using a computer image guidance system. The aim of computer navigation is to optimally place the femoral prosthesis in the correct degree of valgus with good underlying bone coverage, without notching the femoral neck or over-sizing the femoral component. Preoperative CT scanning was not required. A standard posterior approach to the hip was utilised, and a navigation reference frame was applied to the proximal femur. Then using an image intensifier and the computer navigation system, a guide-wire was passed quickly and easily into the femoral head/neck with a navigated drill guide. The femoral head was then prepared safely for the femoral component of the resurfacing, with minimal risk of femoral neck fracture.
Computer navigation systems have an important role to play in hip resurfacing with respect to femoral head/neck preparation, as demonstrated from our preliminary study. This series shows the use of computer navigation in hip resurfacing to be both SAFE and SIMPLE with a quick learning curve. It was shown to be FASTER and MORE ACCURATE in the process of guide-wire placement in the femoral head/neck as compared to conventional jigs. Crucially, femoral neck fractures may even be potentially ELIMINATED using this technique.
In the future, hip resurfacing in conjunction with computer navigation systems may allow;
- SAFER hip resurfacing, with reduced rates of femoral neck fractures - Improved TRAINING to include junior surgeons in hip resurfacing - Surgeons to operate INDEPENDENTLY initially - Surgeons to operate on DIFFICULT cases subsequently - The development of MINIMALLY INVASIVE hip resurfacing - The development of SPECIALIST centres for teaching and difficult cases
Despite the lack of long-term data, the relative absence of complications and the potential benefits justify its continued use. We believe the future is very promising for this procedure.
There were three cases of avascular necrosis, all of which show no signs of further collapse.
The technique of bone transport with a conventional Ilizarov external fixator is the current standard means of dealing with segmental bone defects not amenable to bone grafting. Problems with control of the distraction of regenerate bone frequently compromises treatment resulting in secondary deformity. Accurate docking of the defect bone ends is also complex to manage with the Ilizarov apparatus, corrections being possible in only one plane at a time (serial processing).
The Taylor Spatial external fixator (TSF), (Smith and Nephew, Memphis, Tennessee), is a modified Ilizarov fixator with six telescopic struts that are free to rotate at their connection points to the proximal and distal rings. This combination forms a Stewart Gough platform similar to that used in aircraft simulators. By adjusting only strut lengths, and applying Chasles theorem, one ring can be repositioned with respect to the other. Therefore with the aid of computer software, six axis deformities can be corrected simultaneously (parallel processing). We have used this device over the past 2 years in patients with segmental bone defects of the tibia in a stacked mode of application – a three ring construct with six struts between each pair of rings – to allow simultaneous accurately controlled distraction osteogenesis in one segment and independently controlled closure and compression at the docking site.
We present the results of 19 stacked Taylor Spatial frames in 19 patients treated with bone transport in the tibia. The diagnosis was bone resection for infected non union in fourteen, tumour resection in three and acute non infected bone loss secondary to trauma in two. The average age was 34.9 years, (range 10 to 69). Transport ranged from 4 to 12 cm. We used a distraction rate of 0.75mm/day and a comparable compression rate for closure of the defect. At the distraction site, angulation was controlled to within 1degree in any plane and translation to within 1mm in any direction, including length, allowing perfect alignment of the regenerate in all 19 cases. Regenerate quality was uniformly excellent. Superior control of the docking site compared with the Ilizarov fixator was consistently possible and the union rate was 100%. We observed no major complications of treatment. Minor complications included pin and wire infection and breakage all of which were treatable by simple measures with no long term sequelae.
In summary our experience with the stacked TSF for bone transport has shown it to be a highly reliable tool. We have achieved perfect control of regenerate bone in all axes and improved clinical outcomes for these complex problems.
This study introduces our treatment regime for chronic posttraumatic osteomyelitis of the femur and presents our results.
An average of 11.5 (2–32) operative revisions including intramedullar debridement were performed, additionally 10 patients underwent a mean of 29 (3–81) hyperoxygenotherapy cycles.
Re-Infection after treatment occured in 7 cases, in 2 patients amputation was needed to eradicate infection.
Different conditions may lead to bone loss in bone infections. Septic non-unions, osteomyelitis, septic joint prosthesis are all conditions that may be associated with the need for bone grafts and/or of bone substitutes. The risk of infection recurrence makes, in these cases, particularly challenging the choice of the type of bone implant.
The use of growth factors, eventually associated with autologous or homologous bone grafts or with bone substitutes, may be helpful in restoring the bone stock, allowing to fill large bone defects, once the infection is controlled.
We present the preliminary results in 10 patients in which autologous Platelet Rich Plasma (PRP) has been used to treat large bone defect in two stage hip reconstruction (7 cases) and in previously infected non-unions (3 patients).
At a minimum follow-up of 6 months (maximum 18 months) a significant new bone formation occurred at the site of PRP application in all the cases treated and no signs of infection recurrence are present at the time of writing.
This is the first report on the short-term safety of use of PRP for the treatment of bone loss in previously infected bones in humans. The limited number of patients and the follow-up do not allow at the moment to drive any conclusion regarding the efficacy and safety in the long term, and the use of PRP with this indications should be limited to selected cases.
We recommend that all patients with painful TJRs have inflammatory markers checked as a screening test – if negative then the clinician can be relatively reassured that the implant is not infected. If positive, further investigation should be undertaken. Joint aspiration for microbiology is currently the best available second line investigation.
Infection +ve Infection –ve
Positive White Cell Scan 7 19
Negative White Cell Scan 5 65
The specificity of the WCS is 0.77 and sensitivity is 0.58. The positive predictive value is 0.36, and negative predictive value is 0.92.
The weak points and complications of the classic spacers are eliminated by the construction of an articulated spacer. We did have very good results with the application of a classic spacer and considered the negative properties of the articulated spacer as a foreign matter in the wound. Gradually, the excellent literary results, standardization of the procedure, faster rehabilitation and a significant growth of comfort for the patient convinced us of the fact, that we chose the right way. Therefore we prepared and verified the new implant. In its construction we used the experience from the creation of classic spacers as well as the principle of a drained spacer allowing a drainage of the cavity of the femur. The implant is constructed as a module to be enwrapped by as large amount of the bone cement with an antibiotics as possible. The cup is flat with a diameter of 42 mm, with grooves allowing adhesion of as large a quantity of cement as possible with the articular area for the head of a diameter of 28 mm. For a better stability of the implant, it is constructed as antiluxation one. The implant stem consists of three parts so that a high modularity is secured upon low costs. The body of the stem has a single length and it is furnished in the axis with a drain enabling the use of a flush lavage. For a better modularity, it is possible to fit on the stem body three different lengths of the neck. In 2002 and 2004, the articulated spacer was used to treat 26 patients with a deep infection of a hip joint prosthesis. The treatment of the infection has been successful in all cases. The period of leaving the drained articulated spacer was 12,8 weeks. The result of the Harris hip score when after implantation it reaches on average 94.7 points. The contribution of this method is also supported by an even more average growth of the Harris hip score as opposed to the condition prior to operation, which was 37,5 points. The patients did not feel any pain in between the operations. The only restriction of the quality of life was brought by a recommended necessity of walking with crutches. The technique combines the advantages of a two-stage procedure with flexibility of the reimplanting term and the economic and social profits for the patient.
Two-stage exchange revision is the gold standard in treating an infected total hip arthroplasty. The new emerging gold standard appears to be using an antibiotic impregnated spacer made from polymethylmeta-crylate (PMMA) bone cement between two stages. However, a consensus has not been reached on the antibiotic to use in the cement and its dose. Vancomycin an aminoglycoside is widely used for this purpose in the PMMA cement in doses such as 3 to 9 gr per 40 gr polymer powder. The purpose of this study was to see if Vancomycin is as effective in safer low doses of 1 gr per 40 gr polymer powder.Between 1997 and 2002, twenty-six patients were treated for an infected hip arthroplasty with a two-stage exchange arthroplasty using a Vancomycin impregnated polymethylmetacrylate (PMMA) bone cement spacer. During the first stage all prosthetic material was removed and after debridement, irrigation an articulating spacer was made from PMMA cement (Surgical Simplex, Howmedica, Rutherford, NJ, USA). One gram of Vancomycin HCl (Vancomycin, Eli Lilly, USA) powder was added to each 40 gr polymer powder prior to curing the cement. After the first stage parenteral antibiotics were administered for six weeks. When erythrocyte sedimentation rate and the CRP returned to a normal level, the patient underwent the second stage were a cementless prosthesis was inserted. Intra-operative cultures and frozen sections obtained during the second stage were negative in all patients indicating successful treatment of the infection. Mean follow up after the second stage was 36 (range 24 to 74) months. Two patients had a reinfection after four months. These two patients were infected with gram-negative micro-organisms. This gave us a 92 percent infection eradication rate at 3 years. None of the patients suffered from Vancomycin related side effects.In this study we used a lower dose (1 gr per 40 gr polymer powder) of Vancomycin in the PMMA spacer instead of the commonly used 3 to 9 gr per 40 gr polymer powder. The reason for this was our concerns for nephrotoxicity and allergic reactions frequently associated with use of Vancomycin. Antibiotics are used in cement spacers as a disinfecting agent and sterilizer of dead spaces. As Vancomycin is highly effective when used in PMMA due to its elution dynamics and thermostability we believed it would be effective even in low doses. In all patients the infection appeared to be cured after the first stage. This was demonstrated with negative intraoperative cultures and frozen sections. However, we had two reinfections in patients that initially were infected with gram-negative organism, which Vancomycin is not as effective. Despite this we were able to sterilize the infected hip with a low dose approach in the first stage. Vancomycin is effective in low dose when used in PMMA cement spacers for infected total hip arthroplasties. This approach will decrease potential serious side effects of Vancomycin.
In the group of patients with negative findings in the PET (n=47) in 17 cases (36%) an operative procedure was carried out. The bacteriological findings were negative in 12 cases (70%). St. epidermidis was found in 4 cases with positive bacteriological findings.
The aim of this study is to evaluate the mid-term results of the Genesis Total Knee Prosthesis, one of the first prostheses with asymmetric shape of the tibial component .The arthroplasty was performed on our patients with retention of the posterior cruciate ligament and, in most of the cases, without replacement of the patella. During the period 1992–1999, 90 patients (116 knees) were operated in our clinic: 81 of them were women and 9 were men with an average age of 68 (52–82) years. The primary indication for the operation was osteoarthritis. 84 patients (109 knees) were evaluated clinically and roentgenographically (Knee Society Knee Score) for a mean time of 98.1 (29.6 – 137.7) months after surgery. There were no infections. (Three) Four of the patients had to undergo a second operation . Two of them, eventually, had their patellae replaced (1,5 and 3 years postoperatively) due to persisting pain of the patellofemoral articulation and lateral patellar subluxation .The other two patients had to undergo revision arthroplasty due to wear of the polyethylene component, one at five years and the other at nine years . Moreover, wear of the polyethylene was also observed on another patient, radiographically, six years after the operation. However, the patient seemed to have no symptoms and was, therefore, unwilling to undergo a revision. The clinical results were satisfactory with a Knee Score of 97(74–100) and Function Score 80 (5–100) .The mean range of motion was 113°(85°–135°). There was no evidence of loosening or any radiolucent lines found radiographically .We consider the results of the Genesis Total Knee Arthroplasty satisfactory .The asymmetric shape of the tibial condyles ensures the fitting of the tibial component. With the exception of cases of severe patella damage, replacement of the patella is not required. The presence of any problems in the patellofemoral articulation is usually connected to the maltracking of the patella or to errors in the surgical technique.
33 patients were treated from 1996 to 2002: 8 THA, 5 hip hemiarthroplasties, 20 TKA.
Bacteriology: 24 Staphylococci of which 16 were methycillin-resistant, 7 multi-resistant Gram-negative, 2 Cory-nebacteriae; 7 polymicrobian.
Antibiotic therapy: two simultaneous oral antibiotics, selected according to bacterial sensitivity and intracel-lular effectiveness (rifampin, ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, levofloxacin, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole, fosfomicin, linezolid, doxiciclin), were used on an outpatient basis (between 1st and 2nd surgery, and after 2nd surgery until serological normalization). Patients received intravenous antibiotics and were in-hospital only for one week after surgery.
Surgery: two-stage exchange with 2nd stage delayed until clinical and serological normalization.
Healing of infection: absence of clinical, serological and radiological evidence of infection along all follow-up.
Prospective follow-up: 24-96 months.
Treatment failure: 1 patient (TKA) (3%).
THA: 8/8 infections healed: 1 Girdlestone patient (1st stage of exchange) rejected reimplantation; 7 two-stage exchange (good/excellent objective and subjective result).
Hip hemiarthroplasty: 5/5 infections healed: 3 Girdlestone (1st stage of exchange surgery, 2nd stage rejected because of hemiplegia or Alzheimer); 2 two-stage exchange (good/excellent objective and subjective result).
TKA: 19/20 infections healed: 3 resection-arthroplasty (1st stage of exchange surgery, 2nd stage rejected because of Buerger, cirrhosis or Alzheimer); 17 two-stage exchange (15 good/excellent objective and subjective results, 1 patient needed a debridement 2 months after 2nd surgery because of prolonged aseptic drainage and healed uneventfully, 1 failure described).
Between 1996 and 2003 35 patients have been revised because of culture proven infection of a hip endoprostheses. All hips could be followed with a minimum of 3months and a maximum of 6years.
Total Knee Replacement (TKR) is one of the commonest and successful orthopaedic operations performed in the UK with good long term results. The Natural knee (Sulzer – Centerpulse ) is one of the various types of prostheses available. This implant is unique because of the trochlear notch over the anterior surface of the femoral prosthesis that allows natural tracking of the patella and an asymmetric anatomical tibial component. To our knowledge there are no studies reviewing outcome of Natural Knee Replacement from the UK.
We reviewed 177 consecutive TKRs in 147 patients including 30 bilateral simultaneous or staged procedures using Natural Total Knee prosthesis performed during 1994 to 1998, with a minimum of five years follow up. All these surgeries were performed at a single NHS District General Hospital by different grades of surgeons including consultants and trainees.
12 patients died and 10 were lost to follow up. 155 knees were available for final follow up and evaluation. We carried out an outcome related to patient satisfaction using Oxford Knee questionnaire system. We compared the preoperative and post operative scoring using the questionnaire and found an improvement of the score after the procedure. The average improvement in scores before and after surgery was 30 (20 pre op to 50 post op). Out of 155 knees evaluated, 143 knees (92%) were happy with the results while the rest did not have satisfaction with surgery. Complications included anterior knee pain in 12, DVT in 40 , non fatal pulmonary embolism in 2, wound infection in 3, stiffness in 8 of which 5 needed manipulation under anaesthesia, there were 2 revisions of which one knee was done for infection and one for a loose femoral component.
Our results suggest that the five year follow-up results of this prosthesis are at par with other commonly used knee replacement prostheses in the UK.
One hundred and twenty-nine patients who had had 153 consecutive primary total knee replacements (twenty-four bilateral procedures) between February 1988 and February 1990, with insertion of medial pivot total knee system with cementless femoral and cementless tibial component without replacement of the patella, were enrolled in a prospective study. The average age of the patients at the time of surgery was 67.4 years, the average weight was 78 kg, and the most common diagnosis was osteoarthritis (prevalence, 92.9%). Twenty-six knees had a valgus deformity, ninrty-nine had a varus deformity, and twenty-eight had a normal alignment of 5 to 10 degrees of valgus Six patients had a previous high tibial osteotomy, twenty-one arthroscopic debridment and thirty-two total knee athroplasty at the other knee.
One hundred and ten patients (123 knees) were followed for an adequate interval (mean, 5.1 years; range, 3.8 to 6.8 years). Thirteen patients (fifteen knees) died, and twelve patients (fifteen knees) were lost to follow-up. The mean age of the patients at the time of the index arthroplasty was seventy years (range, twenty-nine to eighty-five years). The patients were evaluated clinically and radiographically, according to the scoring system of the Knee Society, and the results on a self-administered questionnaire were used to evaluate pain, function, satisfaction, and patellofemoral symptoms. A Kaplan-Meier survivorship analysis was performed with a revision operation as the end point. Failure was defined as aseptic loosening as evidenced by progressive radiolucent lines and/or revision due to aseptic loosening or collapse.
The mean functional and clinical scores, according to the system of the Knee Society, were 85 and 93 points, respectively, at the most recent follow-up examination. The result was excellent for 103 knees, good for thirteen, fair for three, and poor for six. One revision operation was necessary because of infection. The over-all rate of patellofemoral symptoms was 6 per cent (seven knees). Non-progressive radiolucent lines were present at the cement-bone interface in 39 per cent (thirty-nine) of the ninety-nine knees that had complete radiographic follow-up. No prosthesis had loosened by the time of the most recent follow-up examination. The rate of survival of the implant was 97 per cent at six years, and the standard error of the mean was 1.6 per cent.
In the present series, total knee arthroplasties with the medial pivot modular knee system resulted in excellent relief of pain, an excellent range of motion, and restoration of function. They were also associated with a low prevalence of patellofemoral problems.
A consecutive series of 139 total knee arthroplasties (109 patients, average age 67 years), using a non-conforming posterior cruciate-retaining prosthesis was followed for 15 years (range, 15.0 to 16.9 years).
Forty-five patients (59 knees) were clinically and radiographically evaluated, 57 (70 knees) had died, five patients (8 knees) were too ill to assess, two patients (2 knees) were considered lost to follow-up. Survivorship analysis was performed using worst case scenario analysis and failure defined as re-operation for any reason.
Connected to an increasing number of TKAs there is an increase of different indications and variety of patients.
Considering this it may be useful to deal with different techniques and implants for individual treatment.
Good and excellent results are documented with cruciate-retaining and -sacrificing systems. One question is whether using a CR-High-Flex-TKA can give additional advantages.
Potential advantages are additional design features based on a reliable knee system as minus size femoral components to support balancing the flexion gap, an extended posterior condyle to avoid early edge contact in flexion, a patella-tendon cutout on articular surfaces to avoid impingement and using highly crosslinked polyethylene to reduce wear.
The discussed potential disadvantages of a CR-System like posterior impingement and potential increase of patello-femoral pressure due to a different roll-back mechanism may be balanced out by alteration of the lateral femoral condyle and using a highly constrained articular surface with anterior and posterior elevation (Launch 2005). Correct patella tracking and balancing is indispensable.
In Ostseeklinik Damp TKA was done in 980 cases in 2003, mainly performed by 5–7 orthopedic surgeons.
From 09.2003 to 09.2004 40 patients with osteoarthritis (Varus:Valgus=80%:20%) received a Nex Gen CR-Flex-TKA (ZIMMER LTD.) in cemented technique without patella-resurfacing.
In 25 cases a femoral minus-component was used.
Average flexion ability increased from 105° pre-operatively to 125° after 1 year.
This is an early trend, currently knee-score-data are not yet ready.
The early results are absolutely comparable to our experience with cruciate sacrificing knee systems, classic and so-called high-flex ones, which are in use in our clinic.
Conclusion is, that a cruciate retaining high flex knee system is a meaningful additional option in TKA.
At 10 years, mean knee score was 174 with range of movement 0–111 degrees. 95.4% of the series has currently been successfully followed up. 9 patients were unable to be contacted and lost to follow up. With revision as an end point, the rate of survival for the prosthesis at 10 years is 99.4%. Assuming worst case scenario for patients lost to follow up, survivorship is 95.4%.
For the femoral axis in the coronal plane, excellent results, i.e. ± 2% off optimum, were found in 95% (G1), 91% (G2), 97% (G3), and 77% (G4). The corresponding results for the femoral axes in the sagittal plane were 81% (G1), 79% (G2), 71% (G3), and 67% (G4). For the tibial axes in both planes the results were similar.
All 5 axes in a perfect alignment at the same time were seen in 65% (G1), 40% (G2), 28% (G3), 22% (G4). In G1 femoral notching was inexistent.
The purpose of this study was to measure the variation of three different lines for femoral rotational alignment to show the possible difference and check the so far used values in manual instrumentation technique.
The software calculated the position of the lines and the 3-dimensional ankle between the lines. Intraoperative snapshots were taken to postoperative data analysis of the numeric data.
In the tibial component, both intramedullar and extramedullar instrumentations have been used for its fiability, but in the femoral component intramedullar guides are more precise than extramedullar ones.
The use of the intramedullar guide for the femoral component is not always possible, because a significant deformity of the femoral shaft or when a intramedullar device has been implanted in the femur.
We have studied the alineation of the components of computer assisted total knee arthroplasties in a group of patients with femoral deformities or implants.
We have studied the alineation of femoral and tibial components with a whole-leg X-ray and Computer Tomography.
In the last years, the development of computer assisted systems has allowed to obtain femoral and tibial cuts referred to the mechanical axes of the bone, without using mechanical guides for the alineation.
In some studies these navigation systems are better than mechanical instruments in terms of alineation of the components in cases without great deformities.
In this study, with some cases with severe femoral shaft deformities or with some intramedullary devices that does not allow the use of intramedullary femoral guides, we think that the indication to use a surgical navigator should be nearly absolute.
Tibial component loosening continues to be the most common mode of TKA failure. A debate persists on the dependence of mobilisation of this component on the equilibrium between mechanical load transfer and counterbalancing bone resistance. The aim of the present work is to study the in-vivo kinematics of TKA and to relate it with the degree of posterior slope with which the tibial component was implanted for two prosthesis designs with congruent polyethylene insert.
Twenty-three patients with osteoarthritis of the knee had TKA using a cemented prosthesis (OPTETRAK, Exactech). A cruciate retaining (CR, 10 knees) or a posterior stabilized (PS, 13 knees) implant was randomly assigned at operation. Standard pre- and post-operative antero-posterior and lateral roentgenograms of the knee were taken. Fluoroscopic analysis was performed after at least 18 and 7 months after surgery for the CR and the PS group, respectively. Patients performed stair ascending, chair rising-sitting and step up-down motor tasks. Articular contacts were assumed as the two points on the medial and lateral femoral prosthetic condyles closest to the tibial component base-plate. The spine-cam distance was calculated as the minimum distance between corresponding surfaces.
Only small differences in the position of the contacts over knee flexion angles were found among the motor tasks and between the two TKA designs. An overall posterior location of the tibio-femoral contact points was found at the medial and lateral compartments over all motor tasks, a little more pronounced for the PS patients. Statistically significant correlation over the three motor tasks analysed was found between posterior position of the tibio-femoral medial contact in maximum knee flexion and the post-operative tibial posterior slope. This is true for the PS and for the aggregated groups. Although no statistically significant, a general trend is observed of higher degree of flexion at which the cam contacts the spine as the post-operative posterior slopes increases: a 35 higher knee flexion angle for a tibial component implanted with a 5 of posterior slope. Generally, even when the correlations were statistically significant the correlation coefficients were always lower than 0.4.
The present work reports combined measurements of post-operative posterior slope and full in-vivo relative motion of the components in both CR and PS TKAs. General trends were found between posterior slope of the tibial component and positions of the tibio-femoral contacts, but a statistically significant correlation was found only for the tibio-femoral medial contact in maximum knee flexion in the PS and in the aggregated. General trends were found between posterior slope of the tibial component and degree of flexion at which the cam starts to be in contact with the spine. The nearly standard antero-posterior translation of the tibio-femoral contacts can be bigger in flatter polyethylene inserts.
Soft tissue balance is known to be an important factor for the success of Total Knee Arthroplasty.Traditional surgical techniques involve soft tissue releases and bony cuts to achieve the correct balance. Evaluation of balance is currently based on subjective intra-operative clinical assessment, or the feel of the knee. More recently, an instrument to objectively measure soft tissue balance following bony cuts has been developed. Soft tissues releases using this instrument may be extensive.
The influence of Posterior Cruciate Ligament (PCL) removal and re-establishment of the posterior condylar recess on flexion and extension gaps width during posterior-stabilized Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) is still controversial. It has been reported that PCL resection lead to a selective increase of the flexion space of 3–4 mm, creating a potential for instability in flexion. Our hypothesis was that these surgical steps will equally increase both gaps. Measurements of the flexion and extension gaps heights were obtained during different surgical phases in 50 consecutive primary posterior-stabilised TKAs using a tensor device and a calibrated torque wrench. There was a slight symmetrical increase in both gaps after PCL release. In extension the width of the gap increased on average 1.3 mm and 1.0 mm in the medial and lateral compartment respectively. The same pattern was observed in flexion, averaging 1.3 mm medially and 1.3 mm laterally. Another increase of the two gaps was observed after the posterior condylar osteophytes were removed and the posterior recess was re-established. The gaps in extension increased, with respect to the baseline value, on average 1.8 mm medially and 1.8 mm laterally, while in flexion the increase averaged 2.0 mm and 2.2 respectively on the medial and lateral side. Again there were no statistical differences between flexion and extension gaps. No independent differences between the flexion and extension gaps were found in any considered surgical phase. PCL removal and re-establishment of posterior condylar recess does not seem to require any additional consideration in gap balancing during posterior-stabilized TKA.
Depending on the type of vastus insertion midvastus approach was used with good results in 8 cases .
For the post-operative evaluation and for the critical comparison of the two groups we’ve considered the following parameters:length of operation,blood loss,ROM(at discharge,at 1 month,at 3 months,at 6 months),functional scores(using the Knee Society Assessment& Function Score),implants position and postoperative pain.In order to evaluate the differences among the two groups over time,we adopted a general linear model for repeated measures with calculation of Huber White robust standard errors to account for intra-patients correlation over time: a 2 sided p-value< 0.0125 was considered significant and Bonferroni correction was applied for post-hoc test.
Minimally invasive arthroplasty surgery has the potential advantage of accelerating recovery. The short-term advantages should not compromise the excellent long-term results that can be obtained with total knee replacement surgery via traditional surgical technique.
A study was performed to ascertain that MIS TKR was safe, especially in one’s early experience. The first 50 MIS surgeries performed by the author via a subv-astus surgical approach through a shorter incision were compared to a matched set of total knees performed with a standard rectus femoris splitting approach with a standard skin incision. No changes were made in anesthesia or rehabilitation protocols to determine the difference as result of the change in surgical technique only. The femoral and tibial bone cuts were performed in a conventional fashion from the front with specially designed smaller instruments. The average skin incision was 12cm in the MIS group and 21cm in the non-MIS group.The average tourniquet time wa 9 minutes longer in the MIS group, but the total surgery time was the same due to a shorter time for wound closure. Range of motion was the same. Pain levels were slightly less for the MIS group for the first 3 days. Rehabilitation was faster for the MIS group in terms of distance walking and advancement to a cane. There were no wound complications, infections or component malposition problems in either group.
MIS total knee replacement appears to be no worse than conventional total knee replacement through a muscle splitting wide skin exposure. The potential short-term advantage of faster rehabilitation and slightly less pain makes it an attactive technique for many total knee patients.
Between April 2000 and December 2002 we performed the minimal invasive medial unicompartmental knee arthroplasty in 36 cases. Our results were evaluated by the HSS knee score. The average follow up time was 24.7 months. We have compared our results to a similar group in age, number and follow up time, who has been operated in the traditional approach.
The accuracy of component implantation is an important factor affecting long term results of unicompartmental knee replacement (UKR), particularly, since overcorrection of the leg axis has been associated with an inferior patients outcome. This problem is aggravated when using a minimally invasive approach with a limited view.
In a prospective study, two groups of 40 UKR each were operated either using a non-image-based navigation system or the conventional technique. Radiographic assessment of postoperative alignment was performed by postoperative long-leg coronal and lateral x-rays.
The results revealed a significant difference between the two groups in favour of navigation with regard to the mechanical axis, as well as the coronal femoral and tibial alignment. In the computer assisted group 38/40 (95%) of UKR were in a range of 4 Degree to 0 degree varus (mechanical axis) compared with 29/40 (72,5%) in the conventional group. There was no significant difference between the groups concerning postoperative range of motion, blood loss and pain score.
The only inconvenience was a lengthening of the operation time (20 min). Due to the limited exposure in minimal invasive unicompartmental TKA the navigation system is helpful in achieving a more precise component orientation. The danger of overcorrection is diminished by real time information about the leg axis at each step during the operation. This improvement could be related to a longer survival rate.
In a society dependent upon the motor car, impaired driving ability is a significant disability which may affect patients with total knee replacement during the postoperative rehabilitation. Recently, there has been much interest in minimally invasive surgery for total knee arthroplasty (TKA). This study evaluated the hypothesis that a minimally invasive technique using a small incision (7 to 10 cm), and a minimal quadriceps muscle splitting without eversion of the patella (MIS approach) would have a beneficial effect on driving reaction time.
15 patients undergoing a primary TKA with the MIS approach were compared with 15 TKAs using a standard approach. An experimental car was used to measure the force and timing of pressure by the foot on accelerator and break pedals. The mean reaction time for normal adults was 0.442 s to go from the accelerator to the brake pedal. This time falls well within the code guideline of 0.7 s. The driving reaction times of the patients with knee arthroplasty were measured at one, two and three months after the operation. The ability to perform an emergency stop was assessed as the time taken to achieve a brake pressure of 100 N after a visual stimulus.The patients have an actual follow-up of 2 years. A clinical and radiological evaluation was performed. Radiographic analysis included evaluation of postoperative alignment variables and progressive radioluciencies.
Over all 27 among the 30 knees have good and excellent objective knee Society Scores and patient satisfaction indices. The patients in the MIS group had a statistically shorter time until they could straight leg raise, used less epidural analgesia, used less overall analgesics and had a more rapid regaining of flexion. Patients with standard approach and technique for total knee replacement recovered sufficient knee function to return to driving at only three months after the operation according to the time and the force necessary to the brake pedal. Patients with mini invasive surgery approach have recovered sufficient knee function to return driving at one month after the operation. There was no significant difference in alignment of implants and in alignment of the knee between the two groups. Three knees had radioluciencies (two with a standard incision and one with a MIS approach).
Using a small incision without patellar eversion does not jeopardize the alignment of the implants and improves postoperative rehabilitation.
Successful total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is dependent on the correct alignment of implanted prostheses. Major clinical problems can be related to poor femoral component positioning, including sagittal plane and rotational malalignment. A prospective randomized study was designed to test whether an optical navigation system for TKA achieved greater implantation precision than a non navigated technique. The primary variable was rotation of the femoral component in the transverse plane measured from post operative radiographs and CT images. Sixty-four patients were included in the study. All patients received the Duracon total knee prosthesis. The patients were randomly divided into two groups; Group C patients underwent conventional TKR without navigation, Group N patients underwent TKR using a computer assisted Knee Navigation System. Analysis revealed that patients in Group N had significantly better rotational alignment and flexion angle of the femoral component than patients in Group C. In addition, superior post operative alignment of the mechanical axis, posterior tibial slope, and rotational alignment was achieved for patients in Group N. The use of a navigation system provides improved alignment accuracy. Specifically, it can help to avoid femoral malrotation and errors in axial alignment.
The choice of graft for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction remains controversial. A systematic review was performed to compare bone-patella tendon-bone and 4-strand hamstring grafts. Medline (1966 onwards), EMBASE (1980 onwards) and the Cochrane database were searched retrieving 6312 possible articles but only 6 studies fulfilled all the inclusion criteria. To be included, the study had to be prospective, randomised or quasi-randomised, comparing 4SHS and central third BPTB autografts, inserted using an arthroscopically assisted technique and have a minimum 2-year follow up for all patients. These studies recruited 526 patients and 475 were followed for at least 2 years with 235 patients receiving a bone-patella tendon-bone graft and 240 receiving a 4-strand hamstring graft. Overall, there was a greater chance of extension loss (p=0.007) and a trend towards increased patellofemoral joint pain (p=0.09) with a patella tendon graft. With a 4-strand hamstring graft there is a greater loss of hamstring power (p=0.008) and a trend towards an increased chance of a pivot shift > 1 (p=0.12). There was no difference between the 2 groups in terms of lachman testing, chance of returning to the same level of sport, clinical knee scores, graft ruptures or other complications.
Press-fit fixation technique in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction has recently gained popularity. The objective of this study was to evaluate the initial fixation strength of human patellar tendon-bone (PTB) grafts with respect to bone-plug length and loading angle by using a femoral press-fit fixation technique.
Fourty-eight human PTB-grafts were obtained from 24 fresh frozen cadavers (mean age 72 years). The specimens were randomly assigned to two experimental groups: One with a 15 mm (n=24) and a second with a 25 mm patellar bone plug (n=24). The grafts were implanted to porcine femora in a press-fit fixation technique. Ultimate failure loads were measured at 10 mm/s at varying loading angles of 0, 30 and 60.
Biomechanical testing showed a significant difference of ultimate failure load comparing 15 mm (mean 236 N) to 25 mm (mean 333 N) bone plugs (p=0.015). In both groups, the fixation strength increased with rising loading angles. While axial graft loading exclusively caused plug dislocation, the predominant mode of failure was tendon rupture at 60 loading angle.
It is concluded that bone plug length and loading angle significantly influence the primary stability of PTB press-fit fixation in ACL reconstruction. Based on these findings, we recommend the use of patellar bone plugs with a minimum of 25 mm in length. If graft harvesting occasionally generates a patellar bone plug measuring 15 mm, restrictive postoperative rehabilitation should be advised.
Ligamentoplasty resorting to autogenous bone-tendon-bone grafts represents an effective long-lasting remedy to the anterior instability of the knee. If this indication has proved effective regarding the stability, the sampling of a piece of the extensor system often brings about a certain morbidity. Various approaches have been advocated concerning the tendinous site: some leave it open, others suture one of the peripheral thirds of the remaining tendon to the other. These various technical choices are likely to alter the morbidity and the patellar level, together with the tissue nature of the site of sampling. The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of the suture of the site of sampling on the patellar level, after a ligament plastic surgery resorting to a bone-tendon-bone graft. To this end, a group of 40 patients whose tendinous site of sampling had been left open was compared to another group of patients whose peripheral thirds of the remaining patellar tendon had been sutured one to the other.
The patellar level was assessed with Caton’s, Black-burne’s and Insall and Salvati’s methods on x-rays first taken before and then 6 months after the operation. To analyse the results, we resorted to the reduced gap method and the Student-Fisher one for the comparison between quantitative and qualitative variables, and to the correlation coefficient method for the comparison between quantitative variables.
The post-operative values of Caton’s, Blackburne’s and Insall and Salvati’s indexes were respectively 1.002, 0.844, and 1.188 for patients whose patellar tendon had been left open, and 1.023, 0.882, and 1.184 for patients whose tendinous edges had been sutured up. The discrepancy between those values had no statistical significance.
Suturing the site of sampling in a bone-tendon-bone ligament plastic surgery has no effect on the patellar level.
The present study was conducted to analyze the specific morphological features of press-fitted quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts that determine primary graft stability in ACL-reconstruction.
Ten quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts were harvested from fresh frozen human cadaveric knees (age 52–82) and fixed to porcine femora in a press-fit technique. Four specimens were prepared for histological analysis of the bone-tendon junction, while a modified technique for tissue-plastination was applied to 6 specimens to investigate the microscopic and microradiographic features of the bone-to-bone interface.
Analysis of the bone-tendon junction revealed a serious damage of the fibrocartilage at the attachment zone according to the impaction of the patellar bone plug with implantation. Microradiographs and microscopy of the plastinated specimens showed that there is a trabecular interaction between the bony interfaces of the graft and the femoral tunnel, representing an early osseous integration with local increase of radiopacity. In consequence, both elevated compressive forces as well as increased frictional resistance seem to contribute to the primary stability of press-fit fixated grafts.
The stability of quadriceps tendon-patellar bone grafts in press-fit technique to a certain degree depends on bone quality, allowing compressive forces to arise at the bone-to-bone interface. Loss of graft stability, however, is caused by disturbance of the integrity of the bone-tendon junction while impacting the patellar bone plug into the femoral tunnel.
For clinical evaluation, we used the IKDC score (1999), and laxity measurement with the KT-1000 arthrometer and stress X-rays.
The mean follow-up was 24 months.
We found no statistical difference between the three groups of graft used for revision. The results are a trend toward less good results, when patients had a meniscec-tomy. Subjectively the result were worse in cases of cartilage lesion. In fact, no patient who had grade IV lesion returned to there previous level activity (pre-operative level activity). The worse results are in the group of failed synthetic ligaments.
There was no clinical difference for the revision, whether we used autograft of patellar tendon, quadriceps tendon or hamstring tendon with an adapted fixation device.
On the other hand, meniscal or cartilage lesion or the use of synthetic grafts are factors of poor clinical outcome.
Results were evaluated with the IKDC form. Furthermore, the time crutches were used, the time needed in order to recover complete ROM and the time lapse from surgery to resuming running and sports activities were evaluated. The results were analysed statistically ( paired Student t test). Mean follow up 75 months.
The time crutches were used (mean 10 days in both groups) and the average time needed for the recovery of complete mobility was 88 days in Group A and 105 days in Group B. 8% of Group A and 3% of Group B did not recover flection completely (< 5). Patients in Group A started running after an average time of 92 days, and in Group B after an average time of 110 days. 87% in Group A and 83% in Group B resumed sports activities after 161 and 179 days respectively. No statistical difference was evidenced in any parameter evaluated. 97% in group A declared that they were satisfied with the day surgery.
Diagnosis by history and clinical tests (Drawers, valgus/Varus stress tests, rotary tests, recurvatum and Lachmann’s).
Investigations:- X-rays and MRI and Diganostic Arthroscopy. MRI
Is not routine. Isolated injuries are excluded from the study.
Surgery performed with in less than 1week of injury. In Chronic cases between 2–3 months Meticulous pre-op and skin Incision plan is necessary. Incisions were long oblique incision in the medial aspect for repair of the Postero medial complex, Medial collateral ligament and medial patellar retinaculae. Single incision techniques for primary ACL reconstruction with bone Patellar tendon bone graft,
Post –OP: Programmed physio protocol upto 3months.
Posterior drawers / were positive for all patients with PCL injury due to the delayed reconstruction.
Average follow-up of 15months
Lysholm knee score average of 84points,Keating’s knee score is average 82 on multiligamentous reconstructions of knee joint.
There is renewed interest in unicondylar knee replacements (UKR) to meet the increasing demand for less invasive surgical procedures for knee arthroplasty. UKR survivorship exceeds 85% at 10 years, with unconstrained (round-on-flat) designs showing significantly better survivorship than conforming designs. However, round-on-flat articulations have the potential for poor wear performance and more conforming, mobile-bearing UKR designs have been advocated. This study evaluates the wear performance of unconstrained UKR polyethylene bearings retrieved at revision knee arthroplasty.
Forty-two UKR with fixed polyethylene tibial bearings were retrieved. Patient age and time in-situ averaged 73 (45–89) years and 7 (1–19) years, respectively. All knees had intact cruciate ligaments at index surgery. Revision reasons included loosening (45%), progressive arthritis (17%), polyethylene wear (17%), instability (5%), and other (17%). Retrospective radiographic review of radiolucent lines and component alignment was completed using Knee Society guidelines. Polyethylene articular damage size (% of articular surface area), location and damage mode incidence were measured using microscopy and digital image analysis.
Damage area was centrally located and averaged 65%+22%. The largest damage areas consisted of abrasion (19%) and scratching (17%). Revision for loosening or wear was significantly correlated with greater damage area (Spearman Correlation, p=0.049). The incidence of scratching, pitting and abrasion each exceeded 70%, including 29 inserts with peripheral abrasive damage consistent with impingement between the polyethylene and extra-articular cement or bone. Anterior damage location and abrasion were significantly correlated with component position (p< 0.001). Concave surface deformation due to femoral component contact was externally rotated (24 inserts), consistent with tibial external rotation relative to the femoral component, neutrally aligned (11 inserts), internally rotated (4 inserts), and indeterminate (3 inserts).
Despite initial tibiofemoral incongruity and concerns of high contact stress, round-on-flat UKR offers a durable knee arthroplasty. The relatively unconstrained tibiofemoral articulations allowed freedom of placement on the resected bone surfaces and a range of tibio-femoral rotation during activity, as demonstrated by the rotated concave surface deformations. Such deformation may reduce polyethylene contact stresses by increasing the tibio-femoral contact area. However, similar to retrieved mobile bearing UKR which show a 63% incidence of impingement, abrasive damage on these fixed bearing UKR has consequences for polyethylene debris generation and the transmission of shear forces to the bone-implant interface. Rigorous attention to conventional and minimally invasive surgical technique, including cement fixation and component position, is needed to reduce the incidence of abrasive polyethylene damage.
Wear was determined by weight loss under normal walking and stair climbing conditions (MTS knee simulator, 5 to 10 million cycles, 1 Hz, maximum load of 2600 N to 3800 N, alpha fraction bovine calf serum). Scorpio CR and PS knees were evaluated using SXL and UHMWPE gamma sterilized to 3 Mrad in nitrogen (gamma-N2). Oxidative challenge was in 5 atmospheres of oxygen at 70 degrees C for 14 days.
Our hypothesis was that the surface finish of the femoral components deteriorated in accordance with the duration of implantation
The mean Ra values were:
Control: Mean-0.0230 mm, SD- 0.00821.
Medial Femoral condyle (0 – 60) = 0.0225 mm, SD – 0.00797
Medial Femoral Condyle (61 – 120) = 0.0244 mm, SD – 0.00532
Lateral Femoral condyle (0 – 60) = 0.0263 mm, SD – 0.00694
Lateral Femoral Condyle (61 – 120) = 0.0253 mm, SD – 0.00758
No statistically significant difference was seen in the mean-Ra of the femoral condyles compared to that of the control (P less than 0.05).
Age, sex, dimension of the mechanical medial proximal tibial angle (mMPTA) and severity of arthrosis in the lateral compartment had no influence on survival rates. The pre-postoperative comparison of radiologically visible signs of arthrosis showed either no or only small progress. The patients who underwent a HTO had an average of 1,9 points on the WOMAC score (global index 0–10) which is a good to very good clinical outcome.
SEM analysis of the surfaces of the metals revealed large deep scratches of the CoCr implants which were aligned in the A-P sliding direction. Barium sulphate particles were seen embedded in the surface of the femoral component. Voids were seen in the surface of the cobalt chrome and particles of silicate polishing powder were seen in these voids. There was also evidence of scratches originating at these voids. By contrast oxidised zirconium, showed small amounts of superficial scratching with an intact surface and no evidence of third body particles.
We have reviewed 183 patients (215 knees) assessing results and indications of High Tibial Osteotomies in medial gonarthrosis.
Healing delay was 55 days for closing and 70 for opening. R.O.M. was 125°.
25 knees are painful.
1/After opening, scoring is 77 and valgus angle is 3°.
2/After closing, scoring is 80 and valgus angle is 5°.
3/Global results: very good: 26%, good: 33%, medium: 28% and poor: 13%.
Clinical results are satisfying in early surgery. Reaxation is good for delaying or managing arthritis.
The average of 5° mechanical valgus at osteotomy seems to be effective.
-Closing wedge for medium varus in younger patients.
H.T.O. allows quite pain-free knees, restores axes and avoids or delays T.K.R.
H.T.O. gives satisfactory results and should be then considered the best choice for early prevention and treatment of varus knee arthritis.
Comparing only the cylindrical subgroup (three missing patients), the DEXA measurements at 2, 3 and 7 years of follow-up were: 0.88, 0.84 and 0.80 g/cm2 under the internal baseplate; 0.79, 0.78 and 0.77 under the external one, and 0.99, 0.96 and 0.99 under the stem.
High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO) is an established treatment for unicompartmental osteoarthritis of the knee with malalignment. The classic procedure for correcting varus deformity is the lateral closed wedge osteotomy of the tibia with osteotomy of the fibula. The disadvantages of this technique are well known. Open wedge osteotomy from the medial sideeliminates the risk of compartment syndrome and peroneal nerve injuries. A new fixation device (TomoFix(tm)) with an adapted surgical technique allows stable fixation of the osteotomy without the need to fill the osteotomy gap with bone grafts. In a prospective study, 92 consecutive cases were treated with this procedure. Bony healing with remodelling of the medial and posterior cortical bone was observed. Full weight-bearing was possible ten weeks after surgery. There were no implant failures. Complications included one delayed union, two revarisations and one deep infection. Keywords: High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO), openwedge osteotomy, TomoFix(tm) plate, medial osteoarthritis, varus knee
The success of a high tibial osteotomy is predicted on proper patient selection, achievement and maintenance of adequate correction and avoidance of complications. It is a successful procedure when the patient’s pain is reduced or eliminated, the knee movement is preserved, and the need for a joint replacement is eliminated or postponed.
475 open wedge procedures using the hemicallotasis technique (HCO) were followed consecutively since a progressive introduction 1993. All patients were followed and compiled in a data base, 307 men, 168 women were included. The indications were arthrosis 439, sequels of fracture 12, correction 12, seqv osteotomy 7, others 5. For the arthritic knees 343 were med gr 1–3 343, med gr 4–5 35, lat arthrosis 37, prearthrosis 4. 32 patients were bilateral operated at one session.
The surgical technique is simple, using a ventral external fixator – the Orthofix T Garche. The technique is in principle extra articular. The patients were followed once/week and complications were compiled. The patient’s perspective of the HCO were evaluated for 58 patients using the KOOS questionare.
Complications as reoperation with reposition of pins 9 cases, septic arthritis 6, non-union 11, early loss of correction 5, nerve palsy 3 (all regress), interrupted treatment 3, DVT 10. For all complications including pin site infection, smoking were the single greatest preoperative risk factor (p< 0.022). 27 patients operated by HCO were converted to a joint replacement. The mean frame time was 99 + 20 days, 94/466 had a frame time > 16 weeks (smoking< 0.001). The patients self asessment were improved during treatment for the KOOS subcategories pain, function, ADL and Quality of life, but during treatment there were no improvement in sport/recreational function.
We found the HCO technique good, surgicallysimple, but there is a need for a close contact between the patient and the treatment team. This technique is probably the best when doing corrections greater than 15 degree. The largest single correction was 33 degree. The risk for septic arthritis using in a principle extra articular technique has to be considered.
In the local group 17 (2.6%) knees have so far been revised in the same period of time. Of these 10 have been for deep infection, 3 for aseptic loosening, 3 for instability, and 1 for soft tissue impingement.
High tibial osteotomy is an efficient treatment for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee; its used for middle aged patients with high activity levels and can delay the need for total arthroplasty.
The results of total knee arthroplasty after failed high tibial osteotomy are controversies; several authors reported inferior outcomes, but others have concluded that tibial osteotomy doesn’t bias following total arthroplasty. The aim of this study was to evaluate the results of failed high tibial osteotomy subsequently converted to total knee arthroplasty and compare the results to group of patients underwere primary arthroplasty; the authors evaluate some of technical problems that a previous high tibial osteotomy can generate, like scar tissue, patellar tendon shortening and changes of proximal tibial anatomy.
At an average of five years follow up, the clinical results of total knee arthroplasty after high tibial osteotomy were similar to those of primary knee prosthesis.
Eleven patients had a lateral closing wedge osteotomy; the medial opening wedge was performed in a case of leg shortening. Mean operation duration was 72 minutes (60–90). The graft was fixed with fibrin glue in all cases, and augmented with stitches or vicryl pins in five cases. Mean defect size was 6.2cm2 (2–12). There were three complications: one DVT, a haemarthrosis and a graft detachment.
Average follow-up was 16 months. MRI scans at three months show oedematous tissue at the defect sites, contrasting with the fluid filled defects seen preoperatively. Scans at one-year show hyaline-like cartilage infill with similar signal characteristics to native hyaline cartilage. Six minute walk test and knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score indicate significantly improved functional capacity at six months and one year.
All patients ultimately benefited from the procedure. The average improvement in knee Society combined knee and function scores was over eighty-five points. The more functional patients experienced the most improvement.
We think osteotendinous allografts, in this particular case whole Extensor Mechanism allografts, could play an essential role before any Knee Arthrodesis.
In the first four cases a whole Extensor Mechanism allograft was implanted, while the next seven cases the allograft was reinforced by means of a Leeds-Keio Dacron band.
On the other hand those later cases, where patellar tendon was reinforced did not show any change over the time (at 18 months mean active extension was maintained to −5 (range 0 to 15)
Between 1989 and 1992 a randomised prospective study was undertaken in which 102 cases adjudged suitable for UKR were allocated to receive either a St Georg Sled UKR or a Kinematic Modular TKR. Both cohorts had a median age of 68 and a similar sex distribution and preoperative knee score. Regular follow up has been maintained. As reported the early results favoured UKR. All cases have now been assessed after a minimum of 10 years using modified WOMAC, Oxford and Bristol Knee Scores (BKS) as well as radiographs.
At 10 years the UKR group had better Oxford and WOMAC scores as well as significantly more excellent results (19:14) and fewer fair and poor results on the BKS. Both groups averaged over 105′ of flexion but 61% of the UKR and only 15% of the TKR group had 120′ or more of flexion.
We reviewed 35 patients who underwent a medial unicondylar knee replacement, with an average follow up of 4 years (for functional assessment). All patents had a weight bearing AP and lateral X rays and were clinically assessed using Hospital for Special surgery score, Bristol Knee Score and SF 36 health assessment form. Five angles were measured on the x-rays to assess the alignment of the tibial and femoral alignment. There was a significant relation between the femoral component varus/valgus angle and three sub scores (fixed flexion contracture, maximum valgus/varus and range of movement) in Bristol Knee scores. The best functional out come correlated with femoral components of 4–8 degrees of valgus.
This difference is significant (p=0,0000).
The cumulative error of implantation ranged from 6- 24 degrees in all 7 planes.
The purpose was to assess the effect of the posterior slope on the long-term outcome of unicompartmental arthroplasty in knees with intact and deficient anterior cruciate ligaments.
We retrospectively reviewed ninety-nine unicompartmental arthroplasties after a mean duration of follow-up of sixteen years (12 to 20 years). At the time of the arthroplasty, the anterior cruciate ligament was considered to be normal in fifty knees, damaged in thirty-one, and absent in eighteen. At the most recent follow-up, we measured the posterior tibial slope and the anterior tibial translation on standing lateral radiographs.
In the group of seventy-seven knees that had not been revised by the time of the most recent follow-up, there was a significant linear relationship between anterior tibial translation (mean, 3.7 mm) and posterior tibial slope (mean, 4.3) (p = 0.01). The mean posterior slope of the tibial implant was significantly less in the group of seventy-seven knees without loosening of the implant than it was in the group of seventeen knees with loosening of the implant (p = 0.03). Five ruptures of the anterior cruciate ligament occurred in knees in which the ligament had been considered to be normal at the time of implantation; the posterior tibial slope in these five knees was greater than 13 degrees. Clinical evaluation revealed normal or nearly normal anteroposterior stability at the time of the most recent follow-up in all sixty-six unrevised knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been present at the time of implantation. Of the eighteen knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty, eleven still had the implant in situ at the time of the most recent follow-up; the mean posterior tibial slope in these 11 knees was less than 5 degrees. Seven knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty were revised. In these 7 knees, the tibial prosthesis was implanted with a posterior slope greater than 8 degrees.
These findings suggest that more than 7 degrees of posterior slope of the tibial implant should be avoided, particularly if the anterior cruciate ligament is absent at the time of implantation. An intact anterior cruciate ligament, even when partly degenerated, was associated with the maintenance of normal anteroposterior stability of the knee for an average of sixteen years following unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.
8 of the patients rated the result excellent or good. 1 had an acceptable result, 1 had a revision.
The purposes of this study were to determine whether it is necessary to obtain MRI of the knee prior to high tibial osteotomy (HTO) and to evaluate usefulness of MRI regarding its contributions on accurate diagnosing and changing possible indications for surgical intervention in patients on way to HTO.
Preoperative MRI of affected knee of 39 patients (23 female, 16 male) who had indication of HTO due to varus gonarthrosis were evaluated based on expected findings, possible findings and unexpected findings. The structural changes in bone (at femoral condyles, tibial platoes and patellae), meniscal abnormalities, ligamentous changes, the joint space width, osteophytes, subcondral cysts, baker cyst and joint effusion were evaluated. As expected, the most common and severe findings were observed at medial compartment in te majority of patients. For medial femoral condyl (MFC), subchondral sclerosis was seen in 22 patients (56.4%), osteonecrosis was seen in 9 patients (23.1%), bone marrow edema was seen in 4 patients (10.3%). Although there were less severe lesions, similar results were observed in the medial tibial plato (MTP) (51.3%, 17.9% and 7.7%, respectively). In the lateral compartments, the severity of lesions were higher than expected. A higher occurence rate of subchondral sclerosis (48.7%) was observed in patellae. Osteophytes were seen frequently in MFC (in all patients, median 3.8 mm). As expected, medial meniscus changes were observed in all patients. As an unexpected finding, periarticular enchondroma was seen in 2 of patients.
MRI is the most appropriate non-invasive method to examine joint structures, including the cartilage, menisci and synovial tissue that can be obtained with arthroscopy which is invasive and more costly tool. MRI appears to be particularly useful for preoperative evaluation of patients in preventation of unnessary meniscal surgical interventions. The finding of 30% lateral compartment changes observed on MRI, as in arthroscopy, is not an obstacle for indication of HTO.
The aim of this study was to investigate occurrence of altered signal intensity in the posterior horn of the medial meniscus and correlate with arthroscopic findings.
Arthroscopy was subsequently performed by senior surgeons aware of the MR findings within 2 weeks of imaging.
Patients were re-assessed clinically and evaluated functionally at a mean follow-up time of 5 months. Radiographic, arthroscopic and clinical results were then correlated and evaluated.
Bone marrow edema is a common cause of pain of the locomotor apparatus. We reviewed 50 patients (28 male, 22 female) with bone marrow edema of the knee. The patients mean age was 56.2 12.8 years. 8 cases were estimated to have an idiopathic BME, 10 posttraumatic and the other 32 ones to be secondary to an activated osteoarthritis or to mechanic stress. Iloprost is a vasoactive prostacyclin analogue. Therapy consisted of a series of five infusions with either 20 or 50g of iloprost given over 6 hours on 5 consecutive days each. Pain at rest as well as under stress were assessed with a semi quantitative scale from before and 4 months after therapy. MRI investigations were done before and repeated 4 months after therapy.
At the clinical follow-up 4 months after therapy, pain level at rest had diminished 84% (p < 0.0001). 70% of patients referred about a reduction, 30% about no change. Pain under stress decreased 57%, (p < 0.0001). 76% of patients showed lower pain under activity, 24% no change from baseline. There was no increase of pain level in any patient. In MRI in 85% a significant reduction of the BME size or complete restitution could be observed, 15% showed no change. Response rate to iloprost infusions came to 100% in idiopathic, 100% in posttraumatic and 66% in secondary BME. A significant reduction of side effects could be reached by lowering the daily dosage from 50 to 20g.
The authors conclude that parenteral application of iloprost might be a viable method in the treatment of BME of different origins.
Cartilaginous and bony sulcus angles. Cartilage thickness in the sulcus and on both condyles. Morphology of the bony and cartilaginous surface contour (flat, convex or concave). Horizontal distance of the bony and cartilaginous sulcus measured from the lateral epicondyle.
Inter and intra observer error was recorded.
The average bony sulcus angle (SA) was 166.9 degrees (141 – 203) whereas the average cartilaginous SA was 184.8 degrees (152 – 222). In 74 of 75 axial images (98.6%) the cartilaginous SA was greater than the bony SA by an average of 17.6 degrees (3 45). The average cartilage thickness in the centre of the trochlea was 3.5 mm (1.4 – 5.2), and the thickness on the lateral and medial condyles were 2.2mm (1.8 3.5) and 1.9mm (0.6 3.3) respectively. In 74 of 75 axial images (98.6%) the cartilaginous contour was different to the osseous contour on subjective assessment. In 58 of 75 images (77.3%) the cartilaginous contour changed the bony morphology from concave to flat or convex, or from flat to convex. In 17 (22.6%) it reduced the concavity. The average horizontal distance of the bony sulcus from the lateral epicondyle was 33.7mm (24 42) and that of the cartilaginous sulcus 31.8mm (23 39).
On the imaging films, four measurements were made. They were patella subluxation, tilt, cartilage thickness and the Tibial Tubercle Trochlear distance (TTD). Patellar subluxation was classified as mild, moderate and severe. We found that a Tibial Tubercle Trochlea distance of 18mm had a specifity of 100% and a sensitivity of 89% for severe maltracking.
Although osteochondral defects (OCD) following trauma, sport or degenerative diseases occur frequently, healing remains an unresolved clinical problem. These defects seem to appear more often in convex surfaces than in concave ones.
In vivo studies have demonstrated the influence of mechanical conditions on osteochondral repair[
To study spontaneous repair, OCD (mm, 1.5mm depth) in 18 minipigs were created. Based on this knowledge, a predictive biphasic finite element model for tissue differentiation was created to simulate osteochondral healing. The model was validated by comparison of simulated healing with histological and histomorphometrical outcomes. Differentiation was regulated by the combination of a mechanical stimulus with a factor for differentiation defined for each tissue. The mechanical conditions arising from different predesigned defect fillings have been evaluated: Grafts with 100% (P1) and 50% (P2) of the native subchondral bone stiffness were analyzed.
The healing pattern was in general qualitatively comparable to the findings of a gross examination of the histological sections. Generally, the pattern appears to be almost independent of the joint curvature. More hyaline cartilage (HC) was formed in the concave model during simulated healing. The maximum percentage of HC during the simulations was smaller and occurred earlier in the one (27 vs. 40%). In vivo 33% of HC was registered in the 12th week[
Until today the more frequent occurrence of OCD at convex joint surfaces reported in the clinical practice has not been related to the local mechanical environment. This study is the first to demonstrate that this may be related to the mechanical stimulus for healing. In fact, during healing simulation HC formation was affected by changes in the joint surface curvature.
A continuity of material properties in the layers under an OCD, which operates as basis for the newly formed cartilage, is important for the development of a tissue with adequate mechanical quality for load transmission. Indeed hyaline cartilage formation occurs earlier when P1 as when P2 was used.
The use of a predictive tissue differentiation model allows a better understanding of the mechanical aspects of healing. Further analysis is however required before such algorithm may be applied in clinical cases. To consider mechanical factors affecting healing, appear to be of importance.
One of the most important factors influencing therapeutical decisions in orthopaedic surgery are long-term results. Although, osteochondritis dissecans (o.c.d.) of the femoral condyles is the most often occurring location little is known about long-term results. Furthermore, it is of interest to see the time course of such patients regarding the development of secondary osteoarthritis. Thus, it was the aim of our study to re-analyse patients suffering from o.c.d. of the femoral condyle which had been operated have been followed up after a medium time-intervall.
Depending on the age (the stage of the growth plate open vs. closed) adolescents exhibited no or slight oa-changes in 83.3% & moderate changes in 16.7%. Severe oa-changes were not detectable. Adults exhibited a distinct higher incidence of oa (no o.-a.: 37.5%/1°: 25%/2°: 12.5% 3°:/12.5%/4°:12.5%). Regarding the surgical technique retrograde technique leaving the cartilage layer intact resulted in distinct better results than those perforating the cartilage layer.
Several new studies have shown, that the defect size plays a major role in the clinical outcome of the different procedures. Thus, it makes sense to measure the size of a cartilage defect before indicating a certain method for biological repair.
In order to proof the reliability and the usefulness of this device, we carried out following study: in each of 6 cadaver-knees we performed 2 full-thickness cartilage defects (MFC and LFC) of different size.
In a first run 3 surgeons had to scope the joint and estimate the defect size with means of a scaled probe-hook. In a second run we performed a measurement of the defect with the Orthopilot™; finally an open measurement after arthrotomy was done to act as reference.
Allogenic blood transfusions are associated with known risks.
The need to establish programmes of blood conservation in knee replacement surgery becomes evident.
We present a retrospective comparative study of 3 blood salvage methods used in TKR: autologous blood donation, cell saver and tranexamico acid.
The purpose of this study is to asses the results of tranexamic acid compared with other used methods.
3 patients cohorts have been done based on the blood saving method used,
Patients and surgical variables were recorded, to confirm the homogeneity of the groups.
Haemoglobin and hematocrit levels in preoperative, early postoperative and late postoperative were collected, as well as blood loss and the number of blood units transfused.
ANOVA statistical analysis was done, showing significative differences in the early postoperative Hb and HTC, 9.4 g/dL −28.1% in autologous group, 9.6g/dL−28.5% in cell saver group and 10.8g/dl−31.4% in the tranexamic acid group.
Total blood loss was 1088.5 mL in the autologous group, 1080mL in the cell saver group and 690.3 mL in the tranexamic acid group, showing significant differences (p.< 0.001).
The autologous group received 1.4 units of blood per patient, compared with 0.6 in the cell saver group and 0.2 in the tranexamic acid group (p< 0.05).
There was no significant change in neuropsychiatric outcome from baseline in these patients at 6 weeks or 6 months. Those patients that experienced cerebral microembolisation did not significantly differ in neuropsychiatric outcome from those that did not.
We evaluated the safety and efficacy of a multimodal approach for prophylaxis of thromboembolism after THA, which includes preoperative autologous blood donation; hypotensive epidural anesthesia; intravenous administration of heparin during surgery, before femoral preparation when the thrombogenesis is maximally activated; expeditious surgery, minimizing femoral vein occlusion and blood loss; pneumatic compression; and early mobilization after surgery. 1946 consecutive, non-selected patients (2016 THAs) who received multimodal thromboembolic prophylaxis were followed prospectively for 3 months. Only patients with history of thrombocytopenia (platelet count < 100.000) or adverse reaction to heparin were excluded. The average age was 65 years (14 to 93), ASA classification was 1 in 14%, 2 in 48%, 3 in 37% and 4 in 1% of patients. There was a history of DVT in 86 patients and PE in 35. After surgery, the patients also received pharmacologic prophylaxis for 6 weeks (aspirin 83%; warfarin 17%). The incidence of asymptomatic DVT assessed by ultrasound in the first 198 consecutive patients was 7.1% (14 of 198). The incidence of clinical DVT in the subsequent 1748 patients was 1.8% (32 of 1748). Symptomatic PE occurred in 0.56% (11 of 1946), none of them fatal. The rate of PE in patients receiving aspirin was 0.49% (8 of 1615) and warfarin 0.9% (3 of 331). There was 1 PE among 95 patients with a prior history of PE or DVT (1%). One morbidly obese patient died of a cardiac arrhythmia confirmed by autopsy. There was only one major bleeding complication: one patient with a history of coagulopathy developed hematuria requiring a bladder flush and five units of blood, with an uneventful recovery. No patients developed epidural hematoma following administration of intraoperative heparin. A multimodal approach to prevent thromboembolic disease, showed results that compare favorably with the literature, and with our historic control of 2592 THRs without intraoperative heparin (PE rate of 1%; 0.04% fatal). This multimodal approach appears safe and efficacious as thromboembolic prophylaxis. Our low rate of PE does not support routine anticoagulation prophylaxis with drugs with a significant risk of bleeding.
There is no general consensus amongst Orthopaedic Surgeons on how best to manage the urinary tract and its complications after lower limb arthroplasty. This prospective audit investigates whether post-operative urinary retention can be predicted pre-operatively using the validated International Prostate Symptom severity score (IPSS).
182 patients undergoing lower limb arthroplasty under spinal anaesthetic were given the IPSS questionnaire to complete pre-operatively and an audit into numbers catheterised post-operatively carried out.
69% of males and 39% of females required catheterisation. Following logistic regression analysis there was 0.85 predicted probability that males over seventy years would require catheterisation. The IPSS score was not useful in predicting retention in either sex at any age.
We propose that all males over seventy years undergoing this type of surgery should be catheterised pre-operatively and all other patients should be catheterised post-operatively with close monitoring of bladder volumes to prevent established urinary retention.
A painful osteoarthritic knee in a young patient presents a therapeutic dilemma. Non-operative modalities, such as physical therapy, modification of activities to limit those that involve impact, and anti-inflammatory medications often provide only limited and temporary benefit. Operative options include arthroscopic debridement, arthrodesis, proximal tibial osteotomy, and uni-compartmental or total knee replacement. Total knee replacement has generally been reserved for patients who are at least sixty years old because of the potential for numerous revision operations in the course of a lifetime.
Mobile bearing total knee arthroplasty systems is emerging as the next wave of development in knee joint prosthetic reconstruction. The mobile bearing allows very high conformity between articulating surfaces on both sides of the polyethylene insert. The forces involved in these highly conforming articulations are very low, well below the theoretical yield point of the polyethylene bearing surface. Because the bearing is mobile, the interface between components and bone is protected from excess shear stress, therefore protecting the fixation.
The main concern of this prospective study was to determine the clinical, radiographic and functional results of Rotaglide mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty in young active patients who were fifty-nine years old or less at time of the arthroplasty. We evaluate medium-long term results and survivorship of 81 patients who have their total knee replacement implanted for at least 3 years in Birmingham Heartlands & Solihull Hospital (UK), using Rotaglide total knee replacement (Corin).
The average follow-up of 7.3 years was reported in this prospective study with range of 3 – 12 years. The average age at the primary operation was 50.7 years with range of 37 – 58 years. The knee scores are satisfactory with an average of 195.6 points using IKSS and 14.6 using OKS. The average postoperatively range of motion was 126.2 with range of 95 – 130 degree. The radiological assessment of the X-ray in AP and lateral views show that both the femoral and tibial components well aligned with no radiolucent lines.
We conclude from this prospective study that Rota-glide mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty in patient 59 years or younger is a reliable procedure with excellent results at medium-long term follow-up, with an estimated survivorship of 98 percent at 12 years.
The choice of the ideal outcome measure to assess total joint replacement remains a complex issue. However, gait analysis provides objective and quantifying evidences of treatment evaluation. Significant methodological advances are currently made in gait analysis laboratories and ambulatory gait devices are now available.
The goal of this study was to provide gait parameters as a new objective method to assess total knee arthroplasty outcome between patients with fixed- and mobile-bearing, using an ambulatory device with minimal sensor configuration.
A cohort group of 53 CR Kinemax plus TKR from the Bristol Knee group was matched for age and sex. They had the same parameters measured.
Joint line: elevation K+ LCS
0–2 mm (16/48) = 33% (26/53) = 49% 2–5 mm (14/48) = 29% (14/53) = 26%> 5 mm (18/48) = 38% (12/53) = 25%
There was no significant difference in the ROM or Oxford Knee Score when the joint line was not elevated versus elevated for each prosthesis. However, there was suggestion that the ROM in LCS might be more sensitive to joint line changes, although this was not significant.
ROM
K+ LCS
Normal joint line 116° 105°
Elevated joint line 108° 101°
We present two patients with swelling of the groin following metal-on-metal total hip replacement without radiological signs of component loosening. MRI in both patients showed a round shaped intrapelvic lesion ventral to the femoral head. During surgery we found cystic structures filled with fluid and necrotic masses. After resection the metal head and insert were changed to a ceramic head and a polyethylene insert.
Although two different kinds of CoCrMo alloy were used in the metal-on-metal THR (Sikomet: low carbon content-Metasul: high carbon content) histopathological analysis in both cases showed typical morphological signs of hypersensetively determined inflammation. Despite the distinct soft tissue reaction bony component integration was unaffected.
In our opinion open resecion of the cystic lesion and changing of the metal-on-metal articulation is the treatment of choice.
As we do not have any reliable testing for clinical use to predict a hypersensitive reaction to metal wear after implantation of metal-on-metal THR this articulation surface should not be used in cases where allergy to metal is suspected.
Patellofemoral problems are probably the most common type of knee complaint in adolescents and adults. Our aim is to evaluate the mid- and long-term functional outcome, as well as to detect factors affecting it in patients who underwent a modified Elmslie-Trillat procedure.
Forty-two patients (49 procedures) were included in this study. Nine were male and the 33 female, with a mean age of 31,3 years (range: 19 to 56). The reason for operation was patellar instability (recurrent subluxation or dislocation) in 13 cases (26,5%), anterior knee pain with malalignment of the extensor mechanism in 17 cases (34,7%) and a combination of both in the remaining 19 cases (38,8%). Patients were followed for a minimum of 18 months and an average of 38,6 months (range: 18 to 130 months).
The functional outcome according to Cox’s criteria was excellent in 14 cases (28,6%), good in 20 cases (40,8%), fair in 9 cases (18,4%) and poor in the remaining 6 cases (12,2%). Patients scored an average of 3,57 (range: 2–8) in their Tegner Activity Scale, while their score in Activities of Daily Living Scale of the Knee Outcome Survey ranged from 43 to 98 (average: 75,8). Result analysis revealed that the functional outcome was better in the subgroup that had the procedure due to patellar instability. Furthermore, the outcome was significantly better in the absence of grade 3 or 4 chondral changes in the patellofemoral joint at the time of operation (t-test: p=0,0362).
Elmslie-Trillat procedure satisfactorily restores patellofemoral stability and offers a very good functional outcome, especially in the absence of significant chondral changes in the patellofemoral joint at the time of operation.
A systematic review was performed to determine the advantages and disadvantages of patellar resurfacing during total knee replacement for osteoarthritis. 3 randomised controlled studies were analysed. These studies recruited 302 knees and 235 knees (78%) were reviewed at least 5 years postoperatively (range 5 to 10 years). Patients undergoing patellar resurfacing received a cemented all polyethylene patella component. A patello-plasty was performed in some of the unresurfaced knees.
For the dichotomous data, odds ratios and 95% confidence intervals were calculated. Each outcome measure tested was assessed for heterogeneity using the Cochran Q test. If significant heterogeneity was present (P< 0.10), data from the studies was not combined. If there was no significant heterogeneity, a combined odds ratio was calculated using a fixed effects model and a Z test was performed to test the overall effect.
Reoperation for patellofemoral problems was significantly more likely in the unresurfaced group (p=0.003). The overall rate for reoperation for a patellofemoral problem was 0.7% in the resurfaced group and 11% in the unresurfaced group. Study data on anterior knee pain could not be analysed together as there was significant heterogeneity. There was no difference between the two groups in terms of revision. This study found no mid- to long-term benefit to leaving the patella unresurfaced.
The functional results are similar or better than those of a total knee replacement. Fourteen patients developed mal-alignment (4%) two of which required distal realignment. There have been no cases of deep infection, fracture, wear or loosening. Twenty seven knees (7%) developed evidence of disease progression, twenty two of which (6%) have required revision to a total knee replacement. Nineteen patients (5%) complained of some persistent anterior knee pain of uncertain cause.
The arthroplasty was performed via an anterior midline incision and medial parapatellar approach. All patients received Leicester Patellofemoral Prosthesis (Corin). One patient had a revision procedure following a failed PFJR performed elsewhere. The age of the patient at the time of operation ranged from 31–68 years (Mean age 50.3 years). The duration of follow-up was 6 months to 88 months (Mean 36 months). The results were evaluated using the Oxford Knee Score.
IB-II 913
Patellar clunk 3.5% 0.3%
Dislocation 0% 0.3%
Fracture 0% 0.3%
Loosening 0% 0%
Clinical results at follow-up (phase-2) did not show any significant difference between the two matched groups in terms of Knee and Function scores (p=0.7). Patellar score showed a higher rate of excellent and good results in the 913 group (88% vs 81%: p=.043). Anterior knee pain was only mild and activity related in 26% of the IB-II and 14% of the 913 (p=.025). In a multivariate regression analysis, radiographic patellar tilt, subluxation, and height, did not correlate with clinical outcomes, whilst bone-implant contact showed a trend towards a higher incidence of pain, particularly when associated with asymmetric patellar resection.
Patellofemoral problems represent a significant source of morbidity following total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Patellofemoral biomechanics and contact stress following TKA depends (among other factors) upon the position of the patella relative to the tibiofemoral joint. Patellar height may be altered either by changes in the tibio-femoral joint level (pseudo patella baja/alta) or by a change in patella tendon length (true patella baja/alta). The purpose of this study is to examine the latter. Two previous studies have described patella tendon shortening following TKA but both have significant limitations and produced differing results.
The aim of this study was to identify the incidence of true patella tendon shortening following TKA for the treatment of osteoarthritis (OA).
All patients undergoing primary TKA for OA in 2001 and 2002 were identified. Cases were excluded if they had rheumatoid arthritis, had undergone previous open knee surgery, suffered a significant post-op complication, or had less than 1 year radiological follow up. Case notes and radiographs of 50 knees in 34 patients were reviewed. The Insall-Salvati ratio was measured on immediate pre-op, initial post-op, and final follow-up lateral knee radiographs. Differences between mean pre and post-op ratios were compared using a paired t-test. There were 19 women and 15 men aged 47 to 84 (mean 70.4) years. The mean pre-op Insall-Salvati ratio was 0.99. The initial post-op ratio was unchanged (p=0.06). After a minimum of 1 year the mean ratio remained 1.0 (p=0.09). In no knee was there a significant change in patella tendon length.
In this study we found no evidence of patella tendon shortening. Two other studies have identified shortening in one third to two thirds of knees. The methodology of these studies is however open to criticism. The patients in neither study are representative of general orthopaedic practice; the surgical technique in one was unorthodox and the radiological measurement method in the other not validated. This work therefore represents the first study of patella tendon length following TKA using a validated radiological index in a representative osteoarthritic population.
In conclusion, TKA in this group of patients with osteoarthritis, employing a standard surgical technique was not associated with postoperative patella tendon shortening or true patella baja.
The purpose of this study was to compare the effect of hydrolysis time on the fixation strengths of biodegradable Inion Trinion screws, Mitek Clearfix screws and 2-0 polydioxanone sutures. Complete peripheral, vertical, longitudinal lesions in adult bovine medial menisci were repaired with either a Trinion screw, a Clearfix screw, or a 2-0 polydioxanone (PDS) vertical suture. The ultimate tensile strength of the repair was then tested immediately or after 6, 9, or 12 weeks of incubation (N=6/group/time) at 37C in a saline solution containing antibiotics, antimycotics, and protease inhibitors. Immediately after implantation, the mean failure strengths of the Trinion screw (5215 N) and 2-0 PDS suture (646 N) were significantly (P< 0.05) higher than the Clearfix screw (2610 N). At six weeks the maximum failure loads were as follows: Trinion 2611 N; Clearfix 2012 N; and 2-0 PDS suture 71 N. By 9 weeks the PDS suture lost all fixation strength. The mean maximum failure loads for the Trinion and Clearfix screws at 9 weeks (189 N and 2614 N) and at 12 weeks (165 N and 1011 N) were not statistically different (P> 0.05). Conclusions: The fixation strengths of the Trinion screw and the 2-0 polydioxanone vertical suture are significantly higher than the holding power of the Clearfix screw at time zero. Thereafter the fixation strengths of the Trinion screw and the polydioxanone suture start decreasing, and at 6 weeks no significant difference exists between the three groups. The holding power of the Trinion screw is statistically equivalent to the holding power of the Clearfix screw after 6, 9 and 12 weeks of hydrolysis.
Ligament stabilizing procedures were done in 46 (54,1%) patients who had ACL deficient knees (18 reconstructions in Group C and 38 in Group F). Only longitudinal lesions in the red/red or red/white zone were repaired. Follow-up averaged 12.3 months with a range from 6 to 25 months. Only longitudinal lesions in the red/red or red/white zone were repaired. Patients were evaluated using clinical examination, the “OAK” knee evaluation scheme and Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Criteria for clinical success included absence of joint line tenderness, swelling and a negative McMurray test.
In this series the posterior types of anterior medial meniscus insertion were the most frequently found (69.5%).
Medial meniscal extrusion was significatively correlated to the presence of a chondral lesion (p = 0.008) and to anterior medial meniscus insertion (p = 0.001). No statistical significant relationship to the rest of parameters studied was encountered. None of the parameters studied were related to lateral meniscus extrusion
For meniscal allograft transplantation, cell viability and metabolic activity are desirable. The various modalities of preserving the menisci described in the literature include, deep freezing, gluteraldehyde, lyophillisation and cryopreservation. Since formalin in low concentrations is a proven and inexpensive method of tissue preservstion, we attempted to analyse the viability of fibrochondrocytes in the meniscal tissue preserved in three different concentrations of formalin. Twenty-four rabbit menisci were assessed, three groups of 6 menisci each were preserved in 0.25%, 1%, 5% formalin for a period of three weeks; fourth group of 6 fresh menisci were used as controls. The uptake of Na235SO4 and LDH (lactate de-hydrogenase) were analysed for indirect evidence of cell viability. Menisci preserved in 0.25% of formaldehyde showed statistically similar Na235SO4 uptake and LDH activity as the controls; reflecting a similarity in the level of cell viability and metabolic activity. The menisci preserved in 1% and 5% formaldehyde solution showed a decreased radioactive uptake as well as LDH activity.
For 20 years, the cultures of cartilage cells have been giving an important hope in the reconstruction by autografts of the cartilage defects. However, the impossibility until recently to obtain a real cartilaginous tissue did not allow a real graft.
The development over 15 years, by the company Bio-Tissue in Freiburg (D) and Dr. Erggelet, has allowed the realization, from an autologous culture, of a real RESISTENT cartilaginous tissue, allowing a real implantation with fixation of the cartilaginous defects.
We have been practicing this technique for 18 months and have now the experience of 10 cases.
The technique consists in taking, under arthroscopy, from the external trochleocondylar junction, 6 to 8 small “rice grains” of cartilage and in cultivating them for 3 to 4 weeks, which allows to obtain 12 cm2 of graft; more important surfaces are obtained if necessary by extending the culture (18, 24, 30 cm2, etc…).
Technically, the not very important defects can be performed under arthroscopy, but as soon as the extent is important we prefer an open-air approach.
The intervention begins with the preparation of the sick zone, removing the remainders of damaged cartilage until the subchondral bone with a special sharp curet, realizing rectilinear edges. A “tracing” of the prepared zone is realized, allowing the precise cut-out of the graft; after testing, the graft is fixed by its 4 corners with Dexon passed through the transosseous tunnels, by special pins, blocked by a series of transosseous knots, flattening the graft against the subchondral bone. The technique is relatively simple and quick (pictures).
Post-operatively, support is suppressed for 1 month, and the flexion is immediatley started on an electric splint in order to avoid adhesions. Careful walking with support is restarted after one month. Swimming is advised after the 6th week. An MRI control is performed after 3 months and after 6 months, which has always allowed us to visualized well the graft, its good thickness, the continuity with the healthy cartilage and its good adaptation to the subchondral bone. Sport can be restarted after 8 months, as well as carrying charges and physical activities.
A biopsy performed 7 months after the implantation, has allowed us to verify that the graft had developed well into HYALIN cartilage (picture).
The clinical results are satisfying with the hindsight that we have, which seems to corroborate the results of the longer series of Erggelet.
This technique, real BIOSURGERY, is particularly satisfying and if the good results are confirmed in the long-term, it will be a real revolution in orthopedic surgery, all the more since its application to other joints than the knee is possible.
Clinical outcomes during the first two postoperative years did not vary according to repair morphology type, though hyaline repair was associated with better clinical outcomes beyond 2 years; At 1 year, good to excellent clinical scores were observed in 29 (78.4%) patients with hyaline-like repair, 23 (76.7%) patients with fibrohyaline repair, and 54 (74.0%) patients with fibrocartilage repair. By years 3 and 4 post-implantation, clinical scores further improved in patients with hyaline-like repair yet declined in those with fibrocartilage and fibrohyaline. The difference was significant at 3 years though not at 4 due to the small number of cases.
In case of multiple grafting level push-in needed a mean force of 31.8 N in the row series, while pushing 3 mm deeper needed a mean of 52.17 N (n=7). In the circle series level push-in needed a mean of 30.44 N, while for pushing 3 mm deeper a mean of 54.33 N force had to be used (n=9).
Since June 2002 15 hip autologous chondrocyte transplantations were arthroscopically performed for both acetabular roof and femoral head chondral defects.
15 Patients affected by chondral defect in the hip joint were treated with autologous chondrocyte transplantation. The mean follow up was 13.8 months (range 16 – 12 months) and the chondral defect was classified as 3rd – 4th degree, according to the Outerbridge’s classification. The defects were located on the acetabular roof in 12 cases, on the femoral head in 2 cases and on booths articular surfaces in 1 case.
9 patients were female and 6 male. The mean age was 40.7 years (from 52 to 22).In all cases the procedure was arthroscopically performed.
A Bioseed C tissue was employed as a scaffold for chondrocytes, cultured in a tridimentional shape.
A group of untreated 15 patients, matched for chondral defect degree, sex distribution and mean age was selected as control.
All the Patients of both groups were pre and post operatively evaluated with the Harris Hip Score (HHS).
Patients treated with hip autologous chondrocyte transplantation significantly improved after surgery (mean pre-op HHS 51.3; mean post-op HHS 85.3) compared with the untreated group (mean pre-op HHS 52.1; mean post-op HHS 64.5). Worst results were obtained in Patients affected by chondral defect located on the femoral head and when the joint space was reduced.
Hip arthroscopy steel represent a new approach for treatment of hip’s disorders. Chondral defects of the hip can be treated with autologous chondrocyte transplantation, performed by hip arthroscopy. This study demonstrates the efficacy of this procedure compared with untreated patients.
Full-thickness chondral defects of weight-bearing articular surfaces of the knee are a difficult condition to treat. Our aim is to evaluate the mid- and long-term functional outcome of the treatment of osteochondral defects of the knee with autologous osteochondral transplantation with the OATS technique.
Thirty-six patients (37 procedures) were included in this study. Twenty-three patients were male and 13 female with a mean age of 31,9 years (range: 18 to 48 years). The cause of the defect was OCD in 10 cases, AVN in 2, lateral patellar maltracking in 7, while in the remaining 17 patients the defect was post-traumatic. The lesion was located on the femoral condyles in 26 cases and the patellofemoral joint in the remaining 11. The average area covered was 2,73cm2 (range: 0,8 to 12cm2) and patients were followed for an average of 36,9 months (range: 18–73 months).
The average score in their Tegner Activity Scale was 3,76 (range: 1–8), while their score in Activities of Daily Living Scale of the Knee Outcome Survey ranged from 18 to 98 with an average of 72,3. Thirty-two out of 37 patients (86,5%) reported improvement of their pre-operative symptoms. All but 5 patients returned to their previous occupation while 18 went back to sports. No correlation was found between patient age at operation, the size or site of the chondral lesion and the functional outcome.
We believe that autologous osteochondral grafting with the OATS technique is a safe and successful treatment option for focal osteochondral defects of the knee. It offers a very satisfactory functional outcome and does not compromise in any way patients’ future options.
Perthes disease in children above 8 years old, generally has a worst prognosis. On this age group it is common that hinge abduction appears in a descentered and uncontained hip, situation that has a difficult solution with the standard surgical procedures. On those cases arthrodiastasis as described, can be a valuable treatment option.
The rationale of arthrodiastasis on Perthes is that it permits to reduce the hip, protect it during the fragmentation stage, and creating a vacuum phenomenon inside the acetabulum it “insufflate” the collapsed plastic head, permitting the reconstruction of a spherical head.
Our actual protocol to treat Perthes disease in a more than 5 years old child, include a transphyseal tunneling made as soon as possible on the necrotic stage and protection of the hip in a abduction-flexion brace. If at any time a hinge hip develops then arthrodiastasis is applied.
The procedure is simple, fast and low traumatic, including the positioning in a traction table, application of a Ilizarov frame with hinges centered on the center of rotation of the head, with the limb in a position of abduction and slight flexion, which permits the reduction and containment of the hip, and then a progressive arthrodiastasis to 1 1.5 cm. The frame was used for 3–5 months and during this period one could assist to the progressive growth of the collapsed femoral head. After arthrodiastasis the hip is protected with an abductionflexion brace for a mean of 8 months.
The Authors present the 5 first cases where this methodology was applied, standing out the good results obtained, without complications, mentioning the faster evolution to reconstruction stage in the cases where transphyseal tunneling was done, permitting a shorter period of arthrodiastasis.
Unicameral bone cyst is a frequent benign lesion of the child’s skeleton of unclear ethopathology and scarce symptoms.Possible complications and limits in the child’s activities necessitate an active approach to management.
Intracystic injection of corticosteroid depot, curettage of the cyst and bone grafting and osteoinduction procedures are three frequently used therapeutic procedures.Having in mind that attitudes regarding initial treatment are still heterogeneous, in period 1992–2001, we have conducted a study aimed at making a comparative analysis of those commonly applied methods of treatment.
The prospective randomised study included 37 patients treated with corticosteroid injections, 32 patients treated with curettage and bone grafting and 31 patients treated with osteoinduction procedure.As osteoinductive material we used mixture of demineralised bone matrix powder and autologous bone marrow.
Results evaluation was based on criteria designed by Neer,Campannaci and Capanna.Mean follow up period was 6,5 years.
In our patients results of initial treatment were good, regardless of the applied method and they do not significantly differ from the results of other authors.No significant difference in treatment outcome was statistically revealed and frequency of recurrence does not vary in relation to applied method.
Mean failure rate was 18%,mean recurrence rate 10% and mean rate of usual complications 17%.
Under conditions of similar efficiacy, it is justified to apply a less invasive method in the initial treatment.
Methods of corticosteroid injection and osteoinduction are advantageous in cysts with physeal and epiphyseal propagation especially in the upper limb. Besides, those methods are characterised by simplicity, safety and short duration of intervention and hospitalisation and short limitation of the child’s activity.In exceptionally large cysts, as well as in cysts localised in the femoral neck and complicated with displaced fracture which requires reposition and osteosynthesis, the advantage is given to curetage and bone grafting.
Traumatic osteonecrosis of the femoral head in adolescents has a poor prognosis due to collapse and degenerative change. We hypothesised that early bisphosphonate treatment to reduce osteoclast activity could allow revascularisation and repair with maintenance of joint congruity.
Nine patients with documented osteonecrosis were treated with intermittent intravenous pamidronate (Aredia, Novartis) commencing within a mean 1 month of diagnosis (range, 5 to 91days). The dosing protocol has evolved over two years with the current dose being 9 mg/kg/year for 18 months. Mean follow up is 19.8 months (range, 13 to 30 months) with all patients followed for more than one year. There were 6 patients, who presented after unstable SCFE. Of these the index procedure had failed in three, requiring multiple early operations. The other three patients had sustained an inter-trochanteric fracture with a pelvic fracture, a traumatic hip dislocation and a femoral neck fracture respectively.
Eight of the patients are painfree. Six have been instructed to fully weight bear, while two can partial weight bear and one is non-weight bearing. Seven of 9 patients do not show significant resorption of the femoral heads at the most recent follow up. Of the two patients with significant resorption, one patient began to resorb after his medication was ceased, so it was recommenced. He has subsequently undergone a realignment procedure. The other patient had resorption of a section of the femoral head, which had not re-vascularised by 18 months, and this was elevated and bone grafted. These two hips are considered functional in the short term as they are currently pain free, but their deformity is expected to bring about early osteoarthritis in adult life.
This early experience lays the foundation for prospective clinical trials of bisphosphonate therapy in adolescents with osteonecrosis. It appears that bisphosphonate treatment protocols for adolescents will need to be prolonged. Our current practice is for a duration of around 18 months with normalisation of uptake on bone scan as the end point for therapy.
The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that definitive surgery (extraperiosteal excision) is required in patients with osteofibrous dysplasia (OFD) due to the risk of recurrence and co-existent adamantinoma
OFD is an unusual childhood condition, which almost exclusively affects the tibia. It is thought to follow a slowly progressive course and to stabilise after skeletal maturity. The possible link with adamantinoma is controversial with some authors believing that they are part of one histological process. This therefore provides difficulty in recommending treatment options
A retrospective review of OFD was conducted. Using the Stanmore Bone Tumour Unit database 22 cases were identified who were initially diagnosed with OFD or were diagnosed on final histology. All cases were tibial except one lesion in the ulna and one in the fibula
Management was diverse depending on the severity of symptoms and the extent of the lesions encountered. Definitive (extraperiosteal) surgery in the majority of our patients was localized excision for small lesions (less than 50% of the bony circumference) and segmental excision followed by reconstructive surgery for more extensive ones. Seven patients had a sharkbite excision and a further seven were treated with fibula autografting. Of the latter group, one required further excision and bone transport due to recurrence of OFD. An additional five underwent bone transport & distraction osteogenesis using the Ilizarov technique and one had a proximal tibial replacement. Nine initially underwent curettage, but eight recurred (recurrence rate 88.9%). No recurrences occurred following localized extraperiosteal excisions and bone transport. There were three confirmed cases of adamantinoma.
In view of the risk of association of OFD with adamantinoma, and to some extent the continuous morbidity of OFD if left untreated, we believe that radical extraperiosteal excision is indicated in most if not all cases of OFD
Don O’Donoghue (1950) described a particular acute injury of the knee in athletes (“also of high school age”) that he described as “an unhappy triad”. It consisted of: 1) rupture of the Medial Collateral Ligament (MCL), 2) damage to the Medial Meniscus (MM) and 3) rupture of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL)
We have reviewed the arthroscopic findings of 34 consecutive knees (ages 12 to 16 years) with complete rupture of the ACL. In 21 cases the injury was acute, and the remaining were chronic of had had more than one traumatic episode at the time of arthroscopy.
Out of the 34 cases, 26 had associated meniscal injuries: 4 MM; 14 Lateral Meniscus (LM) and 8 MM plus LM. Acute ACL injuries were associated mainly with LM damage (MM/LM: 1/5) whereas, in the chronic injuries, there were no such differences (MM/LM: 1/1). Out of the 21 acute LCA injuries there were 17 cases of acute rupture of the MCL.
S-I joint disruptions are high-energy injuries, often resulting in prolonged morbidity with conservative management. Operative management in contrast permits early ambulation and avoids prolonged recumbency.
Ten patients of type C disruptions of S-I Joint were managed by operative stabilization after their haemo-dynamic stabilization. While four of the patients were managed by anterior plate fixation, percutaneous lag screw was used in the remaining six to stabilize the SI joint disruption. Supplementary external fixation was used in four of the patients in addition to percutaneous lag screw. Patients were evaluated using Matta’s criteria based on parameters like pain, walking ability, range of hip movements and radiographic findings. None of the patients complained of pain and normal walking. Good radiological reduction was achieved in all the ten cases, although secondary displacement was seen in one patient of anterior plating.
Plate fixation on anterior aspect of S-I joint provides less protection from vertical instability on account of possibility of axial rotation, as there is space for only one screw on the sacral side of the joint. In contrast percutaneous screw provides adequate stability against vertical displacement, as it is placed at right angle to the direction of displacement. Supplementary external fixation provides additional stability in the horizontal direction and makes it possible to permit early ambulation. Minimal dissection and little blood loss are the other advantages of this procedure over plate fixation. However the procedure is technically demanding due to the presence of vital anatomical structures in the vicinity.
Traumatic dislocation of the hip in children is rare. Large series have shown this injury to be 25 times less common in children than in adults. Only 70 cases of Neglected traumatic dislocation of hip in children has been reported in the English literatures and most of those studies are too small to draw a significant conclusions. We report our experience of treating 20 such cases of neglected traumatic dislocation of hip in children (< 12 years). All had posterior dislocations without any associated fracture. They attended the hospital between 1–52 weeks after injury.Closed reduction under G.A was performed in 12 cases which were less than 3 weeks old while 8 hips(> 3 weeks old) had open reductions following failed reductions with skeletal traction. At 2 years follow-up, a complete range of motion was found in 18 children while the remaining two had 80% of normal hip movement with no significant deformity. All the hips showed varying degree of avascular necrosis, with preservation of joint space on radiographs.
We suggest that attempted closed reduction of under 3 weeks old and open reductions for older dislocations gives satisfactory results. Also an anatomically placed femoral head maintains the stimulus for growth of pelvis and the femur.
There is little data regarding the epidemiology of childhood injury in Ireland. This is difficult to obtain retrospectively. The aim of this study was to prospectively evaluate paediatric trauma referrals to our department, describe their epidemiology, and identify potentially preventable injuries in children. Our unit at the National Childrens Hospital is located in a growing suburban area in South Dublin. Injury surveillance was conducted on orthopaedic referrals by distributing a form to parents of children attending fracture clinics or admitted acutely for surgery. Parents were asked for demographic information, and a brief description of the injury in terms of location, mechanism and circumstance of injury. Diagnosis was completed by the attending doctor and data was transferred to a computerised database. We analyzed data from the 397 referrals in the first month of this study. The mean age of injury was 9.1 years and the male: female ratio was 1.3:1. The peak hour of injury was 7 – 8 pm. Only 33% of injuries occured during the weekend. 62% of injuries were due to falls, usually form the standing position. The most common location for injury was in or about the home (39%), and other notable locations were school (16%) and sportsfield (14%). 61% of falls greater than 1 metre occurred at home, mostly from walls and childrens slides. 20% of injuries occurred while participating in organized sport, including Gaelic football, soccer and hurling. Injuries occuring during unsupervised sport were more likely to need surgery. Domestic ‘bouncing castles’ and trampolines, increasingly popular in our area, were a notable cause of significant trauma to the upper limb. 7% of injuries occurred by falling from a bicycle, but vehicular road traffic accident was an uncommon cause of injury. 263 children had confirmed fractures, other injuries consisting largely of sprains to the ankle, elbow and wrist. Predictably, the bones most commonly fractured were the radius (41%), phalanges (15%) and humerus (11%). 20% of fractures needed operative management, mostly forearm manipulation under anaesthesia. 63% of operative cases were performed outside of normal working hours. Several countries utilise injury surveillance as a means of development and evaluation of injury prevention strategies. In our initial study, basic surveillance has outlined local characteristics of chilhood trauma, and some trends were noted. In particular, we suggest home injuries need further attention in out catchment area.
The need for operative fixation of paediatric femoral fractures is increasingly being recognised in the present decade. The conventional traction and casting method for management of paediatric femoral fractures is giving way for the operative stabilisation of the fracture. We conducted a prospective study on 25 pediatric patients age group 6–14 years with diaphyseal femoral fractures, stabilised with two titanium nails of same size. Titanium nails were inserted through distal metaphyseal area 1 inch above the physis in a retrograde manner. Patients were followed up clinically and radiologically for one year.No patient was lost in the followup. Overall good results were reported with the use of TENs with minimal complications. Hospital time averaged 4.26 days in the series. All the fractures healed with an average time to union of 2.96 weeks. Return to school was early with an average of 7.8 weeks. Shortening was reported in two cases due to angulation at the fracture site. There were no delayed union or infection. The soft tissue discomfort near the knee produced by the nails ends was the most common problem encountered and thence cutting the nail ends closer to the bone is important. 5 nails had to be removed ssssubsequently after the bony union due to this problem. With proper operative technique and aftercare TENs may prove to be an ideal implant for pediatric femoral fracture fixation in the coming times.
Although both types of nail/bone constructs demonstrated similar stiffness results in fresh and healing fractures, steel nails performance was statistically better than Titanium nails in all loading tests (p< 0.05).
The group treated with ESIN procedure 1 patient fell down and bend the C-Nail, which was straightened in situ, and the fracture healed with slight curvature of the femur, which corrected slowly with growth. The forearm fractures did not have any rotational deformity. The recovery period post removal of the ESIN was very short.
The aim of this study was to compare the modern treatments for femoral fractures in children to see if they have any advantages over traditional treatments. The modern treatments are mainly operative with the objective is to get the children mobilising early and to minimise the time spent in hospital. We studied 66 children who had sustained a traumatic femoral shaft fracture, over a six-year period with a minimum follow up of two years. A protocol using early hip spicas for under 5 year olds, flexible intramedullary nails for over 5 year olds, and external fixation for the polytrauma cases was started in 1999. Over a three-year period there were 25 children who sustained a fracture (Early active group). These were prospectively reviewed with a minimum follow up of 24 months. The outcome measures being, length of hospital stay, degree of mal-union, range of movement of the hip and knee, leg length discrepancy, pain and functional restrictions. This modern patient group was compared with all the fractures in the three years prior to the new protocol commencing. This group were treated usually with in patient traction (Traditional group). There were 41 children in this group who had sustained a fracture between 1996 and 1999.
The mean length of hospital stay was 32 nights in the traditional group and 19 nights in the early active group (p less than 0.001). If we exclude the children who were severely injured with multiple injuries the mean stay is 29 nights and 10 nights (p less than 0.001). There was no significant difference in the mal-union rate between the two groups. Very few had pain and at 2 years they all had good clinical and functional results. The only significant complication rate was with the fractures that were treated with an external fixator. These were mainly pin site infections. In our population there has been a 40% reduction in the incidence of femoral fractures over the six-year period for which we have no explanation.
These modern treatments have resulted in a shorter hospital stay that has many advantages for the child and family as well as financial savings.
The purpose of this prospective clinical study was to identify the true incidence, pattern, and location of the injury and nature of fracture following hand injuries in different paediatric age groups attending a hand unit. Three hundred and sixty children (237 boys and 123 girls) under 16 years of age who presented with hand injuries between 1st April 2000 and 30th September 2000 were included in the study. Bony injuries accounted for 65.5% (236 injuries), 33.3% (120 injuries) were soft tissue injuries. The projected annual incidence rate for skeletal injuries was 418/100,000 children/year. Incidence was low in toddlers (34/100,000), more than doubled in pre-school children (73/100,000) and steeply increased to around 20 fold after the 10th year (663/100,000). Girls had a higher incidence of hand injuries among toddlers and pre-school children. Crushing was the most common cause of hand injury (64%) and most injuries were sustained at home (45%). Toddlers sustained soft tissue injuries predominantly (86%) and older children sustained more bony injuries (77%). Sport was the cause of injures commonly in the older children. There was a higher incidence of fracture in little finger (52%) followed by the thumb (23%). The proximal phalanx was the most frequently fractured bone (67%) among the phalanges. Diaphyseal fractures (46%) were more common in the metacarpal and basal fractures (51%) were common in the phalanges. At discharge more than 80% of the patients felt that they were cured or significantly better. This paper highlights the changing pattern and the different varieties of hand injuries in different paediatric age groups.
The aims of this study were i) to see if there is an association between poorly applied plasters and redisplacement of paediatric forearm fractures, and ii) to define reliable radiographic measurements to predict redisplacement of these fractures. The two radiographic measurements which were assessed were Cast Index and Padding Index which are a guide to plaster moulding and padding respectively. The sum of these was termed as the Canterbury Index.
Case records and radiographs of 142 children who underwent a manipulation for a displaced fracture of forearm were studied. Angulation, translation displacement, Cast index and Padding index were measured on radiographs.
Redisplacement was seen in 44 cases (32.3%). The means and 95 % Confidence intervals for cast index and padding index were 0.87 (0.84, 0.90) and 0.42 (0.39, 0.62) in the redisplacement group whereas were 0.71 (0.69, 0.72) and 0.11 (0.09, 0.12) in the group with no redisplacement respectively. Initial displacement, Cast index, Padding index and Canterbury Index were significantly greater in the redisplacement group (p< 0.005). No statistically significant difference was seen for age, fracture location, initial angular deformity and seniority of the surgeon. We suggest that Cast Index > 0.8, Padding Index > 0.3 and Canterbury Index > 1.1 are significant risk factors for redisplacement of conservatively treated paediatric forearm fractures.
The commonest complication (25%) was skiin irritation around the entry site, which invariably resolved after implant removal. Delayed union occurred in 2 femoral and 2 tibial fractures (all healed following bone marrow injection). 2 tibial fractures mal-united and 1 tibial fracture was complicated with compartment syndrome. The average nail removal time was 9 months. The nails could not be removed in 4 cases.
This retrospective study of 196 cases of children’s elbow dislocation had for objectives to check literature’s epidemiological data and to compare the various therapeutic protocols used over a 32 years period.
The average age was 11 years, boys (117) were more frequently affected than girls (79). Both sides were almost equally affected. Most dislocations were posterior or postero-lateral (176). An associated fracture has been found in 104 cases, in 64 cases it was a medial epicondyle’s fracture. Nervous or vascular complications have been found in 8 cases and have immediately been reversed following reduction of the dislocation.
153 patients have been reviewed, 134 patients reported good results, 12 results were average and 7 results were poor. Radiological calcifications have been found in 37 cases (24%). We have shown significant statistical link between the occurrence of elbow stiffness and 2 factors: the carrying out of late kinesitherapy and the appearance of posttraumatic calcifications. We haven’t found any factor favoring the appearance of calcification.
This large series has confirmed the epidemiological data found in literature and allowed us to initiate a simple therapeutic stance combining an early reduction under general anesthesia, the carrying out of an osteosynthesis each time it is necessary and a plastered immobilization of 4 weeks followed by a self rehabilitation.
Certain technical advances, such as flexible intramedullary fixation and bioreabsorbable implants, have further increased enthusiasm for surgical management of pediatric fractures.» (Flynn et al.). In the Paediatric Surgery Department biodegradable pins of solid polydioxanone (PDS) in management of paediatric fractures have been used since April 1986. PDS pins are too soft for the osteosynthesis in fractures with fragments under high tensile pressures. However, we have successfully carried out a large number of internal fixations in children’s elbows. This is based on accurate distribution of PDS pins and careful positioning of periostal sutures and the adjacent disrupted muscles. Our technique, as presented at the 2nd European Congress of Paediatric Surgery in Madrid in 1997, is to fix temporarily the repositioned fractured fragment with Kirschner’s metal wire. Following osteosynthesis with PDS, the protruding K-wire is left in place for seven days until the limb is safely immobilized.
A total of 96 patients were operated. The purpose of the study is to compare osteosynthesis with PDS pins (Group A) with that of metallic K-wire (Group B). Each group consisted of 48 children. General characteristics (age, sex, and fracture types) were statistically the same (P > 0.05). In Group A, with children between 2 and 13 years, or 9.3 on average, 21 children were with the lateral condyle fractures (43.75%), 25 children with medial epicondyle fractures (52.08%), and 2 children with medial condyle fractures (4.16%). In Group B, with children between 2 and 14 years, or 8.7 on average, 26 children were with lateral condyle fractures (54.16%), 19 children with medial epicondyle fractures (39.58%), and 3 with medial condyle fractures (6.25%). The study excludes Milch Type II fractures of medial and lateral condyles. The results have been examined in the follow-up period of one, three, and six months of two different methods according to Flynn’s criteria. After statistical evaluation the differences obtained had no statistical significance (P > 0.05). However, satisfaction score (0 – 10) is significantly higher in Group A than in Group B for both parents and evaluators (P < 0.05). Both treatments exhibit good results with the exception that the use of metal osteosynthetic material requires another operation. If metal wires are used and cut just underneath the skin, protruding with local inflammation may appear. Proper use of PDS pins requires no further operation. This is to the benefit for both the patient and rehabilitation staff.
Normal acetabular development in developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) depends upon early and maintained congruent reduction. Computed tomography is an accepted method for evaluating this and attempts to quantify hip reduction, by various angular and linear measurements, have been reported.
The aim of this study was to assess initial CT scans, following open reduction in the older child with DDH, with comparison of outcome to evaluate prognostic value.
In conclusion, despite the significant differences noted between DDH and normal hips they did not predict acetabular development or persistent acetabular dysplasia.
To establish normal patterns of hip development.
To obtain charts that could be used to detect abnormality earlier.
There are three aspects to this study:
Validation – analysing MRI scans of babies hips prior to post mortem (the gold standard) would verify MRI as a valid tool for such studies. Similarly for a) fetuses in utero b) pre and term babies.
For the initial validation process, parents who had consented to post mortem were asked to consider additionally an MR scan of their neonate’s hips, a total of 30 cases.
Measurements were made, by two independent observers, of the width and depth of the acetabulum and the radius & diameter of the femoral head, volume and area were calculated. Inter-observer variation was assessed.
With the exception of the acetabular width each dimension showed little development until week 20 when the line of growth rose exponentially. The acetabular width showed only a slow rate of growth despite the changes seen in the femoral head. Levels of observer agreement were high (ICCs 95% = 0.98) for all but depth (ICCs 95% = 0.86). The measurements for all dimensions were in line with previous post mortem studies.
The fibrocartilaginous labrum acetabulare enlarges the acetabular socket and contributes to the stability of the femoral head. In DDH the labrum is everted and pushed upward by the femoral head. In the dislocated hip the labrum is often inverted into the acetabular cavity and obstructs anatomic reduction. In the past, excision of the labrum was performed to allow the reduction of the femoral head. The aim of this study was to evaluate the position of the labrum in early detected decentered hips and its role in the early treatment of DDH. During the eleven-year period from 1992–2002, 21,709 neonates (43,418 hips) were examined both by ultrasound and by Ortolanis test to establish the diagnosis of DDH. According to Grafs classification the following hips were present: 298 type D-hips, 252 type IIIa, 4 type IIIb and 20 type IV. Therefore 431 of the patients (356 females and 75 males) showed 574 sonographically unstable hips affected by DDH (1.32%). Due to its echogenic structure, the fibrocartilaginous labrum is clearly visible by ultrasound. In type D, type IIIa, and type IIIb it was always located cranially to the femoral head; in type IV it was located medially to the femoral head. The average age of the children at the time of the diagnosis was 42 33 days (mean value SD). Ortolanis test was positive in 61 hips (10.63%) and negative in the remainder of the hips (89.37%). 21.5 % of the cases were diagnosed within the second week of life, 52.9 % between the third and the eighth week, and 25.5 % after the eighth week. The labrum was not inverted in any of these cases, nor was an open reduction necessary in order to remove it as an obstacle to the closed reduction. Only the ultrasound examination allowed the early diagnosis of the unstable decentered hips. The importance of the labrum decreases when an early diagnosis can be made and an early treatment can be performed.
Of the 492 THA in patients younger than 37 years in the NAR, 101 THA (20.5%) were, according to the surgeon, operated because of developmental dysplasia of hip (DDH). Since 13 of these were bilateral THA, the number of patients were 88. Only 9 of these 88 DDH-patients were, however, reported to have NHI. This is surprisingly few, since their dysplasia should be anticipated to be rather severe. Does this indicate that the hip-screening for new-borns in Norway should be changed?
Two patients had re operation due to poor intra operative reduction which were performed by junior grade surgeon without supervision during out of hours. No fracture had displaced at follow up when compared with the intra operative X-ray when properly reduced and wired. One child had ulnar neuropraxia post operatively One child had superficial infection, which settled with oral antibiotics.
New guidelines proposed:
Patients with no N-V complications can wait till the morning trauma list. All intraoperative X-rays to be reviewed by consultants before discharging home. 3 weeks appointment for wire removal can be set at one week clinic follow up with out X-ray.
Supracondylar fractures of the humerus are the most common type of elbow fractures in children. The unique anatomy of the elbow and the high potential for complications associated with elbow fractures make their treatment difficult. Although the current trend in the literature is to treat them by closed reduction and per-cutenous pinning, open reduction and cross pinning is an alternative treatment especially in the case of technical insufficiencies.
This retrospective study was performed to understand the clinical results after open reduction and cross pin fixation in 205 children (mean age 7.4 years) with completely displaced supracondylar fractures of the distal humerus between 1994 and 2002. The operation was performed within 5 days after the injury. The posterior skin approach was used but bone was reached through both sides of triceps muscle which was kept intact. The results were assessed according to Flynn’s cosmetic and functional criteria after 48 months of mean follow up.
No patient had neurological or circulatory complication. All the fractures healed and none of them had rotation, recurvation or cubitus valgus deformity. Four children had mild cubitus varus deformity. There were 190 (93%) excellent, 15 (7%) good cosmetic outcome and 170 (83%) excellent, 21 (10%) good, 8 (4%) average, 6 (3%) weak functional outcome.
We still prefer open reduction and cross pinning in the management of unstable supracondylar humeral fractures in children. We find it safer and believe this approach avoids unpleasant complications. Also excellent results can be achieved without being exposed to high doses of radiation.
Thirty four patients underwent 34 single entry percutaneous physiodesis (SEPP) of both distal femur and proximal tibia between July 1996 and June 2004. Twenty six patients had attained maturity and the rest continue to be followed up. There were 10 females and 16 males. The mean ages were12.8yrs (range11–14yrs) and 13.8yrs (range11–15) respectively.
All patients underwent at least three assessments of limb length discrepancy(lld) using CT Scannograms. The Mosely’s straight line graph was then used to predict lld and timing of correction. The procedure was performed under image intensifier control using a 6.5mm drill passed through a small incision. The drill was passed in three directions through a single entry . The physis was curetted.
The mean lld at SEPP was 3.36cm(range1.5–5.9cm). The prediction of lld at maturity after SEPP was a mean of 1.4cm(range0.2–2.5cm) and final lld was a mean of 1.38cm (range0.3–2.5cm). The accuracy of prediction was found to have a mean of 0.44cm (range0–0.7cm). One patient (6%) complained of knee pain for about 2 weeks that settled.
The rest had no complications. We feel that this technique is minimally invasive with a cosmetic scar, has a shorter hospital stay, low complications and is reliable for phuseal ablation. This technique aided by the CT scannogram and a Mosely’s straight line graph provides a reliable and effective method in the management of small amounts of lld.
We noted 1 case of iatrogenic ulnar nerve injury, 2 cases of cubitus varus @ 1 year associated with medial column comminution, 2 cases of hypertrophic scar formation and 3 cases of asymptomatic cubitus valgus. No deep infection. 2 superficial infections.
The average shortening was 34.8 mm (8–60), the average maximum deformity in any one plane was 19.8 degree (6–40).
All the patient underwent corrective surgery and lengthening, five patients had Sheffield Ring Fixator, two had Limb Reconstruction System and one had percutaneous osteotomy on Albizzia nail. The patients who underwent SRF and LRS stayed in the frame for an average 258 days (150–435)
The residual leg length discrepancy was 5.5 mm (0–12). There was three grade one complications, three grade two complications, and one patient had grade IV complication following compartment syndrome. Four patients had grade two pin site infection and three patients had grade one.
See if permanent damage of the growth plate after physeal distraction is the rule and Identify factors with influence on the viability of the physis after physeal distraction.
We looked with interest at the 13 cases younger than 10 y.o. since the repercussions of iatrogenic physeal damage would obviously be bigger in this age group. Five out of the 13 showed premature closure and in the remnant eight an open growth plate was observed at follow-up. All patients with open and/or functioning physes after distraction had no local injuries in the growth plate prior to distraction (4 congenital short femora and 4 normal physes). On the contrary, four out of the five cases with prematurely closed physes, had a local physeal damage prior to distraction (3 bony bridges and one non-union), and the remnant was a congenitally short femur. Growth after distraction was difficult to assess in the congenitally short femora but it has been very satisfactory in the 4 cases of previously normal physes (2 benign tumours and 2 femoral shortenings due to hip disorders). In three cases of congenital short femur in pre-teenagers we were able to repeat distraction twice through the same physis, since it had remained open after the first distraction.
Nine patients (the longest defects) were treated by conventional Bone Transport whereas other compression-distraction techniques were used in the remaining. Monolateral frames were used in all cases. All but one of the post-traumatic cases had additional injuries and in four occasions one of the joints adjacent to the defect was involved.
The most frequent complication was pin tract infection (37%), one case needing change of pins. Fracture at the pin site was seen in two cases.
Functional results were closely related to: a. The healing of the defect and b. The existence of injuries to the joints adjacent to the defect.
With a minimum follow-up of 18 months there were 2 poor functional results due to an avascular necrosis of the dome of the talus (talus neck fracture).
The implementation of standards for deformity correction planning of axial deformities and leg length discrepancy in paediatric orthopaedics and posttraumatic cases have improved the results of postoperative alignment and joint orientation. A variety of externally and internally applicable devices have been developed for limb lengthening and deformity correction. One of the most recent developments is the Taylor Spatial Frame Fixator based on a hexapod system and a computer software for deformity correction. But little is published about clinical results using this sophisticated technique and its possible advantages over other traditional unilateral fixators or ring systems. In times of difficulties financing our health care systems, a surgeons choice for a comparatively costly system should be based on qualified data. The aim of the present study was to compare the results of deformity correction and limb lengthening using a Taylor Spatial Frame with those of other ring fixators or unilateral systems.
Between 1996 and 2004, 72 deformity corrections and/or limb lenghtenings have been performed on 52 patients with the unilateral Orthofix system (n=32), the Ilizarov system (n=22) and the TSF device (n=18). Statistical analysis showed a direct correlation between the healing index and the age at operation, as well as between the lengthening distance and the rate of complications. There were no significant differences of the healing index between all three fixators and the number of complications between the Ilizarov and TSF device, but the unilateral Orthofix fixator showed significantly more axial deviations during distraction osteogenesis.
The Taylor Spatial Frame is easier to handle than the Ilizarov fixator but did not show superior results in clinical use.
The average follow up was 25.7 months. For logistic regression analysis the patients were binary coded into two groups: those with a good outcome (BHI< 45 days/cm) and those with a poor outcome (BHI> 45 days/cm). Various factors which may influence the out come were then analysed.
11 patients had foot plate extension, and 5 had cross knee extension for unstable knee. 10 patients had bifocal osteotomy, and 8 patients had spontaneous SLR for femoral lengthening or correction.
The mean bone healing index was 49 days/cm (20–95). The mean maximum correction in any one plane was 150 (3–40), the site of the osteotomy was mainly metaphyseal at an average of 25% of the tibial length.
There were 5 grade II complications, 9 grades I complications and one type III complication. Thirteen patients had grade I pin site infection, three had grade II and 12 had no pin site problems.
A moderately strong relationship was identified between the BHI and a number of variables such as complications, maximum correction and pin site infection grade.
The analysis of the factors which may influence the BHI suggested a correlation between increasing angular correction and poor out come BHI.
We present our data on a cohort of 25 patients who had an arthroscopy of their hip between the ages of 12 and 17 out of over 1100 hip arthroscopies performed.
All patients presented with pain and marked restriction of activities. Either a CT (before MRI was available) or MRI scan was done pre-operatively. 10 patients presented with a history of either Perthes disease, DDH or a defined injury causing their symptoms. In the remaining the onset of symptoms was spontaneous. The intra-operative diagnosis varied: normal (6), labral tear (6), loose bodies (2), debris and/or chondromalacia (8), synovitis (2) and damaged ligamentum teres (1). None of the patients developed a complication. The pre-operative Harris Hip Score ranged from 0 to 40 (mean 21) for pain and 0 to 47 (mean 35) for function. The follow-up ranged from 6 weeks to 9years (mean 3 years). Harris Hip Score at latest follow-up ranged from 10 to 44 (mean 33) for pain and from 31 to 47 (mean 43) for function.
The goals of surgery are to ablate the hypoplastic component and to create a stable and well-aligned thumb with a good pinch-function besides a maximum of mobility. Yet this aim is seldom achieved by simple ablative surgery alone which often results in a residual deformity and loss of function.
The objective of this review is a critical analysis of the used surgical techniques in 113 cases of thumb duplication.
Using the classification proposed by Wassel to grade the thumb duplication the most frequent types were IV with 53 cases (48%), II with 27 cases (24%). Patient age at the time of initial surgery varied from 5 months to 26 years with a mean age of 20 months.
11 patients underwent previous surgery in another institution and had a second surgery at our hospital.
8 Patients underwent only simple ablation, in 88 cases there was an excision combined with reconstruction of collateral ligaments, in 51 cases combined with a tendon transfer or release and reinsertion. Osteotomy of the metacarpal bone or proximal phalanx was performed in 47 cases. 5 patients received a Bilhaut-Cloquet procedure.
The most common complications were joint deviation (n = 12), joint stiffness (n = 2), joint instability (n = 11), nail deformity (n = 5) and scarring (n = 7). The 10 patients who under-went primary surgery at another institution and had to be reoperated are included in this listing.
The type of secondary reconstruction was in 7 cases scar release, in 6 cases a ligament reconstruction, 4 patients received an arthrodesis and 6 patients needed a corrective osteotomy.
Radiologically, none of these 16 cups was loose. However, two of the cups migrated more than 5 mm (e.g. 6 and 8 mm) relative to the initial post-operative X-ray. At review, both patients were symptom free.
The Kaplan-Meier survival rate of the cup with endpoint revision for any reason was 100% at ten years and 80% (95% CI, 62–98%) after 15 years; with endpoint cup revision for aseptic loosening the survival was 100% both at 10 and 15 years.
To review the results of periprosthetic femoral fractures treated using Dall-Miles cable and plates.
Periprosthetic femoral fractures are increasingly common and their treatment is challanging for Orthopaedic surgeons. Dall-Miles cable and palte system is the current impalnt of choice for periprosthetic femoral fractures following hip arthroplasty.
Between January 1999 and December 2001, twenty-two patients with periprosthetic femoral fracture around hip arthroplasty were treated with Dall-Miles system. Thirteen patients required bone grafting (allograft) at time of surgery. The average age of the group was 82 with eighteen females and four men. Thirteen were Vancouver type B2, two type B1, six type C and one type A fracture. All patients were followed up to fracture union. Two patients had fracture of the plate and required further surgery. Two patients had symptomatic loosening even though the fracture had united and underwent revision hip replacement. These four patients were Vancouver type B2. Nine Vancouver B2 patients had fracture union with no need for revision. All other patients had fracture union with no major complications.
The Dall-Miles cable and plate system provides an easy to use implant with satisfactory outcome. The simplicity of the system allows widespread acceptance in these increasingly common fractures. It is particularly useful to obtain bony union in elderly patients not fit enough for a major revision surgery.
We investigated the results of complex acetabular fractures that were treated through the extended triradiate approach between January 1996 and September 2002 in our clinic. Sixty acetabular fractures were treated surgically during this period in total. Twenty-nine complex fractures that were treated through the triradiate approach with a minimum 2 years follow-up included in the study. The mean patient age was 43 years. There were 10 both column, 9 T shaped, 2 anterior column – posterior hemitransverse, 4 transverse with comminuted roof area, 5 posterior wall with comminuted roof area and 1 posterior column posterior wall fractures. Associated injuries were 2 full-thickness chondral injury of the head, one Pipkin type II fracture, 5 posterior and one central dislocation of the ipsilateral femoral head; and in 4 hips acetabular marginal impaction. The average follow-up was 63.2 months. The postoperative reduction was graded as excellent in 72.4 % and imperfect in 6.9 % of the patients. The hips were evaluated functionally according to the modified Postel D’Aubigne score and rated as excellent in 10 patients (34.5 %), good in 14 patients (48.2 %), fair in 3 patients (10.3 %) and poor in 2 patients (6.9 %). There were 2 deep infections (6.9 %), 2 avascular necrosis of the head (6.9 %), and 4 (13.8 %) non-disabling heterotopic ossification. We beleive that triradiate approach provides good visualization for anatomical reduction of the complex acetabular fractures, but the surgeon should be aware of its possible complications.
Periprosthetic fractures present an increasing workload as more hip arthroplasties are performed. They are often challenging to treat due to poor bone stock and patient frailty. We compare the early clinical and radiological results in 2 centres of 24 consecutive periprosthetic hip fractures in 24 patients, using a cannulated interlocked long stemmed titanium alloy femoral component with or without a hydroxyapatite (HA) coating (Cannulok revision prosthesis).
The mean age at the time of operation was 79 years (range 65 to 92.4 years). The average length of follow up was 1.17 years (range 3 months to 5.3 years). All patients receiving a Cannulok revision stem with a minimum follow up of 3 months were included regardless of their primary aetiology and number of previous surgical procedures. Patients were reviewed and scored using the Merle d’Aubigne and Postal Score, Harris Hip Score and the WOMAC index at latest review. Periprosthetic fractures were classified using the Vancouver classification. At latest radiological review we measured subsidence, new bone formation (including presence of callus), osteolysis and radiolucent lines in all areas of the stem.
Of the 24 fractures, 22 healed. In the 14 who had HA coated implants there was a 50% increase in bone. In the non-HA coated stems there was a 36% increase in bone radiologically. The mean Harris hip score was 74 at the latest post-operative review. The mean WOMAC and MDP scores were 48.7 and 7.7 respectively. The mean pain visual analogue score was 1.6 overall and 0 specifically for mid-thigh pain.
We present encouraging early clinical and radiological results of the Cannulok stem system for treatment of complex periprosthetic fractures. This implant provides early fracture stability and subsequent biological bonding with an improvement in bone mass.
This study confirms that the Vancouver classification and the modified algorithm for the management of PPF are a simple,reproducible classification system also for the uncemented treatment modality. Conservative treatment is a valid option in case of a stable implant, while in case of a loose implant surgical intervention is mandatory.
Four patients showed a pseudarthrosis of the ischial or pubic bone. Three patients had persisting pain of the pseudarthrosis and needed another operative procedure. Hypaesthesia in the area of N. cutaneus femoris lateralis occurred in seven cases.
The project aim was to minimize these two major problems by using computer assisted techniques for exact intraoperative virtual 3D planning including a detailed biomechanical analysis (as change of head offset, torsion, leg length etc.).
So without changing the standard operative procedure the method can be of high clinical importance to improve the accuracy of the planning and the consecutive operative realization for a precise fragment positioning and the plate location without penetrating the isthmus of the femoral neck. So it can potentially help to reduce intraoperative complications and the use of the fluoroscope to minimally 4 frames for the whole procedure.
1. Use of OP1: present situation
1.1 Tibial pseudoarthrosis. The work by Friedlander can be considered golden standard about the clinical application. It is a prospective, randomized clinical trial comparing OP-1 with fresh bone autograft. Results of the two techniques are similar under the clinical and radiographical point of view(
1.2 Australian study of 163 patients with amputation risk was done an attempt with OP1 application, before of his commercialisation. In these cases the drug demonstrated to be very efficacious(
1.3 Concerning the fresh fractures, experience is limited to prospective, randomised, multicenter clinical trial. The conclusions are a reduction of consolidation delay and the number of reoperation in the OP1 treated group versus the not treated one(
2. In the I Orthopaedic Clinic of Turin University (UOSD Muscle-Skeletal Traumatology and External Fixation) guide lines for OP1 application are:
2.1 Delayed union of the docking point in pseudoar-throsis of long bones treated with the Ilizarov technique. OP1 is also used if traditional techniques are not suitable for application
2.2 Traditional techniques failure
2.3 First treatment in very difficult cases of limb reconstruction and bone nonunion
3. From 30/09/2002 till 27/09/2004, 19 patients have been treated with OP1. Middle age is 38 years (range 22–65). Before last intervention, middle number of operation is 6,5 (range 3–26) with middle time treatment of 4 years (range 1–31). 12 healed, 5 are under treatment and 2 are failure (osteomyelitis relapse). 10 tibias, 7 femurs, 1 humerus and 1 forearm were treated. The middle time of healing was 4 months (range 2–6).
Healing has been evaluated by clinical and radiographical point of view (handly evaluation of stability, function recuperation and image of bone consolidation). Radiographic images of bone consolidation are not strictly correlated with clinical stability and function recovery.
4. Conclusion:
4.1 The series is strictly observational. However results are satisfying, given the complexity of treated cases. More prospective randomised double blind clinical studies, and drug cost decrease are necessary to extend the indications for OP1 application.
Osteoprotegerin (OPG) is expressed by osteoblasts and functions as a decoy receptor that is able to control and to regulate osteoclastogenesis and therefore to prevent bone resorption.
The objectives of our study were: to investigate OPG serum levels in shaft fractures non-union compared to controls; to assess the use of OPG as a marker for the early identification of fracture non-unions.
Autologous chondrocyte transplantation is technically feasible and biologically relevant to repairing disc damage and retarding disc degeneration in animal models. Prospective clinical trials with open discectomy, cultivation of disc cells and transplantation by a minimally invasive procedure are ongoing (co.don chondro-transplant DISC).
We used the decompressor (Stryker) for percutaneous lumbar discectomy to harvest disc cells for cultivation. A cannula was placed in the degenerated disc. The 1,5mm decompressor was introduced through the cannula. 0,5–1,5 millilitres of disc material was aspirated. In the laboratory the material was cultured using the patients serum. The cells were expandable. The capacity of the cells to produce matrix molecules was proven in vitro.
The percutaneous discectomy of contained discs with signes of early degeneration, the expansion and the transplantation of autologous chondrocytes to the disc might be a possibility of repairing disc damage and retarding disc degeneration.
The main obstacle for tissue engineering is the difficulty in producing structurally and functionally well-organized tissues from in vitro cultured cells. Thus, on one hand the research is focusing towards bioactive three-dimensional materials (scaffolds) able to stimulate specific cellular processes. In fact the problem exists that cells cultured in scaffolds have great difficulty to adhere and proliferate if they don’t recognize bioactive molecules. In this respect biological polymers are used in the preparation of synthetic matrices to be used as tissue engineering scaffolds. On the other hand biological research is focusing on morphological and functional properties of cells seeded onto bioactive materials to evaluate their viability, adherence and proliferation, fundamental steps for successful tissue engineering. Surgical specimens were treated with type Ia collagenase and cultured in FCS/EGF supplemented DMEM. Cellular characterization was carried out on 3rd passage cells. Fibroblasts were seeded on Matri-cell, a substrate rich in basal lamina constituents, or PVA-gelatin sponges. Pulmonar ovine fibroblasts were also employed to set up the experimental procedures of cell seeding on scaffolds and histological methods. Immunocytochemistry was carried out to evaluate the presence of cytokeratin, fibroblast antigen, S-100 protein, TGF-beta1, fibronectin, type I collagen. Cytochemistry allowed to examine the synthesis of glysosoaminoglycans (Alcian blu method) and glycoproteins (PAS reaction). A fibroblast-like morphology and phenotype were found in the human cells isolated and selected from yellow ligaments. An high expression of fibroblast Ag, fibronectin and type I collagen but low TGF-beta1 and no cytokeratin immunoreaction were observed. A different localization of the detected antigens was found in the isolated fibroblasts depending on the type of substrate: a strong immunoreactive network of collagen I fibres was observed around cells grown on Matri-cell compared to the granular immunoprecipitates observed in the cytoplasm of fibroblasts grown on non coated plastic. Fibronectin was detected mainly at the extracellular level in Matri-cell cultured fibroblasts. Fibroblasts seeded on PVA-gelatin are viable and adherents to the substrates. Alcian blue reaction demonstrated the active production of glysosoaminoglycans both in Matri-cell or PVA-gelatin cultured cells, suggesting that these substrates allow extracellular matrix molecule production
The patients were divided into 2 groups according to the technique used in treatment.
Group 1: 23 pts treated by reduction supination / flexion technique, Group 2: 31 pts treated with hyperpronation of the forearm.
Groups where randomized by:
A. Aged
From 14 months to 3 year, Mean: 22.22 months; Group 1; From 9 months to 3, 4 year, Mean: 22.79 months Group 2. P > 0,05
B. Time elapsed from injury to the medical treatment:
From 30 min. to 24 hours, Mean 508.7 min. Group 1 From 30 min. to 20 hours, Mean 368.2 min. Group 2, P > 0,05
C. Sex ratio M/F
13/10 group 1, 15/16 group 2, P > 0,05
D. Side L/R
14/9 group 1, 21/10 group 2 P > 0,05
E. Recurrence 4/23 group 1, 15/31 group 2 P > 0,05
Success of reduction was evaluated by
1/ The period elapsed until the return of function of the arm
2/ Checking the duration of the child crying
3/ Palpatory confirmation of successful reduction by palpable click-clackman.
Patients were followed every 30 sec during the first 5 min, and then every 5 to 30 min.
One patient from the second group was not successfully treated. P > 0.05
2/ Mean time of the period elapsed until the return of arm function was: Group 1 813,9 sec, Group 2 243,4 sec. P < 0.01
3/ Mean time when the child stopped crying was Group 1 408.3 sec, Group 2 223,2 sec. P < 0,01
4/ Palpatory confirmation of successful reduction -clackman was detected in Group 19/23 pts.,Group 30/31pts. P > 0.05
Increased bone turnover and fracture healing is associated with acute spinal cord injuries. Experimental work to date has been confined to animal models. While the benefits in relation to quicker fracture healing are obvious, this excessive bone growth (heterotopic ossification) also causes unwanted side effects, such as decreased movement around joints, joint fusion and renal tract calculi.
This paper evaluates two groups of patients with spinal column fractures – those with neurological compromise and those without, and compares them with a control group with isolated long bone fractures. Serum was taken from these patients at 10 days post injury and was analysed for the known osteogenic cytokines Insulin-like Growth Factor-1 (IGF-1) and Transforming Growth Factor-b1 (TGF-b1) as well as being added to an osteoblast cell culture line to analyse cell proliferation.
The results for the IGF-1 show a higher level in the neurology group compared to the no neurology group (p=0.038). In the TGF-B1 assay, the neurology group has a lower level than the other two groups (p< 0.0001 and p=0.002 respectively). However, when this group is subdivided into patients with complete and incomplete neurology, it can be seen that the levels of the complete group are elevated, although not significantly so (p=0.228).
All three groups stimulated markedly increased osteoblast cell proliferation versus a control group (p=0.086, p=0.005 and p=0.002 respectively). However, the neurology group is significantly lower than the other two groups (p=0.007 and p=0.001 respectively). Furthermore the complete group causes a lower proliferation rate than the incomplete group (p=0.539).
In conclusion, at 10 days post injury when the acute inflammatory reaction is subsiding and new bone is being laid down, patients with acute spinal cord injuries have increased bone turnover. This increase is being indirectly mediated by IGF-1, and more elevated levels with more severe neurological compromise suggest a contributory role of TGF-b1. Direct stimulation of osteoblasts does not appear to have any role to play in this accelerated bone healing.
A significantly higher proportion of patients that had percutaneous procedures were able to return to work within 2 weeks in comparison to open procedures (p-=0.03). There were 4 cases of wound complication that occurred only in patients with open surgery.
We propose a grading system for contrast free MRI images of tennis elbow and evaluate the inter and intra observer variability of their interpretation.
Our proposed grading system of 1 to 5 based on the pattern around the common extensor tendon was used.
Images of the symptomatic and contralateral non symptomatic elbows were graded blindly twice with an interval of 1 month by each surgeon.
Each surgeon graded 176 MRI images twice.
The grades were subsequently grouped into (I) grades 1 to 2 and (II) grades 3 to 5
The inter observer agreement between consultant A and B was 82.46%, between A and C 67.1% and between B and C 80.1%.
It was also noted that there were systematic differences to the inter observer variability. Consultant A graded the images 3 to 5 on both occasions 52.9% of the time, consultant B graded 3 to 5 on both occasions 37.8% of the time and consultant C graded 3 to 5 on both occasions 23.3% of the time.
The purpose of the study was to define the anatomy of the distal biceps tendon and it’s attachment to the proximal radius (bicipital tuberosity). Distal ruptures of the biceps tendon are not uncommon. Surgical treatment needs an understanding of the precise anatomy of the distal biceps tendon and it’s insertion; of which there are no reports in the literature.
Eighty cadaver elbows were dissected. Six were damaged, hence they were excluded from the study. The skin over the cadaver elbows was removed. The distal biceps tendon was dissected and followed to it’s insertion on to the bicipital tuberosity. Measurements of tendon dimensions were taken at the elbow joint and at it’s insertion.
The whole distal biceps tendon twists in a predictable manner. The tendon fibres too change orientation. The tendon inserts on the posterior margin of the bicipital tuberosity in a thin C-shaped manner. All the biceps insertions had a significantly large bursa associated with it.
Both the biceps tendon and it’s intra-tendinous fibres twist. This has biomechanical implications. The dimensions of the biceps tendon at the elbow and at it’s insertion affect the biomechanics. The insertion into bone in a thin C shaped fashion has connotations on methods of repair.
In 14 cases the operations were indicated in reason of spontaneous skin necrosis or defects. These operations were: amputation with or without flap in 3 cases, wound revision in 6 cases, wound revision and flap in 5 cases (including skin transplantation in 3 of these patients).
Seven of 14 patients in the group with spontaneous skin necrosis healed uneventfully after operation. Two patients had consecutive wound infections that caused a longer healing period of 5 months; another patient also had a longer healing period but his wounds healed shortly after he quit smoking. Four patients had necrosis/infections, which required additional surgery.
We developed a comprehensive assessment set for the evaluation of subjective elbow function and objective clinical findings and investigate long-term results after implantation of GSB III Elbow arthroplasties in a first study. The PREE-G was cross-culturally adapted, following the recommendations of the American Association of Orthopedic Surgeons.
Cases were identified from theatre and implant records. 61 implants in 53 patients were identified. Complication and revision rates were established from case sheets. Of this group 19 patients had died, leaving 40 implants in 34 patients suitable for review. Case notes were analysed. Patients were contacted by post and were requested to fill out a DASH form. 30 patients (34 implants) responded; 2 declined to be involved leaving 31 implants in 28 patients to analyse, 78% of those available.
Rotator cuff arthropathy is characterised by pain and loss of function. Surgical management of the condition is difficult and controversial.
We have conducted a direct comparison between two shoulder replacement systems with different design rationales specifically recommended for the management of rotator cuff arthropathy.
15 patients who had previously undergone bipolar shoulder replacements (BIOMET) were matched for sex and age with patients who underwent DELTA reverse geometry shoulder replacements (DEPUY). All patients in this study were over 70 years old and had rotator cuff arthropathy with pain as their primary complaint and with a maximum active elevation of their arm of 50°. Patients were assessed clinically and radiologically, preoperatively in the 12 months after surgery.
All patients benefited from surgery with regard to pain relief, but the improvement as measured on the visual analogue scale was greater in those with the reverse geometry group (p< 0.05). Active range of movements was only marginally improved in the bipolar group. However there was a marked improvement in the reverse geometry group with 14 out of 15 patients able to actively elevate their arm about shoulder height. This was a highly statistically significant finding (p< 0.01).
This case comparison study strongly supports the reverse geometry design rationale over the bipolar design for the management of rotator cuff arthropathy in the elderly.
Inverse shoulder prosthesis systems are available to compensate for irreparable dysfunction of the rotator cuff. The aim of this study is to evaluate the results after one-stage exchange operations of shoulder implants using the Delta Prosthesis and compare these with the preoperative status.
84 one-stage prosthesis exchanges were evaluated in this prospective analysis 0.5 to 4 years postoperatively. Symptoms of pain and functional results were recorded in a specially compiled follow-up questionnaire and also classified according the Constant and Murley shoulder score.
The mean age of the patients was 65.6 years (49–78 years). The current exchange operation was performed due to impingement caused by cranial migration of the implant head, cranio-ventral dislocation, periprosthetic infection, implant loosening and postoperative ankylosis of the shoulder joint. After the exchage operation with reimplantation of a Delta Prosthesis all patients had complete relief of pain or experienced tolerable pain. The function of the shoulder was markedly improved in all cases. The Constant and Murley shoulder score increased form the preoperative average of 29 to 58 points. The overall complication rate was 13.1%.
One-stage exchange of shoulder prostheses using inverse implants is a technically demanding, but standardised procedure for treating instability, dislocation, limited range of motion, loosening and infection in appropriate cases. The reliable reduction or complete elimination of pain has resulted in a high degree of satisfaction among patients. The final functional result is almost fully achieved as soon as three months postoperatively.
Subjective data included SF-36, DASH, Simple shoulder test; active and passive ROM, muscles strength etc. represented objective data. A rigorous statistical analysis was performed.
The authors believe that better knowledge of correlation between outcome and technical aspects in shoulder replacement could be important to define surgical practice criteria.
Patients with primary arthrosis (n=44) and patients with posttraumatic arthrosis (n=39) had no functional deficits compared to the normal population in contrast to patients with RA (n=17). They showed significantly functional deficits (p< 0.001) in the DASH score as well as in the physical sum scale of the SF-36 (p=0.008). The majority of glenoids showed an incomplete lyses around one dowel (grade I in 70%). Less than 2% showed grade III or IV.
Over the long term, the results of the insertion of a Grammont inverted shoulder prothesis are unknown. The present study reports survivorship curves and the role of the initial aetiology in patients re-examined after 5 to 10 years.
At the time of follow-up, 18 patients had died and 2 could not be traced. The remaining patients (57 representing 60 prostheses) were seen by an independent examiner. The minimum follow-up was 5 years. The average follow-up was 69,6 months.
Kaplan-Meir survivorship curves for the 60 prostheses were established in order to show the probability of failure as defined by: revision of the prothesis, glenoid loosening, and a functional level< 30 points according to the Constant score.
- for non revision of the prosthesis at 10 years: 91% overall; after 9 years: 95% for MCTA, and 77 % for the others aetiologies. This difference was statistically significant (p<
0,01) ; 6 implants were revised: 3 for MCTA and 3 for other aetiologies. - for non glenoid loosening at 10 years: 84 % overall ; after 7 years: 91% for MCTA and 77% for other aetiologies. This difference was statistically significant (p<
0,05). In addition to the cases of replaced implants mentioned above there was a case of glenoid loosening after 8 years follow-up in a patient aged 92. -for Constant score <
30 at 10 years: 58 % overall. The punctual survivorship rate was significantly different in function of the aetiology, at 6 years ; but this was no longer the case after 7 years.
According to revision of the prosthesis, there is a clear rupture in the survivorship curve about 3 years after insertion in aetiologies other than MCTA. This suggests that Grammont inverted total shoulder arthroplasty is not appropriate in these aetiologies (particularly in cases of rheumatoid arthritis). According to Constant score <
30, there is a clear rupture in the survivorship curve about 7 years after insertion specially in MCTA cases. This suggests that inverted protheses should be used only in cases with severe handicap and only in patients aged over 75.
In a cadaveric study, the anterior shoulder capsule indicated the presence of the middle (MGHL) and inferior (IGHL) glenohumeral ligament by displaying folds. These folds became more prominent in adduction (AD) and internal rotation (IR), whereas they were smoothed out upon abduction (AB) and external rotation (ER).
The present study was set up to determine whether this folding-unfolding mechanism (FUM) is influenced by the type of shoulder pathology.
300 consecutive shoulder arthroscopies were evaluated. 68 were done for instability, 21 for frozen shoulder and 221 for various pathologies in stable shoulders of which 100 for rotator cuff tears.
Stable shoulders: The anterior band (AB) of the IGHL was marked by a prominent fold in IR and 30°AD. In full ER and 45°AB the fold was completely smoothed out. The MGHL was smooth in full ER and 15°AB.
Frozen shoulders: The anterior capsule was smooth without visible folds in any degree of rotation, limited by the adhesive capsulitis. Releasing the capsule from the glenoid rim did not change this appearance.
Unstable shoulders: In 17 shoulders with anterosuperior instability (SLAP and RCI lesions), the FUM of the anterior capsule had the same appearance as in stable shoulders. In 51 shoulders with anteroinferior instability, the MGHL and ABIGHL still formed prominent folds in IR. Full ER, increased up to 90° in some patients, did not result in smoothing of the folds, not even with up to 90°AB. After repair of the labroligamentous lesion and associated capsular shift, the FUM reappeared at 45°AB and ER that was reduced to 45°.
These observations suggest that smoothing of the anteroinferior capsule at a maximum of 45°ER and 45°AB could be used as an indication of normal tension in the MGHL and IGHL. When the FUM does not occur within this range, these ligaments are probably insufficient, be it torn or stretched. During capsular shift, esp electrothermal, a reappearing FUM could be used to evaluate achievement of adequate capsular tension. When no folds at all are visible, even with full IR, this indicates a very tight capsule and likely a frozen shoulder, esp when rotation is decreased.
Group 1: 37 shoulders operated on between 1991 and 1995 with flat back, polyethylene glenoid implants cemented after curettage of the keel slot.
Group 2: 35 shoulders operated on between 1997 and 1999 with the same glenoid implants cemented after cancellous bone compaction of the keel slot.
At least 3 of the following 4 fluoroscopically positioned, postoperative AP radiographs were analyzed: immediate postoperative, between the 3rd and 6th months, at one year and at two years postoperative. The immediate and the two year radiograph were required for study inclusion. The radiolucent line score (RLLS) was calculated using the technique of Molé, involving the summation of radiolucencies in each of six specified zones. The RLLS was compared between the two groups.
Clinical experience has shown that estimating a 30 angle in space is definitely not easy even with the help of diverse goniometers.
The measures were made by taking into account of the humerus axis, the plan of condyles and angle of inclination of the collar, given by the angle of cutting. Three barycentres of the three humeral sections have determined the humeral axis. The condylar axis is determined from the 2 barycentres of the digitalized points on the anterior articular condylar surfaces. These 2 axis determine the frontal plane on which a reference mark R(x, y, z) is attached with Z lined up with the humeral shaft and X lined up on the condyles. Different angles could then be determined.
In the sagittal plan (perpendicular in the humeral axis), the retroversion angles of the prosthesis and the angle of cutting are calculated.
The patients were divided in two groups: In the first group with 31 patients we performed a capsule-labrum refixation with Fastak-anchors. In the second group (27 patients), we performed additionally a capsular shrinkage of the antero-inferior capsule with the Hol-Yag-laser.
The re-examination was done in a postoperative time of 6, 12 and 24 months.
Operation-conditioned complications did not occur. 3 postoperativ reluxations were seen in each group. 22 patients of the group 1 and 19 patients of the group 2 indicated to be content with the postoperative result. The Constant Score rose in the group 1 from 46 (37–59) praeoperativ to 88 (67–100) postOP. In the group 2 the Constant Score of 42 (33–61) rose to 86 (64–100) postOP.
The anatomical reconstruction of the capsule-labrum-complex seems to be the crucial component in the arthroscopic stabilisation regarding to the postoperative results.
Scapular instability is a disabling deformity that results in pain and influences the overall upper limb function ; for which scapular stabilization may be necessary.
The technique used for fusion was plate and wires in 6, Rush pin and wires in 2. All of them had bone grafting .
At the last follow up the mean DASH score was 37 and the mean constant score was 74.67.
All patients had mild or no pain,felt their scapula stable and were satisfied with the outcome. The main post operative complaint was wire breakage and migration that necessitated removal in 3 patients.
We conclude that scapulothoracic fusion is a valuable procedure and can restore reasonable shoulder function and relieve pain in patients with scapular instability.
One patient experienced a vasovagal episode during the distension arthrogram.
Neer reconstruction remains a gold-standard operation.
Standard rehabilitation regime is early mobilization to prevent the development of stiffness of the shoulder. However, an aggressive early rehabilitation may lead to non-healing of the greater tuberosity.
Shoulder replacement has increased exponentially over the past decades due to good results reported in literature and improvement of surgical technique and devices efficacy. Previous studies suggested the effectiveness of shoulder replacement in fractures, assessing objective parameters as range of motion and radiographic images and evaluating the of postoperative complications and subsequent revision; pain relief, physical function level and health related quality of life (QoL) improvement were often left out. A prospective study was conducted on 21 patients surgically treated with shoulder emiarthroplasty for proximal humeral fractures (18 women and 3 men, mean age at follow-up 70 years – range: 57–82). The purpose of the present study is to collect the patient-relevant outcomes in a homogeneous sample (for surgeon, surgery, implant, inclusion-exclusion criteria, neurological status) of patients who underwent shoulder replacement for proximal humeral fractures. Preoperatively patients were evaluated through x-rays (trauma series), Ct-scans were performed when necessary for surgical decision. Postoperatively, two independent examiners examined all patients clinically and radiographically. For patient-oriented standardized measure SF-36, DASH (Disability of Arm, Shoulder and Hand questionnaire), ASES (American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeon), OSQ (Oxford Shoulder Questionnaire) and SST (simple Shoulder test) were chosen. Outcomes of our series were statistically compared with literature data and widely analyzed. This kind of data are unavailable in literature and could represent the first step towards the definition of outcome for this kind of procedure.
Different techniques are available but many surgeons have recently expressed a preference for retrograde nailing. We present our results with new generation retrograde self-locking nail.
Proximal locking, in this device, is obtained by the angled protrusion of a wire from the nail proximal extremity. Experimental tests in the lab have confirmed the excellent torsion stability of this mechanism.
Distally, the EXP nail has two little wings shaped to sit on the medial and lateral columns of the olecranic fossa and to thus provide an effective rotational and traction control.
We treated 67 traumatic fracture, 15 pathological fractures, 10 impending fracture and 20 a non-unions. 10 patients in this series were obese.
Union was obtained in all the 67 primary fractures and stability was secured for all the impending and pathological cases. All but 1 non-union healed after an average of 2.6 months. In 2 patients of the primary fractures and in 3 patients of the non-union group we had a delayed union. The 3 non-union patients healed after 5, 7 and 9 months respectively. Overall 9 of the 10 obese patients healed. No patients suffered shoulder pain. In 8 cases a reduction of less than 10 degrees of elbow extension was detected. Forty-five nails have been removed so far after an average of 11 months after nailing. No major problems in nail removal have been encountered.
The FIXION® IM HUMERUS nail is inserted without reaming and no interlocking screws are required, thus reducing x-ray exposure both of operating room staff and patients as well as reducing operation time.
The FIXION® IL HUMERUS included the option for proximal interlocking screws and is designed for proximal or distal humeral fractures.
As complications we also saw 3 non unions with the FIXION® IM HUMERUS, no infections or radial nerve injuries and no adverse events after the revision of the non unions to a FIXION® IL HUMERUS.
The outcome scores at 3 and 12 months showed no statistically significant difference for either the Constant score or the Oxford score with regards to cuff integrity. Analysis of these scores showed no correlation between presence or absence of a full thickness cuff tear and shoulder function
A trend towards lesser degrees of improvement in the outcome scores was noted with increasing age. The degree of improvement in the outcome scores was not affected by sex, limb dominance or fracture type (Neer’s classification).
Constant Score correlates with greater tuberosity position at any difference of THL less than 2 cm.
The axillary nerve injuries most commonly are observed after trauma such as contusion-stretch, gunshot wound, laceration and iatrogenic injuries. Two of the most commons causes seem to be the glenohumeral dislocation and the proximal humerus fractures. The axillary nerve may sustain a simple contusion, or its terminal elements may be avulsed from the deltoid muscle. Compressive neuropathy in the quadrilateral space also has been reported (quadrilateral space syndrome, Calhill and Palmer, 1983). The axillary nerve injuries incidence represents less than 1% of all nerve injuries.
Patients were operated between 3 to 6 months after trauma and an anterior deltopectoral approach was usually followed during surgery. The follow up period ranged from 1 to 8 years.
The median consolidation time was 5.73 months with nail and 4.92 months in plate.
The complication rate was 21.4% with nail and 20.0% in plate.
Focus deformation is lesser with nail than plate in anterior bending, axial charge and torsion but no in lateral bending.
Six or more cortical screws beside focus with plate increase consolidation too (p< 0.05).
The consolidation rate in graft group was 70.5% versus 85.7% in group without graft.
Six or more cortical screws beside focus when plate is used improves consolidation rate.
Consolidation not seems be modified by graft use.
A type – 267(57%) cases; B type – 143(30.6 %) cases;
tC type – 58(12.4 %). > 277(59 %) cases from the total of 468 were treated surgically:
A type – 151(56.6% from the total of 267 A type cases); B type – 82(57.3 % from the total of 143 B type cases); C type – 44(75.9 % from the total of 58 C type cases).
The study included surgically treated B and C type cases, total of 126. From these we received 76 responses, either by examining the patients in person or by receiving questioneries filled out by the patients. The surgical treatment was performed using the following techniques:
OS with plate (T, L, others) – 71(56,34%); OS with plate+tension band, bone sutures – 23(18,25%); OS with K – wires, K – wires + tension band – 13(10,32%); OS with screws; screws + tension band-13(10,32%); Hemiarthroplasty-6(4,76%). The follow up results were evaluated by using the UCLA END – RESULT SCORE
Poor results:
Type of fracture: II. B1-4; B2-6; B3-6. III. C1-2; C3-2. Method of surgically treatment: OS with plate (T, L, others) – 8(11,26%); OS with plate+tension band, bone sutures – 4(17,39%); OS with K-wires, K-wires + tension band – 6(46,15%); OS with screws; screws + tension band – 2(15,38%); Hemiarthroplasty – 0(0%). Patients‘ Age: 70–75 years – 6 patients. This constitutes 24% from the total number of 25 operated patients in this age group. 76 – 80 years – 10 patients; over 80 years – 4 patients. This constitutes 64% from the total number of 22 operated patients in this age group.
The authors introduce a new method for the closed reduction of anterior dislocation of the shoulder. Seventy-one patients with age range between 18 and 73 years were included in this prospective study. Sixty patients had pure anterior dislocation of the shoulder and eleven patients had an accompanied fracture of the greater tuberosity. Reduction of the shoulders was performed by first and second-year orthopaedic residents. Three methods were used for reduction; the new relaxed method, Kocher and the traditional Hippocrate’s methods. Residents were free to choose the type of method for reduction. The new relaxed method was performed while the patient was lying on his back and was fully relaxed. No sedation, or analgesics were used. While the arm was on side and the elbow extended, gentle longitudinal traction accompanied by continuous abduction was applied. Continuous vertical oscillation of the upper arm was applied simultaneously as the arm was brought gently into abduction. After 90 degrees of abduction the arm was externally rotated and abduction was continued gently to about 120 degres where reduction of the shoulder was expected. The new relaxed method was successfully used 28 times out of 34 attempts. The Kocher method was also successfully used 13 times out of 22 attempts and the Hippocrate’s method 10 times out of fifteen attempts. The new painless and smooth method for reduction of anterior dislocation of the shoulder is an effective, non-traumatic procedure that can be performed easily without the use of sedation or analgesia.
To evaluate epidemiology and influence of recent therapeutic regimens on outcome we analyzed the data of the German Trauma Registry (German Trauma Society, DGU).
Our knowledge regarding neurological recovery following spinal cord injury is like a tip of an iceberg. Spinal cord does not regenerate once damaged but nerve roots do so if an optimum environment is provided. Although distal neurological recovery is unlikely in ASIA Impairment Scale A (complete lesions), root recovery at the site of injury can occur. ASIA has recognized Zone of partial preservation & Zonal segmental recovery below the neurological level. Such a recovery in motor functions (Motor segmental recovery-MSR) of lumbar roots in paraplegia may make all the difference in final outcome of ambulation & functional status of the patient.
100 Thoracolumbar injuries in ASIA A underwent surgery. In 60, Posterior instrumentation alone (Gp1) and in 40 posterior instrumentation with laminectomy (Gp2) was done. Results of these were compared with randomly picked up 100 similar cases treated conservatively (Gp3).
Meritsofsurgery(Gp1& Gp2)overconservative(Gp3) were many in terms of reduction & stability, pain-function scores, total hospital stay, ambulation mode and time. At 1 year follow-up, functional distal neurological recovery (FDNR) was said to be significant when ASIA A improved up to ASIA D/E and MSR was said to be significant (MSR-Sig) when key muscle had a power > III. In Gp3, FDNR was (7/100) 7% and MSR-Sig was (40/100) 40%. In Gp1 FDNR was(7/60) 11.67% and MSR-Sig (41/60) 68.33%. When laminectomy was added with instrumentation (Gp2) FDNR was (5/40) 12.5% and MSR-Sig was found in (37/40) 92% cases. This was especially beneficial in thoracolumbar injuries where MSR-Sig of the L2 & L3 roots made all the difference between an ambulatory life (with braces) and an otherwise permanent wheel chair bound life. Motor segmental recovery becomes a blessing in disguise in complete cases of spinal cord injury where distal recovery of spinal cord is unlikely to occur.
Patients with spinal cord injuries have been seen to have increased healing of attendant fractures. This for the main has been a clinical observation with laboratory work confined to rats. While the benefits in relation to quicker fracture healing are obvious, this excessive bone growth (heterotopic ossification) also causes unwanted side effects, such as decreased movement around joints, joint fusion and renal tract calculi. However, the cause for this phenomenon remains unclear.
This paper evaluates two groups with spinal column fractures – those with neurological compromise (n=10) and those without (n=11), and compares them with a control group with isolated long bone fractures (n=10). Serum was taken from these patients at five specific time intervals post injury (1 day, 5 days, 10 days, 42 days (6 weeks) and 84 days(12 weeks)). These samples were then analysed for levels of Transforming Growth Factor-Beta (TGF-b) using the ELISA technique. This cytokine has been shown to stimulate bone formation after both topical and systemic administration.
Results show TGF-b levels of 142.79+/−29.51 ng/ml in the neurology group at 84 days post injury. This is higher than any of the other time points within this group (p< 0.001 vs. day 1, day 5 and day 10 and p=0.005 vs. 42 days, ANOVA univariate analysis). Furthermore, this level is also higher than the levels recorded in the no neurology (103.51+/−36.81 ng/ml) and long bone (102.28=/−47.58 ng/ml) groups at 84 days post injury (p=0.011 and p=0.021 respectively, ANOVA univariate analysis). There was statistically significant difference in TGF-b levels seen between the clinically more severely injured patients i.e. complete neurological deficit and the less severely injured patients i.e. incomplete neurological deficit.
In conclusion, the results of this work, carried out for the first time in humans, offers strong evidence of the causative role of TGF-b in the increased bone turnover and attendant complications seen in patients with acute spinal cord injuries.
Recent advances in spinal cord injury(SCI) management have markedly reduced mortality & morbidity, but concern regarding final neurological outcome is still at large. Global search is for prognostic-factors to predict neurological recovery. We statistically analyzed different variables to review the established and determine newer predictors of neurological recovery in SCI.
During 1999–2000, 403 patients were admitted. 91 could be followed up for more than one year. Improvement in the motor score (ASIA) was taken as indicative of functional neurological recovery Prognostic factors were simplified into static(which do not change with time) and dynamic(which may change with time). Variables like age, sex, mode/mechanism of injury and skeletal level were static. These were recorded at admission and correlated for any association with neurological recovery at one year. Variables like neurological level, sacral sparing, duration of spinal shock, reflex recovery, sensory & motor scores and complications like bedsores, flexor spasms, UTI, URTI, & DVT were dynamic. These were recorded at admission, at weekly intervals till discharge and at 3 monthly intervals in follow-up.
Bivariant & Regressive analysis of static and dynamic factors was done.
No significant correlation of static variables was found with the neurological recovery.
On bivariant analysis Pin-prick sparing, intact bladder, spinal shock of < 24 hours and early appearance of deep tendon reflexes were good prognostic factors. Complete lesion, priapism, spinal shock for > 1 week, bedsore within 1 week and flexor spasms within 3 weeks were worst prognostic factor.
When regressive linear analysis was done speed of recovery in the initial three weeks was the most important prognostic factor irrespective of other variables studied against the final neurological recovery.
All variables affecting neurological recovery have an effect on the speed of recovery, which is the single most important prognostic factor influencing ultimate recovery.
The initial 3 weeks following injury were the critical period influencing final neurological & functional outcome.
Compartment Syndrome is a dreaded complication associated witha poor outcome if unrecognised in neurologically intact patients. This is also true in those with a spinal cord injury, but it is unclear from the current literature if this unique cohort of patients has different baseline vlaues for diastolic blood, compartment and perfusion pressures.
This study was designed to test the Null Hypothesis that there is no difference between the values of these variables in intact “normal” patients and those with a spinal cord injury; in addition, comparisons were made between different ASIA groups and anatomical level of injury. The results revealed significant differences between complete (ASIA A) injuries and normal patients in diastoic blood and perfusion pressures (p=0.005, and 0.003 respectively). There was also a difference between complete and normal compartment pressure (p=0.009). Differences were found in cervical and thoracic diastolic blood pressures when compared to normal (p=0.07 and 0.09 resepectively), and between thoracic and lumbar diastolic pressures(p=0.06).
In summary, those with spinal cord injuries tended to have lowered diastolic and perfusion pressures, and higher compartment pressures. These results demonstrate the importance of close surveillance of spinally injured patients with concomitant limb trauma. We would recommend routine compartment pressure monitoring in all such cases, especially as they are also relatively hypotensive and will not tolerate elevation of compartment pressure well.
Endoscopic techniques lead to higher numbers of anterior procedures to the vertebral column. Navigation systems can assist to more precision using less x-rays. We registered prospectively more than 100 cases of anterior stabilization of the thoracic and lumbar spine using minimally invasive technique, endoscopic assistance and CT-based navigation. Patients were observed continuously over a time period of at least 12 month according to a standardized protocol.
135 patients were recorded prospectively between January 2002 September 2004. All patients recieved anterior procedures using endoscopical assistance. Operations were performed in prone position using Synframe® and navigation system by BrainLab®. The follow up of at least one year consisted in clinical investigations and radiographs 6 weeks, 3, 6, 9 and 12 months post OP.
87 male and 48 female patients were recorded with a mean age of 41 (16–77) years. 47 isolated anterior and 88 combined antero-posterior spondylodeses were performed with the described technique. In 101 cases thoracoscopy was used. For the instrumentation of L3, mini-lumbotomy was necessary which was also combined with Synframe® and endoscopical assistance. Isolated anterior procedures were completed under navigation control in 29 and combined antero-posterior procedures in 71 cases. Image intensifier times were reduced up to 85%, op-times were shortened using navigation for a mean of 22 minutes.
Navigation procedures showed initial learning curve. However, after this initial time it was a useful techique to enlarge precision and reduce op-times as well as x-ray exposition. The further standardization of the procedure lead to the development of advantageous instruments that further on will lead to even higher acceptance of this new technique.
Low back pain is the primary cause of disability in individuals younger than 50 years. Potential sources of low back pain include the intervertebral disks, facet joints, vertebrae, neural structures, muscles, ligaments, and fascia. Increasing evidence is available as to the importance of cytokines in acute and particular chronic pain. Cytokines can influence transduction, conduction, and transmission of the nociceptive signal, resulting in prolonged or permanent signalling to the brain’s cognitive centres in the absence of a painful noxious or nonnoxius stimulus.
Several cytokines, including IL-1, TNFa, IL-6, and IL-10 are thought to influence nociception or pain.
To date, there have been no studies of the production of inflammatory mediators in blood from patients with low back pain. We have therefore analysed levels of the proinflammatory mediators IL-1ß, IL-6, TNF-α in sera from patients with sciatica and low back pain, and their possible relationship to pain dimensions.
In this prospective longitudinal study with a follow-up of six months, the course of serum concentration of IL-1ß, IL-6 and TNF-α was measured by Bio-Plex cytokine assay in 31 patients with acute sciatica and 41 patients with chronic low back pain. Blood samples were taken at ten fixed times during follow-up, and cytokine values were adjusted to possible influential factors and correlated to the course of pain and clinical function to evaluate the predictive role of cytokine regarding therapy outcome.
At admission of the study and 10 days later, the proportion of TNF-α positive subjects was significant elevated among patients with low back pain compared to patients with acute sciatica. Median (SD) of serum TNF-α concentrations were significant higher in patients with chronic low back pain (n=41) than in patients with acute sciatica (n=31). In the whole period the pain of patients reduced from time to time. Elevated TNF-α serum levels are associated with a significantly improved pain in patients with chronic low back pain but not with acute sciatica. A close coherence exists between the cytokines IL-1ß, IL-6 and TNF-α together in blood of patients as with acute sciatica as with chronic low back pain. But no connection of IL-1ß, IL-6 or TNF-α and CRP in blood was observed. Neither age, sex, BMI, nicotine and alcohol consumption are not related to the serum levels of cytokines.
As far as we know, this is the first analysis of parameters predicting a major clinical connection of cytokines in blood and low back pain. Our findings indicate that elevated serum levels of the proinflammatory cytokine TNF-α are associated with a significantly improved pain in patients with chronic low back pain but not with acute sciatica. We concluded that Detection of high level of TNF-α might be a marker for more pain in patients with chronic low back pain. and TNF-α probably play an important role in the chronic process of low back pain.
The definition & etiology of spinal shock remain controversial. Time passed after trauma in initial recovery of any reflex is duration of spinal shock and this duration varies among patients. The factors influencing this duration and its clinical significance are not well studied.
116 patients in spinal shock following SCI were studied for duration of spinal shock with many variables & statistical analysis was done.
Mean duration of spinal shock (MD of SS) was shorter in children, shorter in malnourished, shorter in untrained/laborers, shorter in patients admitted early and shorter in patients without any complications. “MD of SS” was not influenced by sex of patient, associated injuries and by different modalities of treatment.
On statistical analysis of duration of spinal shock with neurological level as a variable “MD of SS “was 1.7 days in cervical cord lesions, 8.2 days in upper thoracic, 15 days in lower thoracic and 17 days in lumbar cord lesions. Such an arithmetical progression was also found at each segmental level i.e. the duration of spinal shock progressively increased at every segmental level. “MD of SS” was 1.36days at C4, 1.60 at C5, 1.72 at C6, 8.1 at T6, 12.4 at T8, 13.1 at T10, 15.3 at T12 & 21.6 at L2.
Higher or proximal the SCI lesion, shorter is the spinal shock duration. Neurological level based segmental progression of spinal shock duration remains unanswered. Does the duration of spinal shock dependant on the cord length/neuronal mass involved/spared?
The prosthesis used was a prototyp and had a constrained design with a ball and socket principle.
The rest lung volumes are into the normal values but in the lower side. The strength of respiratory muscles is significant lower. The patients have impaired exercise capacity, probably from deconditioning.
High correlation was revealed between postoperative decompensation and derotation of lumbar apical vertebrae (P=0.62, p< 0.001) with a critical value of 40%. A 2x2 table showed that in patients with lumbar apical vertebral derotation of less than 40% specificity was 90% with regard to postoperative decompensation.
Anterior scoliosis surgery is associated with potentially significant intra-operative blood loss, requiring homologous transfusion either intra- or post-operatively.
Blood loss in this type of surgery correlates with surgical & anaesthetic techniques. In our centre the development of specific anaesthetic techniques as well as the routine use of Cell Salvage has dramatically reduced the rates of homologous blood transfusion.
Currently specific indications for the use of the Cell Saver in Anterior Scoliosis have not been proven. Previous studies have commented on the beneficial aspects of recovered autologous transfusion for Orthopaedic patients in general, whilst others have shown a negligible advantage specifically in anterior thoracolumbar fusion surgery.
In order to assess the cost-effectiveness of the techniques used in Anterior Scoliosis Surgery we carried out a retrospective study of 180 consecutive patients, all of whom underwent instrumented anterior scoliosis correction between July 2000 and September 2004. A cell saver was used in all the cases, and hospital data (including haematological indices and number of levels fused) was collected. The median age of the study cohort was 11.2 years (range 7 – 64), and the male:female ratio was 1:8.4.
The average preoperative haemoglobin in all patients was 12.7g/dl and the average postoperative haemoglobin was 9.8g/dl. In total the rate of homologous transfusion requirement was 1 unit per 9.1 patients.
Results show that homologous transfusion was required in less than 11% of all patients. This is better than previously published rates of transfusion in similar procedures. The range of volume of intra-operatively salvaged cells was 200 to 770mls.
There was no correlation between the number of levels fused (extent of scoliosis corrective surgery) and units transfused.
Our experience shows that the use of Salvaged Autologous Blood Transfusion in anterior scoliosis surgery has an important role in reducing the incidence of postoperative anaemia and homologous transfusion requirements.
A 14 year-old-female, underwent a T3-L3 instrumented posterior spinal fusion for a double major curve. Surgery under controlled hypotensive anesthesia was uneventful, with normal somatosensory and motor potentials. After instrumentation, patient underwent a normal wake-up test. The preoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit was 15.1g/dl with 41%, respectively. Estimated blood loss was 400cc and postoperative haemoglobin and haematocrit were 9.7g/dl and 31% respectively. Clinical examination was normal immediately postoperatively, on the first postoperative day and the beginning of the second postoperative day. At the end of POD 2, the patient started to feel both lower extremities “heavy” and sensitive to touch. She developed generalized proximal lower extremity weakness and was unable to stand. She was also unable to void after catheter removal. At this stage, her hemoglobin had dropped from 10 g/dl on POD 1 to 7.3 g/dl. Her haemoglobin fell to 6.2 g/dl the next day with a haematocrit of 18%. No significant bleeding was noticed, and other than lightheadedness, no haemodynamic changes were noted. Transfusion was performed correcting the haemoglobin to 9.3 g/dl and haematocrit to 27%. Compressive etiology was ruled out by post-operative myelogram-CT. Patient was discharged on POD 13 and was neurologically intact at three month follow-up. Discussion: Delayed neurological deficits have been reported, and are associated most frequently with epidural haematomas. Postoperative hypotension as the etiological factor has been reported only in an adult patient. As cord compression was ruled-out the only event we can correlate with the beginning of the neurological deficit is the unexplained acute drop in haemoglobin levels on the second day, possibly impairing normal cord oxygenation. If this is not the case, we would have to accept false negative results for the three standard methods currently available for spinal cord monitoring during surgery. In this case, the normal postoperative neurological exams, performed during the first 48 hours after surgery, and the subjective symptoms the patient experienced associated with the beginning of motor deficit, leads us to conclude that the injury happened on the second day in relation to the postoperative anaemia. Although we believe children tolerate low levels of haemoglobin, transfusion policies might have to be reconsidered as the cord may be transiently at risk for ischemic events after deformity correction.
The rate of litigation following personal injury is rising at an exponential rate with no concomitant rise in the actual incidence of these injuries. It is recognised that physical injury can lead to mental health disturbance and such mental health disturbance can delay recovery following injury. No previous study has assessed the incidence of pre-existing mental health morbidity amongst personal injury claimants.
The general practitioners records of 750 consecutive personal injury claimants were examined. Mental health diagnoses prior to the index injury were noted and classified using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Association of psychiatry. Any treatment by mental health professionals was noted.
A highly significant excess of pre-injury psychiatric morbidity was identified in the study population. There was a 40% incidence of at least one mental health diagnosis. There was a highly significant excess of depression and anxiety. 10% of the study group had received treatment from at least one mental health professional.
Pre-existing psychiatric morbidity appears to be an independent predictive factor for pursuing litigation following personal injury. In light of existing knowledge that such psychiatric morbidity often results in prolongation of physical symptoms and poor response to standard treatment regimes, it is important to recognise such patients when providing a prognosis in a medico-legal context.
Between 1995 and 2001 we adopted the practice of anterior radical surgery combined with instrumentation (mesh cages and modern multisegment hook/screw system), and employed this approach in 102 patients. Of these: 28 patients underwent surgery at dorsal vertebral level, 35 at dorsolumbar level, and 39 at lumbar level.
Our experience has enabled us to develop a protocol in the management of these patients depending on:
The level of vertebral involvement (cervico-dorsal/ dorsolumbar/lumbar), The presence of single or multilevel disease and Location of disease in the spinal columns.
In dorsal lesions involving less than two consecutive levels with no deformity, we performed anterior procedure only. In multilevel dorsal lesions with no deformity we did anterior followed by the posterior surgery. In dorsal lesions with deformity we performed Back-Front-Back procedure. In dorsolumbar lesions with single level disease we did anterior procedure only. In presence of multisegment involvement with or without deformity we did Back-Front-Back procedure. In lumbar lesions with anterior and middle column involvement without deformity we performed anterior surgery only. In lumbar lesions with all column involvement with deformity we performed anterior and posterior surgery.
The objective of this study was to evaluate the suitability of autologous periosteal cells for spinal fusion in humans. Lumbar spondylodesis has a slow consolidation rate with a consecutive lengthy period of inability to work and the risk of non-union. This study evaluates the applicability of a cell-matrix construct for spinal fusion using clinical and radiological parameters.
All experiments were approved by the university ethics committee. Lumbar spondylodesis of the segments L4/5 or L5/S1 was performed in 20 healthy patients (mean age 45 years). Indication for surgery was DDD resistant to conservative treatment. 10 weeks before fusion operation, a piece of periosteum was harvested from the proximal tibia of the patient. The material was chopped and digested. In the washed cell suspension cell number and viability were determined. The viability was greater 90% before seeding. After four passages, the cells were mixed with human fibrinogen, and soaked into polymer fleeces. Polymerization was achieved by adding thrombin. The 3D constructs were cultured for 3 weeks. The final application form were chips of 2mm thickness and 8mm diameter. Spondylodesis was performed using a ventral approach for implantation of 2 titanium cages and a dorsal approach for application of a transpedicular screw-rod system (Medtronic, Sofamor Danek). In 10 patients the chips were implanted ventrally within the cage. The other 10 patients obtained a dorsal intertransverse transplantation of the chips. Pre-operative, 3, 6, 9, and 12 months after surgery a clinical examination was performed, radiographs, and functional scores were obtained.
No implant associated side effects were noted. Especially, signs of infection or allergic reaction have not been observed. The harvest sites of all patients presented symptom-free after 3 months. The rate of consolidation was 60% after 6 months, 90% after 9 months, and 100% after 12 months. No clinical or radiological signs for implant failure or malpositioning were observed. 90% of the patients were satisfied with the outcome of the surgery.
Cultured autologous periosteal cells are a suitable material for anterior as well as posterior spinal fusion in humans. They may accelerate the rate of fusion and reduce the risk of non-union. Rate and velocity of osseous consolidation need to be compared to that of patients treated with iliac crest autograft. A major advantage might be the lower rate of graft site morbidity.
Surgical decompression is the recommended treatment for patients with moderate to severe degenerative lumbar spinal stenosis (DLSS). Although complication risk has been shown to be higher with concomitant fusion, the success rate is not necessarily superior. This study analyzed the success rates of 58 DLSS patients treated with decompressive surgery. Twenty patients received concomitant instrumented fusion. Outcomes were measured with the Swiss Spinal Stenosis Questionnaire (SSSQ) completed pre-operatively and at least 12 months post-operatively (range 12 to 54 months). Overall, 63.8% of the patients had significant clinical improvement in Symptom Severity, 55.2% had significant clinical improvement in Physical Function, and 58.6% of the patients were at least somewhat satisfied; 43.1% (25/58) of the patients met all three criteria and were considered to be clinically successful. There were no statistically significant differences between the clinical success rates of the non-fusion and fusion groups, but the change in mean change of the Symptom Severity score for the fusion group was significantly greater than that of the non-fusion group. Also, patients with more severe pre-operative symptoms and more physical function restrictions had better success results than those patients with more mild symptoms and less restrictive physical function. The results of this study demonstrate that decompressive surgery with concomitant fusion does not impose a greater risk than decompressive surgery alone and the clinical results of the added fusion are somewhat superior to decompressive surgery alone.
It has been previously reported that the results of discectomy are less successful in patients with pre-existing spinal stenosis. It may be argued that patients with a narrow spinal canal would be more prone to the development of contra-lateral symptoms. The aim of this study was to determine whether any measurement on the pre-operative CT scan could predict the development of contra-lateral symptoms, or provide an indication for prophylactic decompression of the contra-lateral side at the time of the original surgery.
The use of instrumentation in the presence of infection is usually deferred for the fear of formation of a focus, persistence bio material centered infection, preferential bacterial colonization and production of a bio-film (glycocalyx) which protects them from host defenses and chemotherapeutic agents. Fortunately, mycobacterium tuberculosis is less adhesive and produces less bio-film than other bacteria and the likelihood of persistence infection in the presence of implants is smaller.
Group I – Conservative treatment.
Group II – Surgical decompression only
Group III – Surgical decompression combined with instrumentation
The mean ambulatory time was almost equal in group I and group II while very low (less than a week) in group III.
Pain function score grade shifted towards excellency with time in all groups-- p=4.48 x 10-3 in group I, p=4.44 x 10-7 in group in II and p = 4.49 x 10-7 in group III.
The change from grade B to grade A is quick in group III. Excellent grade is maximum (77.8%) in group III and nil in group I (p value at 6 in = 1.22 x 10-3 which is statistically significant.
Minor trauma e.g. minor fall
No neurological deficit
Exclusion criteria
Patients over 65years who were involved in major trauma.
Non-Irish residents.
On examination two patients had a clinically evident kyphosis. The mean range of anterior flexion was 78.9° + 15°. The mean VAS pain score was 2.2 + 2.0. No significant correlation existed between the magnitude of the initial vertebral collapse and the Oswestry or SF36 scores. No significant further vertebral collapse was noted on radiographic follow up. A small cohort of patients did develop chronic back pain. These patients’ outcome could not be predicted on the basis of initial radiographs.
Vertebroplasty is a minimal invasive technique in the management of osteoporotic vertebral fractures. Clinical and biomechanical investigations could show the strengthening effect of the unipedicular injection of osteoporotic vertebral bodies using different materials. Little is known about the distribution of the inhected material and the resulting biomechanical outcome. The present study was designed with the focus on investigating both, the biomechanical behaviour and the cement distribution in augmentation of osteoporotic vertebrae using the vertebroplasty technique.
40 osteoporotic vertebral bodies were injected unipedicular with an amount of 6ml of two different PMMA bone cements (Vertebroplastik/DePuy; Simplex/Stryker-Howmedica-Osteonics). Strength and stiffness were measured during axial compression. For the investigation of the cement distribution, two sections of each injected vertebral body were cut, digitally imaged and analysed by an image processing software using a specially developed procedure.
The augmentation with Vertebroplastik bone cement resulted in a significant increased failure load compared to control. The use of both cements showed a significant increased resistance to further compression fractures. For the Vertebroplastik bone cement a significant better flow to the centre of the vertebral body was observed.
Vertebroplasty of osteoporotic vertebral bodies by using Vertebroplastik and Simplex PMMA bone cement results in significant increased failure load and resistance to further compression under laboratory conditions. The investigation of the cement distribution showed a significant better spreading of the Vertebroplastik bone cement to the centre of the vertebral body.
From the experimental point of view we recommend the augmentation of osteoporotic vertebral bodies to prevent further collapse.
Recurrent fracture risk after kyphoplasty is inferior to vertebroplasty, but the risk is still eminent. The reduction of kyphosis is strongly related to the age of the fracture, therefore the reduction and the correction of the kyphosis varies. We investigated the indication of a prophylactic kyphoplasty of adjacent levels to the fracture site in order to decrease the postoperative refracture risk.
In 2 cases cement leakage was seen as direct cause of the refracture.
Group 2: prophylactic stabilisation (28 pat. 4 male, 24 female, 63 levels, 29 prophylactic levels). 8 refractures, all adjacent to kyphoplasty. In 3 cases cement leakage as cause of recurrent fracture.
Score and McNab Score were used. CT scans after procedure were performed to detect cement extrusion. The follow up examinations 12 weeks after Kyphoplasty were performed by an independent blinded observer.
The aim of the study was to assess the results of posterolateral fusion (PLF) of L5/S1 level spondylolisthesis.
In every case suspension in prone position were applied before surgery.
On MRI scans disc degeneration was observed in 2 patients.
We think that PLF in painful grade I and II spondylolisthesis is adequate method of treatment.
Percutaneous vertebroplasty is an effective procedure for the treatment of osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures, spinal metastasis and other pathologic spinal diseases. However, there has been no mention in the relevant literature of the use of percutaneous vertebroplasty for the treatment of spinal pseudarthrosis in ankylosing sponyloarthritis. A 58-year-old male with a long standing ankylosing spondylitis presented with increasing, intolerable and non-intractable back pain. There was a 16- month-old history of a non-significant minor fall. Various radiological imaging technicques showed spinal pseudarthrosis with extensive discovertebral destruction and fracture of the posterior elements at the level T11–T12. Under local anaesthesia, and through a transpedicular approach with the guidance of CT, the cannula of a large bore needle was introduced into the level of spinal pseudarthrosis. Bone cement was then instilled into the affected spinal level. Results were documented by spiral CT and with sagittal reconstructions. Extraosseous cement leakage was seen at the puncture site of the vertebra and in the epidural veins and the paravertebral vessels. However, the patient did not present any immediate or late neurological and systemic complications. Percutaneous vertebroplasty of spinal pseudarthrosis in patients with ankylosing spondylitis is an effective procedure for stabilization of the affected spine segments and pain management.
Corticosteroid-induced osteoporosis is the most common cause of drug-related osteoporosis and appears frequently in the patients affected from rheumatoid arthritis with high rate of pathological vertebral compression fractures (VCFs). The consequences of VCFs include pain related to the fracture and spinal kyphosis. The aim of treatment of osteoporosis is to halt bone loss, to reduce pain and to prevent the occurrence of future fractures through osteoinduction. The treatment of osteoporotic VCFs ideally should address both the fracture-related pain and associated spinal deformity. Balloon kyphoplasty entails the insertion and expansion of an inflatable bone tamps (IBT) in a fractured vertebral body. Bone cement is then deposited into the cavity created by the IBT to reduce the kyphosis and repair the fracture. Twenty-nine corticosteroid-induced osteoporotic VCFs were treated during 21 balloon kyphoplasty procedures in 17 patients. Standing radiographs centered on the treated level/s obtained prekyphoplasty and postkyphoplasty were analysed for improvement in sagittal alignment using the Cobb technique. The clinical outcomes were assessed according to visual analogue scale with 0 representing no pain and 10 severe pain. Patients rated their pain before surgery, 1 week after surgery and at 1 year-postoperative period. Mean improvement in local sagittal alignment was 11.3° (range 0°–32°). All of the patients who had reached the 1-year postoperative period had reported a high reduction in pain, with 11 patients reporting no pain whatsoever. Corticosteroid-induced osteoporotic VCFs present a significant economic burden to society and result in severe clinical consequences leading to impaired function, reduced pulmonary function and overall increase in mortality. Traditional medical option including bed rest, bracing and analgesics have proven to be insufficient. Patients with rheumatoid arthritis treated with kyphoplasty in combination with pharmacologic therapy return to higher activity levels, leading to increased independence and quality of life.
Aim of the present study was to investigate clinical outcomes and quality of life after standard discectomy for lumbar disc herniation on a minimum 25-year follow-up throughout validated tools. Between 1973 and 1979, a total of 343 patients underwent single or double level standard lumbar discectomy at the Orthopaedic Department of Naples Federico II University Hospital, Italy. Fifty patients died from causes unrelated to disc surgery. Out of the remnants, one hundred fifty-eight patients could be traced and contacted by mail (46.1% survey rate). All of them (100% response rate) completed and sent back three questionnaires: the official Italian version of the Short Form-36 Health Survey (SF-36), the Oswestry Disability Questionnaire, and a questionnaire ideated by the authors to evaluate the degree of satisfaction with surgery. Forty-two patients even accepted to undergo clinic examination. The study population consisted of 97 males and 61 females. The mean age at the time of surgery was 37.8 +/− 8.7 years (18–62), whereas on follow up it was 65.8 +/− 8.9 (44–89). The average follow up in the study group was 27 years (25–31). The eight SF-36 scales averaged 72.53 +/− 31.3 for physical functioning, 63.1 +/− 30.1 for bodily pain, 61.30 +/− 44.4 for role-physical, 54.57 +/− 22.2 for general health, 56.62 +/− 19.2 for vitality, 72.08 +/− 30 for social functioning, 67.56 +/− 41.4 for role-emotional, and 62.28 +/− 19 for mental health. The mean SF-36 physical composite score (PCS) and mental composite score (MCS) were 44.2 +/− 11.6 (17.3–64.5) and 45.7 +/− 9,9 (13.2–62.4), respectively. The mean Oswestry Disability Score was 16.67 +/− 22.82 (0–96). One hundred forty-two patients (89.9%) were satisfied with the results of surgery, whereas sixteen (10.1%) were dissatisfied. One hundred and one (89.2%) would have had the same operation again. Nineteen patients underwent recurrent back surgery, giving a reoperation rate of 12%. As for the objective findings, we noted slight improvement of motor disturbances, hyporeflexia, and radicular tension signs with respect to preoperative period. Lumbar alignment abnormalities and trunk mobility did not show significant changes. On multivariate analysis worst SF-36 PCS scores were associated with increasing age (P = 0.039), low educational level (P = 0.002), and reoperation (P = 0.008). Similar correlations were appreciated for the Oswestry Disability Score. Negative role of female gender (P = 0.012) in determining the score of SF-36 MCS was also detected. To the best of our knowledge, no patient-oriented evaluation of lumbar discectomy outcomes has been reported with a similar ultra-long-term follow-up. The minimum 25-year results obtained in the present study were satisfying for both general health and disability indicators. The general health scores were similar to age-adjusted normative values.
In the last ten years, the percutaneous laser disc decompression and nucleotomy has been done worldwide in more than 60000 cases of herniated disc disease. Because water is the major component of the intervertebral disc, and in herniated disc disease pain is caused by the disc protrusion pressing against the nerve root, a small reduction of volume in a closed hydraulic space, such as an intact disc, results in a considerable fall of intradiscal pressure. 980 nm Diode laser is the optimal wavelength for laser disc decompression and nucleotomy, because 980nm is 5 times more absorbent in water than 810nm, and 2 times more absorbent than 1064nm.
A MULTIDIODE PL3D (INTERmedic) 980nm laser energy introduced through a 400 micron silica-silica fiber into a 21G needle under X-ray guidance and local anesthesia, vaporizes a small amount of nucleus polposus with a disc shrinkage and a relief of pressure on nerve root. The gas formed due to the vaporization of the nucleus is removed by a specific handpiece (Menchetti’s handpiece) connected to a smoke evacuation system, to minimize the postop muscle spasm. Most patients get off the table pain free and are back to work in 5 to 7 days.
Degenerative lumbar scoliosis with lateral deviation of the spine is frequently seen in elderly. Clinical presentation varies. The deformity is often associated with loss of lordosis, axial rotation and spinal stenosis. The operative treatment is a challenge to achieve the greatest benefit with least amount of intervention. Therefore the potential benefit to be obtainened by means of spinal fusion must be measured against the operative risks. A retrospective study was performed to investigate patient outcomes after fusion for degenerative lumbar scoliosis using XIA-Instrumentation. Functional outcome was assessed 2 to 9 years later using the Roland Morris score, a visual analogue scale and the Short Form 36 Health survey. The aim was to determine the effectiveness of the surgical procedure in terms of patient satisfaction, outcome scores and radiological aspects. There is an accepted deficiency of this form of outcomes assessment in the literature
Personal injury claims following whiplash injury currently cost the British economy more than £3 billion a year, yet only a minority of patients have radiologically demonstrable pathology. Patients sustaining fractures of the cervical spine have been subjected to greater force and might reasonably be expected to have worse symptoms than those with whiplash injuries.
Using the Neck Disability Index, we compared pain and functional disability in four groups of patients who had suffered cervical spine injuries. The four groups were: patients with stable cervical fractures treated conservatively, patients with unstable cervical fractures treated by internal fixation, patients with whiplash injuries seeking compensation, and patients with whiplash injuries not involved in litigation.
After a mean follow-up of 3½ years, patients who had sustained cervical spine fractures had significantly lower levels of pain and disability than those who suffered whiplash injuries and were pursuing compensation (p< 0.01), but had similar level to those whiplash sufferers who had settled litigation or had never sought compensation.
Functional recovery following neck injury is unrelated to the physical insult. The increased morbidity in whiplash patients is likely to be psychological and is associated with litigation.
To date the principal focus of the mechanism of cervical spine fracture has been directed towards head/neck circumference and vertebral geometric dimensions. However the role of other measurements, including chest circumference and neck length, in a standard cervical fracture population has not yet been studied in detail. Cervical fractures often involve flexion/extension type mechanisms of injury, with the head and cervical spine flexing/extending, using the thorax as an end point of contact. Thus, the thorax may play an important role in neck injuries.
Traumatic rotatory atlanto-axial dislocation and subluxations are rare injuries. The diagnosis is often missed or delayed because of subtle clinical signs. Head tilt makes the interpretation of plain radiographs difficult. Delayed diagnosis often results in chronic instability necessitating surgical stabilization. A hitherto undescribed clinical sign was evaluated which should lead to increased awareness and avoid delay in the diagnosis.
Why a new clinical sign?
Easily missed injury Uncommon but not that uncommon Difficult to diagnose Needs high index of suspicion Not much emphasis given in training Radiographs usually inconclusive because of torticollis deformity Prerequisites for test Patient should be conscious A Lateral radiograph should not show any facet dislocations or fractures in cervical spine Explain the patient what you intend to do and he/she should report any paraesthesias, sensory or motor symptoms if felt during the test Clinical sign- Elastic Recoil: Supine patient Hold head carefully with hands on either side of the head Instruct patient to report any neurological deterioration Try to straighten the head tilt gently Once it is corrected, release the supporting hand towards tilt of the head taking care not to let the head overshoot the original position An elastic recoil of the head to previous position indicates a positive test
The purpose of this study is the biomechanical comparison of five C1 – C2 posterior arthrodesis techniques. Ten adult human cadaveric upper cervical spine specimens were sectioned at the C3 level. The occiput and C3 vertebra were potted in PMMA. The specimens were tested intact; after destabilizing with odontoid transection and sectioning of the transverse and capsular ligaments; and after stabilization with Brooks-Jenkins cable fixation, Brooks-Jenkins with unilateral transarticular screw, Gallie posterior wire construct with unilateral transarticular screw, Brooks-Jenkins with bilateral screws, and Gallie with bilateral screws. Data were analysed with special attention paid to the motion at C1 – C2. The neutral zone (NZ) and range of motion (ROM) were measured in the main plane of each motion, as well as in coupled planes. In flexion / extension and lateral bending, the ROM and NZ increased significantly in the injured specimens as compared to the intact (p< 0.0001).
In axial torsion, there was no significant difference between the intact and injured spines at C1 – C2 level. In the different fixation systems, the ROM and NZ were significantly lower than in injured and intact spines in all motions (p< 0.01), except the lateral bending in intact spine. Among the 5 instrumentations, the NZ and ROM in flexion / extension for the Gallie construct with one screw were significantly higher than for the Brooks-Jenkins construct with one or two screws (p< 0.05). In axial torsion, the Gallie construct with one screw displayed a larger NZ and ROM than any of the other four constructs (p< 0.05).
Spondylolysis can be associated with severe back or leg pain requiring surgical management.
Fusion is the most often performed procedure since disk degeneration is frequently present. In a limited number of cases, when there is no disk disease or only limited dehydration, isthmic reconstruction may be considered, saving mobility and avoiding adjacent level stress.
We review 30 patients submitted to L4 or L5 posterior arch reconstruction and 60 patients submitted to a one level (L4L5 or L5S1) posterior or interbody fusion.
Through Prolo scores, SF36 and Oswestry questionnaires, the every day, professional and sports functional and satisfaction rates are evaluated.
Present data fail to show better functional results in the isthmic reconstruction group. However, even longer follow up will be necessary in these groups of young adults with a great life expectancy to show potentially less degenerative deterioration in adjacent levels. Meanwhile, isthmic reconstruction proved to be an effective technique, comparable to fusion in patients with no associated disk disease, with no need for further surgery and minimal complications.
Gustilo grade, 3A/3B/3C = 6/13/2. Both 3C fractures required early amputation.
Wound closure, 5/6 fractures with bone loss required free tissue transfer (FTT); however only 3/15 fractures without bone loss required FTT to achieve soft tissue cover, most requiring fasciocutaneous flap or split skin graft only.
Median time in Ilizarov frame was 160 days for patients without bone loss. For those fractures with bone loss frame time ranged from 180–540 days, with some patients still requiring ongoing Ilizarov treatment.
All fractures without bone loss united. At mean 14 month follow up only one fracture of 21 had clinical evidence of deep sepsis. 1 tibial fracture showed a 12 degree malunion, while 7/18 patients had a superficial pinsite infection requiring a course of oral antibiotics. One free tissue transfer failed in a grade 3C fracture, leading to early amputation (in conjunction with the recognised vascular injury).
Flap and Frame appears to be a very satisfactory method of treating grade 3 open fractures, with low deep sepsis rate, high union rate, satisfactory times to union, and reduced requirement for free tissue transfer to obtain soft tissue coverage.
In this retrospective study 27 patients who had undergone revision discectomies for recurrent lumbar disc herniations were surveyed to assess their clinical outcomes. The patients chosen for the study were compared to a control group of 30 matched patients who had undergone only a primary discectomy. The spine module of the MODEMS® outcome instrument was used to evaluate the patients’ satisfaction, their pain and functional ability following discectomy, as well as their quality of life. All patients were also asked whether they were improved or worsened with surgery. Those undergoing revision surgery were asked whether the improvement following the second surgery was more or less than the improvement following the first surgery. Differences in residual numbness/tingling in the leg and/or the foot as well as in frequency of back and/or buttock pain were identified. Nevertheless improvement due to the repeat discectomy was not statistically different from those who underwent just the primary operation. Based upon patient derived outcome data with a validated instrument, revision discectomy is as efficacious as primary discectomy in selected patients.
Decision to operate for lumbar nerve root compression is usually based on the clinical findings and MRI scan evidence of nerve root compression. Decision-making is difficult in the small subset of patients with atypical pain, pain in the groin, buttock or thigh with L5 and S1 nerve root compression, as evident on the MRI scan. We retrospectively studied 125- diagnostic nerve root injections; of which there were 12 patients who had pain in the groin, thigh or buttock and their MRI scans were reported as nerve root (11 L5 & 1 S1) compression by the radiologist independently. All these 12 patients were subjected to injection of the affected nerve root with bupivacaine and methylprednisolone under the guidance of image intensifier. Of these 5 (42%) of them had temporary relief of the symptoms; and all of them underwent surgical decompression of the affected nerve root. They were followed for an average of 12 months with satisfactory results. This demonstrates the importance of nerve root injections as a diagnostic tool in patients with atypical symptoms with nerve root compression as seen on the MRI scan.
The upper and lower thirds of the tibia are areas of peculiar anatomy and pose a lot of problems in their treatment.
The relative extraction torque increased over the course of healing (3w: 53.4% ± 7.1%, w: 61.8% ± 20.7%; 9w: 84.0% ± 44.9% of insertion torque).
5% of 108 pins showed clinical signs of infection; the microbiologically detected infection rate was 3 times higher.
Radiologically, 22% of 104 pins showed osteolysis in the cortex (entry or exit), 4% showed medium osteolysis and 2% revealed severe osteolysis along the complete pintrack. An accumulation of pintrack infections (75 %) and the incidence of osteolyses (47% of all osteolyses) were found at 6 weeks. The most severe osteolyses were found at 9 weeks. The histological grading revealed the best results for the earliest time point compared to the latter ones.
The pressure in the nail was increased with an external syringe-pump, attached two times daily via a quick coupling (swage lock) mechanism to the inlet port of the nail (60 Bar for the femur and 40 Bar for the tibia). Lengthening at a rate of 1.8 mm day was possible with remarkable comfort for the patient. The silver coated inlet port (tube of 2mm) gave no skin reaction in nine cases. In one femur there was slight drainage of fluid which stopped spontaneously after two weeks. While lengthening, patients were allowed to walk with partial weight bearing.
After lengthening, the oil was released and the inlet port cut off underneath the skin.
The Taylor Spatial Frame is a new external ring fixation system for correction of multi-planar deformities of the extremities. We report the first 100 consecutive cases treated with this system at the Bristol Limb Reconstruction Unit from November 1999.
The Taylor Spatial Frame incorporates the technology of a virtual hinge and a Stewart Gough Platform. With the use of computer software it is capable of adjustments to within 1 degree and 0.5mm accuracy. Deformities are measured on plain radiographs. Required corrections over any period of time are calculated and a printed prescriptiion of daily adjustments is given to the patients to perform themselves at home.
The following conditions were treated: Non-union (44), malunion (16), Leg length discrepancy (14), limb deformity (13), and acute fractures (13). The aims of frame treatment were non-union treatment (28), bone transport (12), acute fracture healing (12), correction of deformity (28), leg lengthening (15), and arthrodesis (5). Most cases involved the tibia (77) but the frame was also used on the femur (13), knee (3), ankle (4), humerus (2), and forearm (1).
Complete correction of deformity was achieved in all but 7 patients. Union was achieved in 99 cases. All non unions united without bone graft. Mean transport of 46mm and lengthening of 38mm was achieved. 1 arthrodesis failed to unite. All fractures united without any residual deformity. Mean treatment time was 169 days (range 43 to 401). There was 100% compliance with patients performing adjustments themselves. Minor pin site problems were common (34 patients) but only 3 required debridement. Other problems included wire breakage (10), pain (3), peroneal nerve palsy (1) and DVT (1). 15 knees and 11 ankles developed stiffness which resolved.
This study demonstrates the role of the Taylor Spatial Frame as an extremely versatile, accurate and safe new tool at the orthopaedic surgeon’s disposal in limb reconstruction and trauma surgery.
The paper present our results in application of new method for nonunion treatment of the femoral diaphysis.
The internal fixator has been applied with 36 patients. Bone graft substitution is used with 11 (30,5%) patients. The method of placement and results of the work according to the modified system of the Karlstrom-Olerud method have been presented. Excellent condition was found with 25 (69,4%) patients, satisfactory with 8 (22,2%) and poor with 3 (8,3%) patients. Average healing time is 57 weeks.
The method in which the internal fixator is applied provides complete stability of the nonunion and makes possible spontaneous-biological dinamization of the nonunion. It doesn’t damage the periosteal and medullary bone vascularization which favors healing process.
According to AO classification there were 3 non-unions with quiescent infection and no drainage, 4 with active infection and no drainage, and 16 with infection and drainage. The ankle joint was ankylosed in 6 patients preoperatively and it was painful in all patients. Thirteen patients had an angular deformity of more than 7 degrees (range 7–30 degrees, mean 16 degrees). Sixteen patients had a mean bone defect of 2.5 cm (range 1 to 6 cm). Monofocal or bifocal compression-distraction osteogenesis technique with or without bridging the ankle joint was performed in all cases. Ankle arthrodesis was necessary in 4 cases. Mean external fixation time was 139.6 days and mean follow-up period was 4 years.
We present a series of 88 non-unions in which non-union, infection, bony alignment and length were addressed simultaneously, by using the Sheffield Ring Fixator.
The mean follow up was 50 months (range 6–110) after union, which was achieved in 90.5% of the patients. The mean deformity correction was 16.80 (range 60–320), and mean length gain was 12.5 mm (range 2–40 mm).
Smoking and infection had a statistical significant association with the time of healing, as healing of the non-union in over 18 months was more common in smoker and patients with infected non-union.
There was no statistical difference between the functional score (SF-36) between these patients and normal population, at a follow up of minimum 2 years, but that was significant between pre operative and less than one year follow up on one side, and more than 2 years follow up on the other.
The pelvic ring unstable disruptions are by itself life threatening and its stabilization is one of the priorities. On the other hand the surgical approach and internal fixation of this type of injuries represent a long and aggressive intervention, with high blood loss and complications. By these reasons a methodology that not only allows a precocious and less aggressive intervention with the possibility of stabilization of the posterior and anterior elements of the pelvic ring, and also the possibility to introduce postoperative corrections is indicated.
In January 1999 we introduce in our Unit the treatment of pelvic ring fractures and disruptions with the association of Ilizarov frame and minimal invasive internal fixation. It is our intention to present the preliminary protocol of treatment and its results.
Until 2002 we have treated 97 cases of pelvic ring disruptions. We have treated surgically 26 patients. From those, 10 cases were of open book and closed book injury type (2 pubic platting, 4 static external fixator and 4 dynamic Ilizarov frame) and 7 cases were of vertical shear injury type (4 pubic plating and sacro-iliac bar/ screw, 3 dynamic Ilizarov frame).
Results were evaluated with our own protocol. Infection rate compromised final results of the cases treated by ORIF (4:6) and reduction was poorer with the static external fixator (2:4). Treatment with Ilizarov frame revealed 5 good results and 2 fair results.
The authors conclude that even with a limited number of patients and follow-up, the use of the dynamic Ilizarov frame with a minimal invasive approach, showed to be a simple, fast and efficient method for the handling of serious fractures and disruptions of the pelvic ring, allowing a good stabilization of the anterior and posterior components, permitting the “fine tuning” in the postoperative period, without major complications.
Percutaneous fluoroscopically assisted iliosacral screw insertion has become one of the most popular methods of stabilisation of the posterior aspect of the vertically unstable pelvis. Screw malpositioning rates range from 0 to 10 per cent. Screw malplacement can cause injury to the iliac and gluteal vessels, L4 to S1 nerve roots and sympathetic chain.
We performed two radiographic studies on dry human bones to seek safe radiographic landmarks for insertion of iliosacral screws.
Part 1. Two parallel linear densities are always present on lateral plain radiographs of the lumbosacral spine and pelvis. Using wire markers on pelvic bones, we accurately define the origin of these pelvic lines. Steel wires of different lengths were placed along the iliopectineal and arcuate lines of the pelvis. The shorter wire stopped at the anterior limit of the sacro-iliac joint. The longer wire extended further along the entire course of the medial border of the ilium to the iliac crest posteriorly. We demonstrate that each ‘ pelvic line ‘ represents the sharp bony ridge that forms the anterosuperior limit for insertion of iliosacral screws.
Part 2. In a second experimenton dry pelvis, we inserted balloons filled with radio-opaque contrast medium into the spinal canal of the sacrum and exiting through the anterior and posterior sacral foramina on either side. Plain lateral radiographs and CT scan with reformatted images were obtained. We present a previously undescribed radiological sign on plain lateral radiographs of the lumbosacral spine. The inferior and posterior boundaries of the acorn sign are delineated.
Thirty-seven of 87 (42.5%) had a pelvic fracture pattern attributable to group A and 50 to group B
All patients included had multiple sites of bleeding, but predominant hemorrhage from pelvic fracture was observed in 87% of group A patients and in only 6% of group B, while predominant hemorrhage from extra-pelvic sites was identified in 94% of group B and in only 13% of group A (p< .001).
Open technique was used in 18 cases. In 8 cases we have used autogenous cancellous bone graft and in 3 cases BMP7 was used in addition to bone graft. 9 cases were treated with Ilizarov frame without bone graft, 6 with plate and bone graft, 3 with intramedullary nail and 1 with bone graft alone. Internal bone transport was carried out in 5 cases to achieve limb length equality.
Fracture union was achieved in 16 patients with 7 excellent and 8 good results as per ASAMI criteria. 15 cases achieved excellent to good functional results. Because of persistent infection, 2 distal femoral non-unions required transfemoral amputation. Treatment was discontinued due to psychiatric illness in 1 patient with Ilizarov frame. Two of the patients in supracondylar group developed knee stiffness. Pin tract infection is a common complication in Ilizarov group.
We report our experience on complications of intra-medullary nailing on 150 femoral shaft fractures.
Material concerns 147 patients (103 men and 44 women) that were operated in a 7 years period. Mean age was 37 years old (15–77). Thirty patients were older than 65 years. Indications for femoral intramedullary nailing were 120 acute fractures (7 pathological), 9 non-unions, 2 malunions and 19 fractures with delayed union previously operated by another method. Twenty two were polytrauma patients. Twenty one fractures were open (grade a and b). Various types of reamed long antegrade nails were used in 117 cases and a long g-nail in 33 cases.
Main complications were: shortening 10, heterotopic ossification 6, knee stiffness 8, fat embolism 2, deep venous thrombosis 4, pulmonary embolism 2, superficial wound infection 8, deep infection 1, lengthening 4, rotational deformity 10, nonunion 0, missed distal screw targeting 10, drill breakage 7, malposition of the nail 7, additional intraoperative fracture occurrence 7. In 60 cases the insertion of the guide was performed by a small incision at the fracture site. Mean union time was approximately 4 weeks shorter when a closed reduction was performed.
Technical complications in the majority of cases affected fractures that were operated after midnight. Elderly patients (> 65 years old), were most probably to be subjected a complication while less complications occurred in younger patients. A well prepared operating room and prevention of surgeons fatigue is needed to reduce complications.
Non-union of femoral and tibial shaft fractures is a serious complication, prolonging patient morbidity and ultimately influencing functional recovery. The aim of the study was to assess the effectiveness of different surgical options in the treatment of non-union of femoral shaft fractures after initial intramedullary nailing.
Between January 1995 and November 2003, 320 patients with femoral or tibial shaft fractures were treated with closed intramedullary nailing. The mechanism of injury, fracture pattern, concomitant injuries, subsequent surgical treatment and complications were prospectively recorded and retrospective analysis was performed.
16 of the 157 patients (10%) with femoral fractures and 31 of the 161 patients (19%) with tibial fractures developed non-union after initial primary intramedullary nailing. This group of patients had 2–3 further operations before union was established. 26 patients had initial dynamisation and 11 had exchange nailing alone. The remaining patients had autologous bone grafting and/or internal fixation with a plate. Subsequently a further 3 patients required dynamisation, 2 required exchange nailing and another 3 bone grafting. Finally 2 patients required a fourth procedure to reach solid union.
Our experience showed that exchange nailing and dynamisation are the most effective method of treatment of non-union of femoral and tibial shaft fractures after intramedullary nailing.
Patients were followed to discharge in outpatient clinics until bony union.
In total 17 patients (14 male, 3 female)
mean age 29.4(14–53)
open fractures 2
Mean AIS 3.2 (2–5)
Fracture treatment was reamed femoral nail
Bony union 10.5(6–22)weeks
Group 2 ( Patients without head injury)
Intotal 25 patients(19 male, 6 female)
Mean age 32(16–81)
Open fractures 2
Fracture treatment was reamed femoral nail
Bony union 20.5(14–32)weeks
Group 3 ( Patients without head injury)
In total 24 patients(18 male, 6 female)
Mean age 47(17–83)
Open fractures 2
Fracture treatment was unreamed femoral nail
Bony union 26.9 (21–32) weeks
The number of organs containing viable bacteria was significantly lower in the control and fixation groups than the trauma group (Mann Whitney U test, p=0.002).
There were 3 superficial wound infections, which resolved with appropriate antibiotics. There were no cases of nerve damage or septic arthritis. 2 patients died with bronchopneumonia in the post- operative period.
55 out of 56 fractures united at an average of 16 weeks. 1 patient required re-operation for non-union, 9 months after the index operation.
A method of closed unlocked femoral nailing using only ultrasound guidance from the beginning to end of the operation is described. The method was evaluated as a prospective study in 150 cases of unilateral uncomminuted or very minimal comminuted (Winquist I) femoral shaft fracture who could be operated on within one week. There were 132 males and 18 females whose ages ranged from 16 to 70 years (average, 26). The interval from injury to operation averaged 2.3 days (range, 1–7). Twenty seven cases were Winquist I comminution and 123 cases were non- comminuted fractures. Hundred and forty five cases (97%) were successful with the method with an average operation time of 35.8 minutes (range, 30–50). Of five failure cases; one had nail incarceration, one had accidentally torn flexible reamer and three were not able to pass the guide wire from the proximal femoral canal into the distal femoral canal within ten minutes. The ultrasound which is more available in most hospital and no radiation hazard can be used as an alternative method for monitoring the fracture alignment in closed unlocked femoral nailing with a very high succes rate. This method will be very helpful for the developing country where the C-arm image intensifier is not available.
Non-operative treatment is usually employed in the treatment of femoral fractures in young individuals. Malunion, delayed union, joint stiffness, limb length discrepancy, psychological problems and delay in functional recovery are well known complications of conservative treatment. The length of hospital stay that will be a part of non-operative treatment will add to the cost of the treatment.
We report our experience with intramedullary nailing of closed femoral shaft fractures with a new femoral nail in adolescent patients with an open physis. We treated 13 patients between 1995 and 2004 aged between 8–16 years (8 males and 5 females) with a new femoral nail for closed femoral shaft fractures using the tip of the greater trochanter as the entry point. 11 of the 13 patients had removal of the femoral nail.
The mechanism of injury, length of hospital stay, patient mental well-being, surgical technique, requirement of secondary surgical procedures, associated complications, post-operative mobility, return to pre-injury status, range of movement at the hip and knee are discussed
At follow up ranging from few months to 7 years, we found no leg length discrepancy, rotational deformity, limp, problems with physis and all patients had a full range of movement at the hip and knee.
External fixation, elastic intramedullary nails, plate and screw fixation are other surgical options available to treat femoral shaft fractures. Children poorly tolerate external fixators and plate fixation can be associated with a high incidence of complications. Flexible intramedullary fixation of femoral shaft fractures is an attractive option, but is technically difficult and is associated with a learning curve. In our view, intramedullary nailing is a simple, safe, efficient and effective method of treatment of femoral shaft fractures in adolescent patients with open physis.
For femoral shaft fracture, damage control orthopaedics entails primary external fixation and subsequent conversion to an intramedullary device (IMN). Sub-clinical contamination of external fixator pin sites is common and it is argued that such an approach risks subsequent local infective complications. We aimed to determine the rate of wound infection following DCO procedures and primary IMN for femoral fracture stabilisation.
Retrospective analysis of a prospectively assembled adult patient database was carried out. Inclusion criteria were femoral #, New Injury Severity Score (NISS) above 20 and survival more than 2 weeks. Two groups, damage control (DCO) and early total care (ETC) (Primary Nail), were formed. Contamination was positive culture from the wound or fixator pin-sites without clinical infection. Superficial infection was a combination of positive bacterial swabs and local or systemic signs of infection. Deep infection was any case requiring surgical intervention with a sub-group requiring removal of femoral metal work (ROMW) also defined.
173 patients met the criteria for inclusion, with 192 fractures (19 bilateral). The mean follow up was 19 months. Patients in the damage control group were more severely injured than those undergoing primary intramedullary nailing (NISS 36 vs 25, p 0.001). There were also more severe (Grade 3 A,B or C) local soft tissue injuries in this group (p 0.05). 98 of the 111 DCO patients underwent subsequent IMN. Others either died without conversion being appropriate, or it was elected to complete treatment with external fixation. The mean time of exchange an ex/fix to a nail was 14.1 days.
Though contamination rates were higher in the DCO group (12.6% vs 3.7%, p 0.05), there was no excess of infective complications (11.1% vs 10.8%). Contamination increased significantly in patients who underwent conversion to IMN after 14 days. Grade 3 open injury was significantly associated with infection irrespective of treatment.
This study demonstrates that infection rates following DCO for femoral fractures are not significantly different to those observed following primary intramedullary nailing. Whilst the overall risk of deep infection in the DCO group did not show any correlation with the timing of converting the external fixator to a nail, the risk of contamination was higher in patients where the exchange nailing was performed after a period of 2 weeks.
Sepsis and multiple-organ failure are common sequelae of multiple trauma. Although sepsis is considered to result from bacteria translocating through the gut mucosa, evidence for that is lacking. In order to define the chronic involvement of bacterial translocation, fracture was induced after crushing of the right femor on its mid in 11 rabbits. Blood was collected at regular time intervals for quantitative culture and for estimation of endotoxins (LPS) by the QCL LAL-assay, tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNFalpha) by a bioassay in L929 fibrosarcoma cell line and malondialdehyde (MDA) by HPLC. After death, segments of liver, lung and spleen were cut for quantitative culture. Mean +/−SE of the log10 of viable cells in blood were 2.48 +/− 0.43, 3.16 +/− 0.46, 2.77 +/− 0.69 and 2.12 +/− 0.43 at 2, 4, 24 and 48 hours after fracture. Respective values for LPS were 1.50 +/−0.29, 1.54 +/− 0.44, 1.17 +/− 0.17 and < 1.00; for MDA 3.57 +/− 0.55, 7.50 +/− 3.00, 15.77 +/− 12.26 and 5.07 +/− 2.18 μM; and for TNFalpha 11.8 +/− 1.2, 36.7 +/− 25.9, 40.7 +/− 24.0 and 56.8 +/− 45.3 pg/ml. Positive tissue cultures for Serratia marscecens and Pseudomonas aeruginosa were found for six rabbits. Median survival for animals drawn positive tissue cultures was 1.00 days and 7.00 days for animals with negative tissue cultures (p: 0.0092). It is concluded that bacterial translocation is a process occurring early in a significant percentage in the field of multiple trauma. Its occurrence is accompanied by rapid progression to death. Further research is mandatory to clarify the reasons favoring that process in certain hosts compared to others.
The unit was closed for 9 weeks following the outbreak and deep cleaning resulted in eradication of endemicity.
Two-stage reconstruction is a well-recognized treatment for deep infection of hip joint implants, but there is a lack of objective data to support the use of a spacer between stages. The purpose of the study was to report the results of our treatment using a standardized protocol.
Ankle fractures are among the most common type of fractures of our musculoskeletal system, and their rate has been constantly increasing over the past decades, not only in the young active patients but also in the elderly ones.
The stability of the ankle joint is assured by the configuration of the fibula, tibia and talus, as well as by its complex ligamentous system.
The optimal treatment of these fractures follows the basic rules of all joint fractures: it is achieved by restoring the ankle mortise and its stability, in order to prevent pain and the development of secondary arthritis.
Stable ankle fractures (e.g., isolated fractures of lateral maleolus) can be satisfactorily treated by closed methods, whereas unstable fractures (e.g., bimaleolar, bilameolar equivalents, trimaleolar) must be treated by open reduction and internal fixation.
However, one of the aspects that influence the final outcome of these fractures is the coexistence of soft tissue injuries and osteochondral fractures (particularly of the talus), especially if not detected in the X-ray or intra-operative, which will inevitably degenerate in a posttraumatic arthritis.
The authors present in this paper a retrospective study of all patients with ankle fractures treated operatively in a period of ten years (January 1993 and December 2003). It where reviewed 376 clinical processes, with a male patient predominance (57%). The fractures where classified according to the Dannis-Weber Classification, and the following items where evaluated: epidemiology, co-morbidities, surgery timing, hospitalization time, surgical options, surgical follow-up and complications. The final evaluation of the patients included clinical, functional and radiological aspects.
The authors concluded that in spite of the surgical treatment being well established and indicated in the unstable fractures, its results are frequently influenced by the epidemiologic cofactors, co-morbidities, injury mechanism, coexistence of soft tissue injuries or osteochondral fractures that many times are not detected.
The aim of the present study is firstly to determine the outcome after open reduction and internal fixation of ankle fractures using the AO/ASIF principles and secondly to determine if the modified version of the scoring system of Phillips et al was appropriate for early and late follow up.
Patients with incomplete follow up, notes and radiographs were excluded. Functional outcome was assessed using a modified version of the scoring system of Phillips et. al. This was sent to patients by post.
2 were open fractures. There were 5 patients with significant associated injuries. 29 patients had significant co-morbid conditions.
29 patients had surgery on the date of admission. The mean interval to surgery was 3 days.
Patients were followed up regularly in the Out patients clinic
Reduction of fracture was assessed on post operative radiographs using the criteria of Joy et al (1974).
66 patients returned the questionnaire and the functional outcome was determined for this group. 51 patients had an excellent result, 6 patients had a good result, 5 patients had a satisfactory result 4 patients had a poor result. Detailed outcome and complications will be presented in our paper.
Subjective assessment is satisfactory for measuring early and late outcome after Ankle surgery.
No statistically significant factors affected outcome in our study.
The modified Olerud & Molander ankle score questionnaire was sent by post to all patients identified living in the region.
Olerud and Molander scores ranged from 5 to 100, with a mean score of 66.5 (SD 27.6), and median score of 70. Only 9 (13.6%) patients had a score of 100. Comparisons between Olerud and Molander scores were made with regard to: gender, whether metal work was removed at a second operation, Weber classification (B vs C) and patient’s lifestyle. No significant differences were observed
The associations between Olerud and Molander score and the key variables were assessed using non-parametric (Spearman’s) correlation coefficients. None of the variables considered were significantly associated with Olerud and Molander score.
The aim of the study was to find out the relationship between delay in fixation of ankle fractures and incidence of wound complications like wound dehiscence, necrosis of margins, infection. Ankle fractures are fixed either on the day of injury or delayed for up to 7 days in view of the swelling. We reviewed 51 patients with ankle fractures retrospectively (exclusions- children, open fractures, co-morbid conditions like diabetes, steroid use) looking for delay in surgical fixation and wound complications. Out of 19 patients operated within 24 hours of injury, only one had a wound complication. This was 8 out of 20 for patients operated anywhere between 24 hours and 7 days. 12 patients had their fractures fixed after 7days, out of which 4 developed wound problems. (p value- < 0.05). This suggests that delay in ankle fracture fixation increases the rate of wound related problems. Review of case notes suggested that most patients in the second group (24 hours to 7 days) were waiting for the available slot in the trauma list. Based on these observations we suggest that ankle fractures should be prioritized in trauma lists and fixed within 24 hours of injury.
Radiographic analysis suggests that the position of the screws on the AP view (superior, middle, inferior or spread) did not alter the outcome significantly. However three factors were related to lower risk of non-union on the lateral view: the closer the middle screw to the center of the head (p< 0.04), the more anterior the anterior screw (p< 0.008), and the greater the ‘spread’ between the anterior and posterior screws (p< 0.005).
Talar neck fractures are rare injuries representing only 0.14%–0.32% of all fractures, one in five of these is open. In order to investigate the hypothesis that open talar neck fractures have worse outcome than closed ones, we did a Metaanalysis of the literature. Manuscripts dealing with fractures of the talus were identified from a Pubmed search including databases from 1970 to 2004. The searches were made using the keywords talar fractures, fractures of the neck of talus, outcome of talar fractures and open talar fractures. Full articles were retrieved and methodological quality filters applied for their suitability for inclusion in a more detailed review. Data were extracted from these articles and methodology and outcome were analyzed.
We analyzed the numbers of patients, numbers of open fractures, mechanism of injury, associated injuries, classification used, treatment methods, complications and outcome. Of 29 manuscripts reviewed, 22 met the inclusion criteria. These were subjected to more detailed analysis, the outcomes of 1017 patients were described. The commonest mechanism of injury was road traffic accidents (42%). The incidence of Hawkins’ types was type I 27%, type II 35%, type III 30% and type IV 8%. More than half the patients were treated by open reduction and internal fixation. Medial malleolar fracture was the most common associated injury. The overall incidence of avuscular necrosis was 30%. 23% developed ankle osteoarthritis, 34% subtalar and 7.5% both. 17 % of all patients have had one form of arthrodesis. 22% were open injuries and only few authors reported the detailed treatment and outcome of their open fractures, however infection rate was higher in open injuries and they tend to be associated more with type III and IV Hawkins’ classification. The fate of the extruded talus remains controversial. In conclusion, it appears that the current literature is poor in providing evidence based medicine in the management and outcome of open talar neck fractures. More detailed studies should be done to shed more light on the fate of these rare and disabling injuries.
Return to sport was 39.0 (18.0 to 60.0) in the treatment group and 26.0 (40.0 to 90.0) in the control group, p = 0.341.
Return to normal walking was 12.0 (10.0 to 18.0) in the treatment group and 18.0 (18.0 to 22.0) in the control group, p < 0.001.
Return to stair climbing was 13.0 (10.0 to 15.0) in the treatment group and 22.0 (18.0 to 22.0) in the control group, p < 0.001.
Return to work was 9.0 (2.0 to 9.0) in the treatment group and 4.0 (1.0 to 13.0) in the control group, p = 0.984.
There were 2 re-ruptures of the tendon in the treatment group. One occurred when the patient slipped on ice whilst wearing the orthotic. The other whilst running 3 months after the initial injury. One patient who had an augmented tendon repair and then plaster casting, required plastic surgery for a major wound complication. In addition, there were 8 minor wound-related complications in the control group and 6 in the treatment group.
It remains a matter of debate whether to fix or to replace subcapital fractures of femur, particularly the displaced one’s. Orthopaedic surgeons face the challenge of providing the best treatment for intracapsular fracture of the femur. Most authors agree that in young demanding patients with no displacement fracture, the internal fixation techniques should be used with the proper anatomical reduction and without delay. However the risk of reoperation is somehow near 30%. On the other hand patients with a displaced fracture will need to consider a few more options like the arthroplasty.
In this 5 year retrospective study we compare the mortality, morbidity, functional status of patients following each of the principal methods of treatment for subcapital fractures of the femur.
We could in this way observe a group of 48 patients operated between 1998 and 2002 and wich we divided in two sub-groups according to the AO classification of their fractures.
The first group had 20 patients all classified as B1 fractures with no displacement, they were treated mainly by internal fixation. The second group had 28 patients with B3 fractures with displacement, they were treated mainly by replacement of the femoral head. All of these patients were followed in an average of 20 and 24 months respectively.
We found no significant difference in the mortality rate, average age, sex, ethiology in the two sub-groups, but the reoperation rate of the internal fixation, mainly the first sub-group was four times the arthroplasty. The internal fixation did have fewer immediate postoperative complications and shorter hospital stay. We also did find that in the first group we had 6 revisions because implant failure and non-union, in the second group we had 2 revisions because of implant failure. Patients submitted to internal fixation had, in long term, more severe pain and impaired walking than those with arthroplasty. The average Harris Hip Score was 79 for the first group and 82 for the second group.
We can conclude, although this is a very small sample, as in other series that the displaced fractures have a more consensual treatment specially the older patients in which the treatment of choice is arthroplasty. In the non displaced fractures the first choice is internal fixation, but because of the high rate of the non union the doubt is always present whether to fix or replace.
Is our patient willing to stand for that?
There was a significant difference between groups in interval between injury and surgery, with alcohol-abusers undergoing surgery 40.2 hours after injury compared to 22.2 hours for controls (p=0.039). Post-operative stay was also significantly different, with discharge at 7.0 and 5.0 days post-operatively for abusers and controls respectively (p=0.002). 26% of abusers required increased level of care after discharge compared with 15% of non-abusers, although this did not reach statistical significance.
Reduction and fixation was employed in 26 alcohol-abusing patients and 30 controls. Early postoperative complications were similar in both groups with the exception of delirium tremens (17% of abusers). Of patients treated with internal fixation, four patients in the alcohol-abuse group required revision surgery (15%) compared to three of the control group (10%, no significant difference). Two patients within the abusers group developed avascular necrosis (7.7%) compared to three within the control population (10%, no significant difference); only two of these five required revision surgery with femoral head replacement.
During the follow-up period, alcohol-abusers had a five-fold higher rate of subsequent fractures of their contralateral hip or elsewhere (p=0.02).
Conventional treatment for nondisplaced intracapsular hip fractures is with cannulated screws. Some authors have argued that in the older patient a hemiarthroplasty offers a better outcome even in the case of a nondisplaced fracture. We have compared the outcomes of an age, sex & co-morbidity matched cohort of 346 patients who have had their nondisplaced hip fracture treated using cannulated screws with a group of 346 patients who have had a displaced fracture treated with a hemi-arthroplasty. The average age of the patients studied was 80.8 years. All operations were carried out at Peter-borough District Hospital and the follow up data was collected as part of the hip fracture project. Operation time, hospital stay and peroperative complication rate are less for the fixation group. They also have better outcomes in terms of pain, use of walking aids and mobility scores at one year. Mortality is 4% less at one year in the patients treated with screws and this, again, is statistically significant. There is no difference in terms of residential status at one year. In patients where the fracture is initially treated with cannulated screws the reoperation rate is considerably higher (17 % versus 6%) but length of stay is less for secondary procedures. We feel that there is little evidence to justify the use of hemi-arthroplasty in nondisplaced femoral neck fractures in patients of any age.
- 34 patients, 31 female. average age 72.9 +/− 7.1 years (56–90)
- Level of activity previous to fracture: 82.4% level III, 14.6% level II
- Displaced (Garden III and IV) fracture of femoral neck excluding pathologic fractures
- Hip hemiartrhoplasty with a JRI Furlong bipolar head (22.25 mm inner head), 30 patients with a Furlong HAP-coated uncemented stem and 4 patients with an auto-blocking-type Surgival cemented stem
- Follow-up: minimum 2 years, average 2.9 years (2–5)
- Clinical evaluation: Merle-DAubigne-Postel six-point scale for pain and for function
- Radiological evaluation: measure of joint line width at superior-lateral quadrant (weight bearing area), perpendicular distance from prosthesis head to Kohler line
- Statistical analysis: Kolmogorov-Smirnov, ANOVA, Bonferroni, Pearson, and Spearman tests
- Function: average score 4.7 +/− 1.1 after 1 year, 4.7 +/− 1.4 after 2 years, 4.8 +/− 1.3 after 3 years
- Radiological joint line: disappeared in 13 patients (38.2%) after 1 year, in 14 (41.2%) after 2 years, in 54.5% of patients after 3 years. Average joint line width in the other patients: 0.9 mm (0.6–1.3) immediately after surgery, 0.6 mm (0.4–0.8) after 1 year, 0.5 mm (0.3–0.7) after 2 years, 0.5 mm (0.2–0.7) after 3 years (p< 0.05)
- Distance from head to Kohler line: 5.7 +/− 3.8 mm (4.6–6.8) immediately after surgery, 4.6 +/− 3.7 mm (3.6–5.6) after 1 year, 4.3 +/− 2.9 mm (3.3–5.3) after 2 years, 4.0 +/− 3.3 mm (2.5–5.5) after 3 years (p< 0.05). There were 2 cases of acetabular protrusion.
We have performed a prospective review of 590 consecutive patients treated for a displaced intracapsular femoral neck fracture with a Thompson hemiarthroplasty. 113 patients had the prosthesis cemented, 477 had no cement. The outcome at 12 months was obtained for every patient still alive as regards to pain, mobility, re-operation rate and residential status. There was no significant difference between the 2 groups as regards pain (p = 0.482), decrease in mobility or re-operation rate (p = 0.168). The main determination of poor outcome was increasing age at time of injury and whether the patient was already in institutional care at the time of the injury. The use of cement had no bearing on outcome.
This study is of clinical interest because patients who have undergone uncemented hemiarthroplasty have been shown to have similar out come to cemented hemiarthroplasty in terms of function. In addition possible but preventable complications associated with cementing can be minimized. We now believe there is no primary indication to cement the Thompsons hemiarthroplasty in this group of patients.
There have been smaller studies looking at this, but we believe this to be the largest and most comprehensive to date.
Effectiveness of total hip arthroplasty (THA) for acute fracture of the femoral neck is still debated. The purpose of this retrospective controlled study was to compare the results of THA done for fracture of the femoral neck with a similar group of matched THAs done for osteoarthritis (OA).
From 1993 to 2000, 25 patients (25 hips) had THA for displaced femoral neck fracture. There were 18 women and 7 men, with a mean age of 73+/− 8.5 years (range, 55 to 93 years). The control group was composed of 25 patients (27 hips) who had THA for primary OA. Patients were matched for age, sex, medical comorbidity, surgical approach, prosthesis, and surgeon. Cemented implants with a Me-PE couple were used in the great majority. All patients had radiographic assessment. Functional results were rated according to the grading system of Merle d’Aubigné.
One patient (one hip) was lost to follow-up in each group. The mean follow-up was 6 years (range, 3.5 to 10 years). No revision was performed in this series. Complications included one postoperative dislocation in both groups. At the last follow up evaluation, 21 hips and 23 hips were classified excellent or very good in the “fracture” group and in the control group respectively. No progressive radiolucent line and no osteolysis were recorded. Mean annual PE wear was 0.096 +/− 0.094 (range, 0 to 0.26 mm) in the studied group compared with 0.125+/− 0.095 (range, 0 to 0.24 mm) in the control (p=0.30).
THA for acute femoral neck fracture and THA for OA provided comparable mid to long term results in elderly patients.
Hip fractures are injuries that affect not only the joint of an elderly person, but also the patient’s survival. Four surgical options are well supported in the orthopaedic literature: reduction with internal fixation, different types of unipolar hemiarthroplasty, bipolar hemiarthroplasty, and total hip arthroplasty.
The aim of this study is to assess Thompson hemiathroplasty as a treatment for these lesions and their complications. Between January 1999 and September 2003, we treated 213 patients who suffered femoral neck fracture, 119 patients of them were treated with Thompson cemented prosthesis. The average age was 82.6 years. The average time between admission and surgery was 3.1 days. The time between surgery and discharge from hospital was 7 days on average. First year mortality after fracture was assessed (25%) and functional results were compared with the preoperative status. The mean follow-up was 36 months. Independence in daily activities before and after fracture compared according to a modified scored questionnaire, based on the lower extremity measure, which was easy to administer by telephone interview. Of the 96 patients that we contacted 48 were alive and available for follow-up. 11 patients (11.4%) had clinical and surgical complications. According to functional results 28.5% of the patients reached a score between 85 and 99 points (very good), 40.8% had a score between 55 and 84 points (good) and 18.4% had a fair outcome in postoperative time.
We consider that Thompson hemiarthroplasty must remain as a surgical option in the treatment of femoral neck fractures in the elderly. The procedure provides rapid return to preoperative functional status for the majority of the patients (71.3% in the present study) with low surgical cost.
Hip fractures are frequent due to osteoporosis and old age. The incidence of the second hip fracture had been reported as 5–9%. Subcapital displaced fractures in the elderly are treated sometimes with hip hemiarthroplasty. Our aims was to evaluate patients with bilateral no simultaneous hip fracture treated with hemiarthroplasty at our institution.
The patients were divided into two groups according to the fracture site. Group 1 included 71 patients with medial fracture, and Group 2 contained 56 patients pertrochanteric or subtrochanteric fracture. All patients were assessed by the Merle d’Aubignè clinical evaluation method. Radiographically, the bone-implant interface was assessed by the presence of radiolucency lines according to the DeLee-Charnley method modified by Martell
The LISS is designed to preserve periosteal perfusion and to facilitate a minimally invasive application. Self drilling unicortical screws provide angular stability with the implant giving it a mechanical and biological advantage over conventional fixation methods.
There was an increased incidence of AVN after closed than open reduction (P= 0.0005, RR = 2.77, 95% CI: 1.45 to 5.29) but this became not statistically significant when one study with a markedly higher reported incidence of AVN was excluded (P = 0.07, RR= 1.85, 95% CI: 0.93 to 3.68).
The difference in the incidence of non-union and AVN following early (< 12 hours) or late (> 12 hours) surgery was not significant for either non-union or AVN (13/110 [11.8%] versus 3/60 [5.0%], p=0.18, RR2.36, CI 0.70 to 7.97 for non-union, 15/110 [13.6%] versus 9/60 [15.0%], p=0.82, RR=0.91, CI 0.42 to 1.95 for AVN).
Overall, the most significant predictors of poor functional status one year after fracture were increasing age (p=0.005), living in an institution at time of injury (p=0.034), and poor functional status at discharge (p< 0.001).
The stability of an external ring fixator using trans-osseous wires is determined by the number of wires per ring, their tension and their configuration. Ideally a crossing angle of 90° in the centre of the bone provides the greatest stability. This is however rarely possible due to the restrictions imposed by safe anatomical corridors. The Taylor Spatial Frame is a hexapod structure which relies on 6 connecting struts attached to fixed tabs on the ring; the Ilizarov system allows connecting rods to be placed in any available spaces.
The aim of this study was to identify differences in wire placement using the TSF compared with the standard Ilizarov ring.
24 sheep were randomised into 4 groups and monitored for 24 hours following injury:
Group 1 – Control Group (effects of general anaesthesia only)
Group 2 – Control Group for Trauma (injury but no long bone stabilisation)
Group 3 – Damage control group (Injury and external fixation)
Group 4 – Early total care (Injury and reamed intra-medullary stabilisation)
Meteorological data correlated with trauma admissions and data analysis using SPSS version 10.1
Proximal femoral fracture incidence increase with fall in temperature (freezing conditions does NOT further increase the risk) and rain (but NOT dependent on the amount of rain). The incidence of forearm &
wrist fracture requiring inpatient treatment increases with rain (and is dependent on the amount of rain) and sunshine hours.
A long term prospective study is required to further support the above findings if clinical trauma resources are to be planned based on predicted weather forecast.
The purpose of this study was to find out whether routine post operative check radiographs after DHS (Dynamic Hip Screw) fixations are contributing to patient management. In a random selection of 50 NHS hospitals in England, 18 orthopaedic units were found to be ordering formal check radiographs after DHS. In our department check radiographs were routinely being done even though image pictures were printed in theatre. We reviewed 174 DHS fixations, assessed adequacy of image intensifier pictures and compared them with post operative radiographs. 115 stable fractures showed no change in position of fracture or screw. In 59 unstable fractures 14 showed medialisation of femoral shaft. 132 case notes were reviewed and none of these patients have had a change in post operative mobilization status based on check radiographs. The 14 unstable fractures which showed change in position too continued with mobilization.
We conclude that routine check radiographs are unnecessary after DHS fixations if adequate image pictures are obtained at surgery. It has important implications like manpower and cost, patient discomfort and unnecessary radiation.
The clinical diagnosis of an acute compartment syndrome is most reliably based on increasing pain and pain on stretching the affected muscle groups. These signs cannot be elicited in the presence of epidural or regional blocks, or if the patient is unconscious. We present a national audit of consultant trauma and orthopaedic surgeons on the use of compartmental pressure monitoring in such patients. The postal questionnaire also asked whether a departmental protocol was in use and whether regional and epidural blocks were withheld in patients at risk of developing an acute compartment syndrome.
17% of consultants had such an agreed protocol, 53% did not have access to a continuous pressure monitoring device, 58% would request for an epidural/regional block to be withheld with only 2% routinely measuring compartment pressures in the presence of such a block.
This study highlights a major deficiency in the clinical approach to a relatively common condition that may result in limb and life threatening complications and supports the recommendation for compartmental monitoring equipment to be made available.
In a prospective study of 205 consecutive patients undergoing surgical stabilisation of acute pelvic and/or acetabular fractures, the incidence of proximal deep vein thrombosis (DVT) was 9.2%, pulmonary embolism (PE) was 1.9% and fatal PE 0.5%.
Use of a DVT prophylaxis protocol, using a low molecular weight heparin (LMWH), administered within 24 hours of injury or achieving haemodynamic stability, was associated with a significantly lower incidence of thromboembolism (p=0.036). Increased rates of thromboembolism were associated with longer delays to surgery (p=0.013), delays to mobilisation of the patient post-operatively (p=0.017), delay in starting chemoprophylaxis (p=0.039) and higher injury severity scores (p=0.042).
Patient age, sex, Glasgow Coma Scale and fracture classification were not associated with the development of thromboembolic complications.
One hundred and thirty four patients had a pre-operative venous Doppler, seven patients had a proximal DVT identified of which six patients had a preoperative inferior vena caval filter applied and underwent successful surgical fracture stabilisation. Five filters were unable to be removed postoperatively and the patients remain on lifelong warfarin.
A DVT prophylaxis protocol using LMWH is reported that is safe and effective.
Head and Neck
Thorax
Abdomen
Upper limbs
Lower limbs
The total number of occupants involved, age range of drivers, and detailed descriptions of the injuries sustained were described.
The distributions of injuries were
Head and neck- 93 (60%)
Thorax- 37 (23.8%)
Abdomen-24 (15.4%)
Upper limbs- 73 (47%)
Lower limbs- 53 (34%)
We report 10 cases of supracondylar periprotheitc fractures following TKR; all were treated using a retrograde intramedualry nailing. There were 7 females and 3 males, the mean age at surgery was 76 years (range from 68–85). The average time since the primary TKR to surgery was 5.3 years (range 2–9.4). All patients had locked intramedualry nail, and knee was immobilized in a splint for few months post op. Partial weight bearing was started 2 weeks post op. There was no intraoperative complication. One patient had superficial infection, which was treated by IV antibiotics. There was no cases of septic arthritis.
One patient was lost for follow up and one patient died from myocardial infarction 8 months post op.
Eight patients were reviewed and assessed clinically and radiologicaly. The average range of movement in the knee was 97 (range 75–110) and all patient achieved clinical and radiological healing.
We present the new implant and the preliminary clinical outcome in 25 cases.
The patients were followed up clinically and radiographically.
Mean duration of operation was 106 minutes.
The retrograde nailing using the T2 implant is a good suitable method performing a correct reposition of the fragments with high primary stability. There were no problems in woundhealing at all. Postoperatively a wheightbearing mobilisation with 20kg was possible and range of motion was unlimited.
Radiographs showed better ossification compared with plate osteosynthesis. Only one nail is broken out and needed a corrective operation with a plate. We saw no greater X- or O-deformity or rotation divergence. Only in 3 cases of delayed union, a spongioaplasty was indicated.
Lateral tibial plateau fractures are articular fractures that can have a severe prognosis involving a joint biomechanically and functionally very important.
Osteosynthesis is very often required as the articular surface must be accurately restored.
In many cases rigid devices were implanted, often sacrificing lateral meniscus and leading to osteoarthritic changes in the following years.
In the recent years new diagnostic tools as TC and MRI and the growing role of arthroscopy have allowed a more precise diagnosis and the possible use of less invasive devices.
Considering all fractures classified as B3 according AO (or type 2 by Schatzker), we considered 10 cases treated with Barr screw and 8 cases treated with K-wires positioned as a shelf after reduction and bone grafting.
All patients underwent an accelerated rehabilitation protocol with immediate mobilization and full weight bearing within 10 weeks.
At the follow-up at 24 months, both the groups showed very good and comparable clinical, radiographical and functional results.
We can conclude that after an accurate preoperative planning also the use of less invasive devices allow a quick recovery of range of motion without compromising the stability of osteosynthesis and the morphology of knee joint.
The treatment of the complex tibial plateau fractures is often hard because in these fractures, the entity of the articular damage is always important, the reduction is not easy it entails often extensive exposure and the collapse of the metaphyseal bone, located beneath the reconstructed articular surface, makes the osteosynthesis mechanically unsafe for ten or twelve weeks. The percutaneus surgical treatment, let us reach three fundamental objectives: to be mini-invasive, to result in a good reduction, to have a stable fixation. Through a small skin incision at the metaphysis, a leever was inserted across a small door made on the cortical metaphiseal bone and the articular fragments were elevated and held in the reduced position. Temporarily the fragments were fixed with a Kirshner-wire and definitely fixed with one or more canulated screw NORIAN S.R.S, used to fill the bone gap resulted from the traumatic collapse of the metaphyseal bone, with its initial mechanical strenghth allows to stabilize the joint fragments reduction and the relative ostheosyntesis, thus shortening the functional recovery time. Since 1997 we operated 52 patients affected by tibial plateau fractures using this percutaneus technique with the application of the mineral bone substitute Norian. 42 fractures were unicondylar: 16 type B2 and 26 Type B3 according to AO classificaction; 10 fractures were bicondylar 4 type C2 and 6 type C3 AO classificaction. The minimum follow-up was 1 year. We used for clinical evaluation the Hohl assessment form, for the radiographs the criteria of Rasmussen X-rays. The final conclusions, resulting from integrated analysis of the clinical data and X-rays data, can be simplified and represented as follows: 26 cases can be considered excellent that is (50%), 12 good (23%), 10 fair (20%), and 4 poor (7%). In conclusion we can say that Norian offers a real advantage in displaced tibial plateau fractures, because it is an unlimited supply of bone substitute, an optimal filling for the irregular defects of the cancellous bone and because it gives an immediate mechanical support to the joint, integrating the percutaneous ostheosynthesis perfectly. It is an important improvement in order to cut down the functional recovery time with great benefit for patients.
HES data for all 2496 records was analysed by type of admissions and speciality.
4.2% of trauma patients were incorrectly classified as elective or day cases.
2.9% of trauma patients admitted to hospital were not recorded in the HES data as orthopaedics admission.
The accuracy of HES diagnosis coding was tested on 300 records randomly selected by a statistical package.
HES recorded the wrong diagnosis in 29.3% of cases.
HES data does not accurately record diagnoses and therefore can not be used as a research tool for specific injuries.
Data recording practice should be changed to improve HES data accuracy.
Authors in the presentation document the arthroscopic method of treatment of tibial intercondylar eminence fractures in children age. They follow up the short-time and middle-time results after using this method in 20 patients.
Method consists in early arthroscopic revision of traumatized knee joint in children with avulsion of intercondylar eminence, haematoma irrigation and the management of the eminence avulsion depending on the size of the tibial bone fragment. Because of bleeding and fat release from traumatized bone is recommended using the water pressure pump. The reposition of the bone fragment to the original position is made after the fracture bed revision and inverted soft tissues removal. The reposition is recommended to do in 30 grade flection of the knee when LCA is maximally relaxed and fragment retention is optimal. After the reposition of the bone fragment we fix it by 2 crossed Ki wires inserted or percutaneously parapatellarly or by the arthroscopic portal using method outside-inside-out.. Immobilization is recommended in 30 grade flection position.
The evaluation of 20 patients after arthroscopic surgery shows on the x-ray excellent and very good results in all patients. In 16 cases the clinical examination result is excellent with no instability of the knee, stable LCA and no front shift sign. In 4 cases was found front shift sign without clinically significant anteromedial stress instability of the knee. In 1 case there was made conversion to open revision with suturing of the fragment by PDS suture. Because the bony fragment was 1cm2 large only the closed reposition and retention was not sufficient.
The method appears certainly gentle with minimal traumatization of the joint capsule. The above all advantage is in non traumatic metals replacement without second stage surgery and anesthesia. In 4 cases we saw temporary LCA hyperlaxity. We prerequisite passive tonization of the ligament while skeleton growth. Clinical results of the method are satisfactory comparable to the open reduction and fixation by suture or cerclage. The method is not recommended in cases with bony fragment smaller then 1cm2 for not sufficient retention. In these cases we do an arthroscopic verification followed by open reduction.
Wait till surgery, length of patient hospitalisation, out of hours surgery, case cancellations, complications and number of procedures performed by junior doctors were all compared. Medical and nursing staff members were interviewed regarding their subjective opinion for the two protocols.
The day at the Hospital:
The first patient arrived at 08:00, when the daily clinical meeting for the trauma admissions began. During the first hour, an effort was made in order to triage victims and organize the requirements for operating room and ICU treatment. All scheduled operations were aborted and six orthopaedic trauma teams were prepared to start operations immediately. A separate area in the Hospital was established to treat minor injuries. All patients were operated within the first 8 hours.
Injury characteristics: 39 patients admitted with an ISS higher than 9 presented the most severe injuries. A study group was made with these patients. Mean age were 33,6. The mean RTS were 6,87, mean ISS 21,94, and mean NISS 26,15, revealing the high frequency of multisistemic injuries. The most frequently injury in these group were pulmonary blast injury, with a mean AIS for thorax of 2,7 points.74% of patients had some type of pulmonary blast injury.
Limb injuries: 12 (25%) patients had open fractures, combined in all cases with pulmonary blast. Open Gustilo IIIb and IIIc occur in seven patients. Soft tissue injuries caused by small fragments were also frequent. Two patients presented SCIWORA like injuries of the thoracic medullary cord. All patients were operated in the first six hours after the explosion. A detailed description of the injuries, treatment and functional outcome will be presented. Functional outcome were analyzed by physical and psychological scales at six and twelve months after the attack. Scales used were SF-36(short form 36), EQ-5D (Euroqol), CES-D( Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale) and AVS. Comparison with a similar general trauma group revealed poorer functional outcome at six months for the study group.
Easier access, organised holidays targeting differing age groups, an ageing population and lower fares have resulted in a varied air-travelling population of all ages. Medical issues surrounding air travel such as thromboembolic events and the so called ‘economy class syndrome’, as well as dramatic medical intervention at 36,000ft do make for equally dramatic headlines in the popular press. As passengers are more aware of the medical vulnerability of air travel, airlines too are conscious of the medical support they can offer to their passengers. The British Medical Association (BMA) has recently raised concerns over training of flight staff and equipment carried during flights. Issues under debate include whether it is correct for airlines to rely on ‘Samaritan’ doctors or nurses that happen to be on board, or whether qualified medical staff should be part of the aircrew.
Our study reports the analysis of medical emergencies occurring on a major international airline over a period of six months. We looked at the nature of the medical complaint, the treatment received and who gave this treatment. This airline ensures cabin crew receive 30 hours of training in first aid and basic life support during their introductory training period that is followed by annual updates. Senior aircrew, usually the purser are trained in the use of an automated defibrillator. The aircraft carries a first aid kit that all cabin crew are trained to use. In addition there is a medical kit that can be used by any doctor, nurse or paramedic who may respond to an assistance call. In addition in-flight advice is available from Medlink, an independent company that will give direct advice including medical diversion and arrange support for patients on landing
Exacerbation of pre-existing medical problems accounted for the majority of in-flight emergencies. Pre-flight advice, screening and an increased vigilance by ground staff may recognise passengers who are medically unfit to fly.
Syncope accounts for 91% of new in-flight emergencies and appear related to a prolonged period of sitting. In-flight advice as part of Deep Venous Thrombosis (DVT) prevention is given on many long haul flights. This advice should also emphasise the importance of an exercise regime prior to getting up from the sitting position to reduce the number of syncopal episodes.
With adequate cabin crew training, in flight telephone support from commercial companies and careful selection of drugs, the need for ‘Samaritan’ medical help can be greatly reduced.
In fractures of proximal humerus, stable fixation of osteoporotic bone fragments poses a significant problem, and wide surgical approach causes damage to blood supply of the humeral head, and to synovial bursae of the shoulder and tendons. These problems cause further permanent unfavourable changes in the shoulder. The least invasive surgical treatment is the percutaneous multi-plane fixation with a bundle of Kirschner wires monitored with fluoroscopy. Stability of these fixations and fixations by tension band, screws and Rush pins were examined in anatomical specimens of porcine humeri and in clinical evaluation. Experimental research concerned the primary stabilisation of various types of Kirschner wires inserted to the proximal part of a porcine humerus, later pulled out using a tensile testing machine, and fixations of 2-part fractures of a porcine proximal humerus fixed with Kirschner wires (various types), tension band, screws and Rush pins. The fixed bones were next torn apart with the same tensile testing machine to examine the strength of the junction. One type of Kirschner wires was designed by us. This type provided the maximum initial strength in the bone and maximum fixation strength, and was next used in surgical treatment of 21 proximal humerus fractures estimated as 2- and 3-part fractures in Neer classification. Follow-up covered a period from 18 months to 10 years. Results were estimated with Neer criteria. Reference comparison group was 50 patients, treated with different methods. Most of the very good and good results (86%) were obtained by fixation with the Kirschner wires of our design. These wires were threaded all over the part which entered the bone.
A series of 116 patients surgically treated, with exclusion of arthroplasty, between December 1996 and December 2002 for a fracture of the proximal humerus, was retrospectively reviewed. Only 44 patients (45 shoulders) were available for clinical and radiological follow-up, 21 were deceased, 36 refused to participate and 14 could not be traced.
The mean age was 60 y (15–93 y), the mean follow up was 44 months (15–78 m.); 28 were women, 16 men.
The fractures were classified according the Neer-classification but also according the different types of surgery they underwent: percutaneous or retrograde pinning without opening the fracture site, osteosynthesis with plate and screws, osteosynthesis with screws alone, bone-graft and osteosutures or a combination of two or more methods.
Two-part fractures (10 out of 13 fractures), but also 9 of the 15 three-part fractures, were treated by pinning, whereas the remaining 2 and 3-part, the isolated fractures of tuberculi and two 4-part fractures needed open surgery and fixation. A plate was used in only 3 cases, screws alone in 6 cases, a cortical bone-graft with osteosutures in 4 cases and a combination of open fixation in 8 cases. Whenever possible a minimal invasive technique was thus preferred.
16 patients (35,7%) had complications: 6 were minor (pin migration, slight secondary displacement or impingement as a consequence of protruding hardware), but one non-union, 4 CRPS and 5 avascular necrosis occurred. Only one of the latter underwent shoulder-arthroplasty at time of review. Major complications occurred mainly in the more complex fracture types (3 or 4 part fractures)
Mean values of Constant score, ASES-score, Neerscore, UCLA score and Simple Shoulder test were not statistically different, neither between fracture types nor between surgical techniques. Using a correlation analyses we found a negative correlation between age and scoring systems: the older the patient, the lower the score. Patient satisfaction was higher in the percutaneous or retrograde pinning group than the other types of open surgery.
We can conclude that although no statistical differences could be observed in our series, minimal invasive surgical techniques, less prone to complications, are preferable in the treatment of two and three part fractures of the proximal humerus and 4-part fractures of the younger population.
The author rates his experience of using PHILOS plate for two years for fractures of the proximal humerus.
The advantage of LCP plates is the angular stability of osteosynthesis, which is the assumption for an early mobilisation and rehabilitation of shoulder joint.
The poor functional result of the treatment of proximal humerus fractures is caused by difficulties and complications by osteosynthesis with the PHILOS plate and it arises from several factors:
- inexperienced operator - insufficient reposition of the fracture and poor reconstruction of fracture of humeral tuberculi and rotator cuff of the humerus - incorrect localisation and implantation of PHILOS plate - neurological deficit – lesion of axillaris nerv - deficient rehabilitation and poor functional after-treatment
Author looks upon the causes of failures by osteosynthesis of fractures of proximal humerus.
In the years 2003 – 2004 there were operated 34 fractures of proximal humerus with the PHILOS plate. The functional results – the evaluation of subjective difficulties and clinical evaluation show 56% excellent, 23% good, 11% satisfactory and 10% poor results.
All these complications can be prevented especially by through judgment of X-rays and CT scans, by precise depiction of the type of fracture and by the preoperative preparation of the surgeon. The perfect reposition of the fragments with the use of the X-ray control and good localisation of the plate ensures good stability of osteosynthesis. The functional after treatment involving the use orthesis or braccing and early mobilisation and rehabilitation depending on the well technically performed osteosynthesis ensures a good functional result.
Surgical treatment aims at restoring anatomical elements to a condition stable enough, to allow early mobilization to avoid secondary displacement. The blood supply of the humeral head should not be damaged, so the risk of avascular necrosis will be minimal.
This work offers a new surgical technique that dramatically reduces the need for dissection of soft tissues while using a new locked plate.
The two arms of this Y shaped plate embrace the humeral head. The anterior arm overbridges the biceps longus tendon and fixes the lesser tuberosity, with a locked screw in the head. The posterior arm fixes the greater tuberosity with an another locked screw. These two screws cross each other at nearly right angle thus giving optimal fixation in the head.
The main complications were 3 algodystrophies, 1 hematoma, 4 failures of fixation, 2 nonunions and only one necrosis.
Proximal humerus fractures (1.1 according to AO classification) represent 4–5% of all the fractures.
Generally they have been described as typical of the elderly patients; however, their frequency is now increasing in the young patients too, in which complex and severe fractures due to high energy trauma can be observed.
In this high-demanding patients open reduction and internal fixation with a plate can be considered as a first-choice treatment, in order to achieve anatomical reduction, stable fixation and early rehabilitation, in spite of some disadvantages (loss of reduction and secondary displacement due to insufficient angular and torsional stability, vascular damage, necrosis of the humeral head, impingement).
The rate of these complications can be reduced by using the new LP-PHP plate (Proximal Humeral Plate – Synthes Inc.) included in the LCP System.
LP-PHP plate (titanium alloy) is anatomical and characterized by low profile (2 mm. thickness) in order to reduce sub-achromial impingement. Its proximal portion is enlarged and shaped to adapt to humeral epiphysis and can be fixed only by means of locking head screws with different angulations; the distal portion presents the typical LCP combi-holes (5–8) able to receive either locking head screws or conventional screws. These features assure high planar and torsional stability and respect of bone vascularization.
At the Orthopaedic Department of Genoa University and the Department of Emergency of San Martino General Hospital (Genoa) from April 2003 to June 2004 we implanted 20 LP-PHP plates in 20 patients (12 females and 8 males, mean age 47.5 years) because of proximal humeral fractures in 19 cases (1.1 A3, ten cases; 1.1 B1, six cases; 1.1 C1, three cases; according to AO classification) and non-union in one case.
We had no intra or peri-operative complications, no infection or secondary dislocation, the synthesis, evaluated intra operatively, was always stable and we achieved anatomical post operative reduction in all cases but the non-union (poor reduction)
All fractures, including non-union, healed in an average time of two months; all patients but one healed without pain, functional restriction or any other outcomes.
Eight patients reached an excellent functional recovery with complete ROM; two patients were free of pain but a slight functional defect left. The patient suffering from non-union healed with a restricted motion due to ex non usu muscles weakness.
Displaced proximal humeral fractures remain a difficult management problem. There are many treatment methods described in the literature but there is no universally accepted technique.
High-energy trauma caused 19 fractures. 14 were with associated ipsilateral fractures of the upper limb. All patients were operated by the standard AO technique. In all patients the ulnar nerve was identified. There was no case where the radial nerve was exposed. In 36 patients the nerve was transposed anteriorly subcutaneosly and for the rest it was not.
Fracture dislocations of the elbow are complex injuries that have a significant risk of long term instability and loss of function. The more severe injuries are fortunately rare and the published series are relatively small. This in turn means that there is less precise evidence and guidance as to the optimal treatment.
With the improvements in the understanding of this injury we consider that the prognosis is not necessarily as poor as has been previously reported and we have attempted to quantify this in a prospective, single surgeon series with standard surgical and rehabilitation protocols using dedicated upper limb physiotherapists.
Information was collected prospectively recording function and stability. All patients were assessed with the Mayo clinic elbow score and the AAOS Disability of the Arm Shoulder and Hand score (DASH).
All fractures had united and there were no cases of migration or failure of metal fixation devices. There were no cases of symptomatic instability and no patient had signs of instability when assessed at clinically.
A mean flexion arc of 106 degrees was recorded (range 60–145) with a mean extension limit of 23 degrees (range 0–40). Pronation and supination arcs were recorded with a mean of 127 degrees of rotation (range 0–160)
There were no reoperations for infection or instability amongst this group of patients
Mayo clinic performance index for the elbow produced a mean score of 91.5 with a range of 85–100 which equates to a good or excellent outcome for all patients.
Complex regional pain syndrome (type 1) (CRPS) is a chronically painful and disabling condition commonly encountered following trauma and surgery to an extremity. The condition comprises of a combination of pain, swelling, sensory impairment, joint stiffness, trophic changes, motor abnormalities and vasomotor instability.
Post-traumatic CRPS is a significant clinical problem presenting to the orthopaedic surgeon and pain specialist. A clear understanding of the condition has been hampered by a lack of uniformity of diagnostic criteria (
Breuhl’s criteria use a combination of symptoms and signs from 4 distinct groups (hypersensitivity; vasomotor; swelling and sudomotor; motor and trophic).
Atkins’ criteria require the finding of vasomotor instability symptoms, abnormal finger dolorimetry and abnormal finger range of movements.
We have compared these different criteria on a series of 262 patients with distal radial fracture.
The incidence of CRPS was similar using either criteria (Bruehl 20.61% vs. Atkins 22.52%). Using the Bruehl criteria as a gold standard, there was strong diagnostic agreement (Kappa = 0.79, sensitivity = 0.87, specificity = 0.94). The main difference between the two methods was in pain assessment. 16 patients had vasomotor instability, swelling and motor changes but 12 did not complain of hypersensitivity although the dolorimetry ratio was lowered. These cases have CRPS by the Atkins criteria but not the Bruehl. In contrast 4 of these cases had normal finger dolorimetry but abnormal forearm hypersensitivity and therefore had CRPS by the Bruehl criteria and not the Atkins.
These finding show that the Bruehl and Atkins criteria are basically concordant. The differences reflect only minor variations in the assessment of pain. Agreement between researchers in the orthopaedic and pain therapy communities will allow improved understanding of the pathophysiology, possible prevention and future methods of managing CRPS.
4 patients bilaterally, 3 patients have substained a secondary reprease for lacking the initial reduction and 2 in two programmed timing.
46 wrists with radial internal fixation single or double plate (in one case trhee plate)
12 plate with pin or single screw in augmentation
3 cases with only screw artroscopically assisted
14 cases with only external fixator with or without pin
18 wrist with a combination of radial internal fixation (plate) and external fixation with Pennig, in complex distal radial-ulna fracture (2 exposed)
In 5 wrists there were associated and treated navicular fracture or intracarpal ligaments injury
1 pazient have sustained an ipsilateral forearm fracture, epiphiseal distal radial fracture, trans scapho-lunate dislocation and controlateral transcapho-lunate dislocation
1 patient have sustained ipsilateral navicular-fisrt metacarpal-radial and ulna fracture
The most patients (...) have been treated from the first Author.
The patients were controlled from minimum of 6 month up a maximum of 39 months
We have adapted in our evaluation the Dash score system
The main problem, in the follow up results is a lack of prono-supination that stresses the importance of a perfect reduction of distal radio-ulnar joint to begin early a phisiotherapy
We believe that a combination of the two fixation system allow an optimal external stabilization in the first week (So the terapist can move the patients in intensive care room). Secondary the internal fixator allows an anatomical reduction with a stable fixation in the secondary kinesiterapeutic time protocol of high energy trauma to distal forearm, in particular in politraumatized patients is:
- closed reduction and short cast or external fixator if exposed or severe instable, on the day of injury during or just following generally stabilization - if possible e Tc 3D dimensional scan (our patients have substained a lot of tc scan for other trauma) - internal reduction and stabilitation a fews days later when the local swelling or skin damage and general condition allow it (from 2 to 7) - removal of external fixator between 3–4 week and begin a complete fkt
Dislocation of the distal radioulnar joint (DRUJ) in association with fractures of both bones of the forearm has received relatively little attention in the literature. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the integrity of DRUJ and evaluate the association between the level of fracture and instability of DRUJ following fracture both bones of forearm.
This was a prospective study of 65 patients, over 3 years followed up for 12 months. All patients were treated with open reduction and internal fixation of radius and ulna. The mean age of the patients was 34.8 years (15–68 yrs). There were 51 males and 14 females. There were 18 fractures involving distal third of forearm, 42 fractures in the middle third and 5 fractures of the proximal third. 38 fractures (58.4%) had subluxation of the DRUJ and 27 had no DRUJ subluxation. All subluxations were dorsal. Post-operatively, 30 of the 38 fractures (78.9%) had persistent DRUJ subluxation. Of the 27 fractures, which had no pre-operative DRUJ subluxation, 10 fractures (37%) revealed dorsal subluxation in the post-operative radiographs. All fractures were immobilised in above elbow plaster casts for 6 weeks. All patients were followed up at 3, 6 and 12 months. Patients were assessed clinically, radiologically with standardised radiographs and functional assessment of grip and pinch strength using Jamar dynamometer. At 12 months, 12 patients had significant symptoms associated with DRUJ. Of these, 4 had functional restriction, which were related to complex DRUJ dislocations.
DRUJ dislocations are more common in fractures, which are in the direction of the interosseous membrane (p< 0.002). They are commonly associated in fractures involving the middle and distal third of the forearm. There is a tendency for under-reporting of DRUJ dislocations in fractures of both bones of forearm and hence, more attention should be paid to this entity.
In treatment of scaphoid nonunions age of nonunions, stability of reconstructions and particularly vitality of proximal fragments are regarded as important prognostic factors for healing. The value of preoperative MRIscans in predicting intraoperative vitality and final osseous union prospectively was investigated.
Scaphoid nonunions in 60 patients (7 female, 53 male, mean age 30 years) primarily were reconstructed between 1/2000 and 7/2003. Preop they underwent a standardized MRIscan using i.v. Gadolinium to assess vitality of proximal fragments. The scaphoids were reconstructed per palmar or dorsal approach implanting nonvascularized iliac-crest or distal radius bone grafts stabilized with cannulated or mini Herbert screws. Intraop vascularity (vital/nonvital) was documented estimating blood spots occurring on the debrided fragments cancellous surface (none/medium/many). After immobilization for 6–8 weeks osseous union was ruled out performing repeated radiographic and CT studies up to 6 months. Apart from demographic data, age and type of nonunion, intraop fragment vitality and postop osseous union were correlated to vitality stated in preop MRIs. A p-value of 0.5 was regarded as significant.
50 proximal fragments preoperatively were stated vital. Overall fragment vitality was predicted correctly in 52 patients. 5 were false negative, 3 false positive. No significant correlation between age or type of nonunion and the predicted vitality could be obtained. Osseous union was gained in 55 scaphoids. Patients with predicted avital fragments had no significantly higher incidence of osseous union than those with avital fragments.
Preop MRIscans are of value in detecting avascular proximal fragments in scaphoid nonunions. In these cases reconstruction with vascularized bone grafts is proposed. Our data however indicate that vascularity of proximal fragments is not predictive of bony healing. High rates of osseous union can be achieved even with nonvascularized grafts in pateients having avascular proximal fragments.
We prospectively randomised 104 consecutive patients undergoing primary cemented total knee arthroplasty to receive either a standard suction drain© (Redivac) or autologous transfusion drain® (Bellovac). There were fifty two patients in each group. Randomisation was performed using a software program (Minim) which set to stratify patients based on their age, sex and body mass index (BMI). All procedures were performed under pneumatic tourniquet.
Drains were released in recovery room 20 minutes after surgery and were removed 24 hours following surgery. Blood collected in the standard suction drain was discarded but blood collected in the autologous transfusion drains was transfused unwashed to the patient within six hours of collection.
13 patients (25%) in the study group had two or more units of homologous blood transfused in addition to the blood collected postoperatively and re-transfused (Average= 438mls). 12 patients (23%) in the control group had two or more units of homologous blood transfused. No sepsis, transfusion reactions, or coagulopathies were associated with the autologous blood re-transfused in the study group.
The use of autologous transfusion system (Bellovac) proved to be safe but failed to reduce the need for postoperative homologous blood transfusion following uncomplicated total knee arthroplasty.
Elevated plasma levels of D-dimer have been found to be a useful screening tool in the diagnosis of deep venous thrombosis (DVT) in the general population. In the post operative setting however their role is less clear. The majority of NHS trusts use D-dimer as a prerequisite test prior to radiological imaging to diagnose DVT.
Plasma D-dimer levels were measured pre operatively and on post operative days 1, 3, 5, and 7 in 78 patients undergoing primary total hip or knee arthroplasty. On day 7 patients underwent bilateral duplex ultrasound scanning in order to confirm the absence of DVT. All patients wore pneumatic foot pumps for DVT prophylaxis. Chemical thromboprophylaxis was not used.
Comparing D-dimer levels between hip and knee arthroplasty we found that both groups displayed the same trend in post operative D-dimer levels; however levels were significantly higher following knee replacement.
We compared D-dimer levels of these patients with a second group of 43 patients who had a confirmed DVT following hip or knee arthroplasty. The mean D-dimer level in this group was 2.20 (sd=0.98 or range 0.80 – 4.46). This group was subdivided into two groups, those with D-dimer samples before day 8 and those after. We found a significant difference between the groups (p=0.01). Mean < day 8 = 2.70. Mean ³ day 7 = 1.97.
The group of patients with Confirmed DVT before day 8 were compared with those free of clot. There was no significant difference found between the D-dimer levels of the two groups. (p=0.37).
Continued problems in their managment include infection, soft tissue problems, failure of fixation and joint stiffness.
Combining the concept of “biological plating” and locked internal fixators, the LISS (Less Invasive Stabilization System) has been developed.
The Lis-system is indicated for fractures of the proximal tibia that involve both the medial and lateral columns. They include AO/OTA Type A2, A3, C1, C2, C3 and type B in selected cases. For the reduction, we put the lower limb in the calcaneal-traction.
For intra-articular fractures the prime objective is to achieve anatomic reconstruction of the joint. This study is a prospective evluation of the Lis-System for the treatment of high-energy tibial plateau and proximal tibial fractures treated between October 2002 and Febrary 2004. Twenty-five patient (18 male and 7 female) were treated. The fracture were classified according to the AO classification.
The follow-up period between 3 months and 16 months (mean 8.9 months).
There where no non-union. In one case, there was a valgus malunion of about 5 degree, in 2 case a valgus malunion of less of 5 degree and anyone of more of 5 degree.
The tecnique of osteosyntesis with the LISS allows a minimally invasive approach, minimizing additional trauma to the soft tissue.
There were no cases of varus malunion, of failure or of loss of reduction. One patient developed superficial infection that we treat with antibiotics terapy. No syndrome compartiment were see.
The Less Invasive Stabilizzation System in our opinion is the goal standard for multisegmentary or comminnuted fractures of the proximal tibia with distal long extensions in patients with politrauma.
The early clinical result optain in our experiance indicate that the Less invasive Stabilizzation System combine efficent bone stabilization with the advantage of minimally invasive operative technique.
120 patients undergoing primary TKR/THR were randomised to receive ferrous sulphate (FS) or placebo (P) for three weeks following their arthroplasty. Haemoglobin levels and absolute reticulocyte counts were measured at days 1 and 5, and weeks 3 and 6. Ninety-nine patients FS (50), P (49) completed the study. The two groups differed only in treatment administered. Haemoglobin recovery was similar at day 5 and by week 3, haemoglobin levels recovered to 85% of their pre-operative levels, irrespective of treatment group. A small but greater recovery in haemoglobin level was identified at 6 weeks in the FS group for females (6% Vs 3%) and males (5% Vs 1.5%). The clinical significance of this is questionable and may be outweighed by the high incidence of reported side effects of oral iron, and the economic costs of the medication. Administration of iron supplements following elective TKR or THR does not appear to be a worthwhile practice.
The same trend was reflected in the PCV drops of 0.111, 0.133 and 0.1273 respectively. Transfusion rates for the three groups showed that those on aspirin and another NSAID had the highest rate with an average of 0.235 units per patient compared to 0.136 for those on aspirin only and 0.10 for those on neither aspirin nor NSAID.
The ingestion of aspirin and NSAID does not increase blood loss following TKA but significantly have a lower preoperative Hb level. We feel that pre-operative Haemoglobin levels are the best predictors of transfusion requirements following total knee arthroplasty.
Fractures of distal femur and tibia treated with Open Reduction and Internal Fixation (O.R.I.F.) are frequently complicated in the postoperative period. Minimal Invasive Plate Osteosynthesis (MIPO) is developing for subcutaneous plating. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate the improvement in dropping the risks of complications following internal fixation of closed fractures of the lower limb using MIPO in comparison with conventional O.R.I.F. procedure. From January 1998 to May 1999 we collected 32 cases of lower limb fractures (10 distal femur, 15 pilon, 7 distal tibia) treated with O.R.I.F procedure (Group I). The mean age was 47.6 years (range 23–76). From June 1999 we started to perform MIPO in closed fractures of lower limb with conventional devices (36 cases). From March 2001 we performed part of our minimal invasive surgery (54 cases) with new devices with angular stability (Less Invasive Stabilization System, Synthes) that offer more tools for subcutaneous osteosynthesis and more mechanical stability of the implants. Our 90 cases formed Group II. The mean age was 53.2 years (range 21–80). The mean follow up was 18 months. We used bone grafts in only 1 case of severe pilon fracture. In Group I we got 2 infections in pilon fractures, 3 delayed union in distal tibial fractures, 1 non-union in distal femoral fracture, 1 varus deformity in distal femoral fracture and 2 DVT. In Group II we had no infection, no delayed or non-union (a mean consolidation time of 8–10 weeks for pilon fractures, 6 weeks for distal tibia fractures, 10–12 for distal femoral and proximal tibia ones). 2 cases of varus deformity in 1 pilon fractures (1 MIPO); 1 DVT in distal tibial fracture; 2 cases of varus deformity of distal femoral fracture (1 DCS). Conventional O.R.I.F. surgery showed some limits: wide exposure, damage to vascular supply of soft tissues and bone, blood loss, high risk of infections, not indicated in polytrauma patient: international literature reported high rate of postoperative complications. The findings of this study justify the effort to follow this procedure also because the new devices available improved mechanical stability and facilitated this technique In conclusion, minimal invasive surgery is a demanding technique with undoubted advantages: it reduces surgical exposures and risk of infection; it respects the biology of callus and soft tissues, it reduces the necessity of bone graft and is particularly indicated in polytrauma patients.
Open tibia fractures are often associated with delayed union and non-union. The use of recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein-2 (rhBMP-2) to treat acute, open tibial shaft fractures has been approved in both Europe (InductOs) and the United States (INFUSE Bone Graft). These approvals were based on the results of a prospective, randomized study of 450 patients with open tibia fractures that has already been published (
Closed intramedullary nailing of the tibia is a well accepted method of treating tibial fractures. There are advantages to perfoming surgery via smaller incisions. These advantages include less muscle dissection, less pain, less blood loss and quicker recovery and discharge from hospital and improved cosmesis.
We have used an existing tibial nail (Zimmer M/DN) to carry out percutaneous nailing of tibial shaft fractures using a modified surgical technique. This report describes the operative technique and our early results.
We have used this technique in 10 patients. The main difference in the technique is the use of a Steinman pin under fluoroscopy to identify the entry point. The average incision length in these patients has been 2.5cm. We have had no early or medium term complications. Length and rotation was restored in all cases. There was no increase in the surgical time or fluoroscopy time for the operation. Post-operative analgesic use was significantly less in these patients when compared with the standard technique. The average length of hospital stay has been reduced by 25% in this early cohort.
An anterior skin flap taken from the instep can be used to cover the bone ends in disarticulation of the ankle when ulceration or necrosis of the heel prevents the use of the heel flap for a conventional Syme’s amputation. From 1995 to 2003 December, we performed ankle disarticulation by using anterior flap after primary radical debridement in 42 cases with traumatic foot amputation injured by antipersonnel land mines. In all our cases, we observed wound healing in 2 weeks without any problems. The patients were advised to use a cylindrical bootee for indoor walking in third week. After 1–1.5 month, we put plastazote pad on stump end for prosthesis fitting, and for ourdoor walking the patients used prosthesis which would combine partial end-bearing and partial weight bearing on the patellar tendon. Ground contacting and standing without a prosthesis were also acceptable. We observed the advantages of prosthesis fitting. For instance, there is no need to open a window on the prosthesis socket for fitting and it is easier to fit the slender stump into the prosthesis. In early fitting we did not come across any problems about the slipping of the flap from stump as seen in conventional Syme’s amputation. In short and long term follow-ups, we found that the patients did not complain much about their prosthesis. For all these reasons, we think that ankle disarticulation with anterior flap rather than transtibial amputation should be preferred in patients with traumatic foot amputation since conventional Syme’s amputation can not be performed in heel injuries.
For the intra-observer reliability, the kappa is sightly higher, as one would expect, although it is still only 0.41 (95% CI 0.25 to 0.55).
Overall, the inter-observer reliability is slight (and at best, fair) and the intra-observer reliability is moderate. For clinical use a kappa of 0.8 is strongly recommended and clearly this was not achieved.
Intraobserver reliability was moderate in our series, which suggest that individuals could use the Tronzo classification to document their results over a period of time to monitor long-term outcomes and to compare treatment modalities in the same studies.
For operative treatment of trochanteric femoral fractures extramedullary or intramedullary stabilization options exist. The intramedullary systems especially proximal femoral nail (PFN) presents biomechanical advantages compared to existing conventional systems.
This prospective study was performed to understand the clinical results after 57 patients having trochanteric femoral fractures managed with the AO/ASIF PFN from January 2003 to March 2004. There were 11 male and 46 female patients and the mean age was 74.7. The most fractures (73.7%) were unstable according to AO/ ASIF classification. The patients were preoperatively evaluated as ASA grade 3 or 4. The operation was performed within 6 days after the injury. The patients were followed up for a minimum of 6 months. Immediate full weight bearing was permitted in 47 patients.
Six patients died due to cardiopulmonary complications within 3 months after the operation. Of the surviving 51 patients 7 had cut-outs because of using too short proximal gliding screws. In remaining 43 patients fractures united within 4 months. The patients were evaluated by Salvati and Wilson hip function scoring system. At the final follow up 72 % of the patients had score more than 20 points (out of 40 points).
In conclusion PFN is useful and minimal invasive device in the treatment of trochanteric femoral fractures. Femoral nail positioning is critical but biomechanically stable construct can be performed with careful management and early weight bearing is allowed.
At univariant study of transfusion act, the transfused patients were older (p< 0.001), suffered more infections (p:0.019), more UTI (p:0.003), had lower Hb day 0 (p< 0.001) and POD ï€1(p< 0.001). When analyze the infection, the patients were older (p< 0.001), had higher ASA (p:0.019), lower Hb at day0 (p< 0.026), longer stay (p< 0.001), were more transfused (p:0.019), and received more transfusions (p:0.004). The logistic regression analysis identified only the type of HF, the age and the Hb level (p< 0.05) as independent predictors of transfusion.
The aim of the study was to evaluate the results of subtrochanteric femoral fractures treatment with a 90 degrees condylar blade plate, using indirect reposition technique.
Electrical stimulation techniques are utilised in orthopedics field for the treatment of pseudoarthroses; the more widespread methods are the inductive system with Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields (PEMFs). We report the results of a retrospective study, between February 1987 to February 2002, of 57 patients with pseudoarthroses of tibia (22 treated with PEMFs against 35 without this treatment). The objectives of the study have been to know the influence, the consolidation percentage and the influence of electrical simulation.
The average age was 38 years (14–89); the average follow-up 3,2 years. 17 fractures were open and 40 fractures were closed. All the fractures were affect the tibia shaft, in 19 cases extended to the articulation. For the admission to the study had not united after at less 6 month. All the patients were treated with surgery to the pseudoarthroses (looking nail in 54 cases, fixation extern in 2 cases and osteotomy to fibula in one case). Statistical analysis utilised was the SPSS program.
The results were statistically significantly (p< 0,05) in:
The consolidation with the PEMFs increase compared without this method (91% vs 83%). The average time to consolidation decrease with the use to electrical stimulation compared to the patients treated without this treatment.
Experience supports its role as a successful method of treatment for ununited fractures of the tibia.
The intensity of pain was estimated by the Pain Intensity Scale ( PIS ).
In the use of Parecoxib no side effects were noticed (decrease BP, vomiting etc).
Dislocation and carpal fracture-dislocation are a rare injury, interesting capsula and ligaments, with a variable damage of the vascularization. Classification is difficult for the complexity on this lesion.
The aim of our work is to underline how the best final clinical result is achieved after an immediate treatment of reduction and stabilization of bone injury.
We considered two groups:
A: 8 patients, who have been observed since july ’93 until 1996 ; all the patients were men who had work or car accidents, with outstretched upper extremity. The ages of the patients ranged from 19 to 34 years.. All patients were followed for an average of 8 years B: Another group is at short term is since luglio 2002 until today and is in 10 patients with 11 wrists with a total of 14 surgical treatment
1 is bilateral
3 wrists reoperated for lacking initial reduction or for the general initial condition
Assesment of the patients includeds clinical rating and roentgenografich analysis. The clinical scoring included pain, functional status, range of motion and grip strength.
Among the various classifications, we took into account the one proposed by Allieu, based on the radio-lunate ligament, consequently this classification offers an important prognostic factor.
In one of our cases there was assocciated a fracture of the radial stiloid, and in other one a posterior dislocation of the elbow.
We treated all the patients with a volar approach, the stabilitation of the carpus and scaphoid was achieved utilizing K wires in four cases, microscrew in two patients for scaphoid’s fracture and in other one the Herbert screw in the A group
In the B recent group we used in all cases K wiring, and herbert screw in 8 wrists, microscrews in one , and internal capsulodesis in the 2 last for perilunate isolated dislocation
The initial failing of reduction is due to an unstable reduction in very injured patient ( we use only k wire for the navicular)
10 patients in the second B group have been treated by the same first Author
After surgery treatment, the wrist was immobilizated in a splint for 6 weeks, then a careful mobilitation was started.
Finally we think that is necessary, to avoid the instability and pseudoartrosis on the scaphoid, to treat all the transcapho-lunate dislocation with open reduction and stabilitation, as agreed with literature.
The AO, Frykman, Mayo and Fernandez classification system for distal radius fractures were evaluated for interobserver reliability and intraobserver reproducibility using plain radiographs. Five orthopaedic consultants, five orthopaedic registras and five orthopaedic senior house officers classified 20 sets of distal radius fractures on two seperate occasions. There were 2400 induvidual observations. Kappa statistics were used to establish a relative level of agreement between observers for the two readings and between seperate readings by the same observer. Our results for intraobserver reproducibility showed Fernandez Kappa value of 0.49, Frykman 0.47, Mayo 0.45 and AO 0.33. A 0.4 result shows good consistecy accorcing to well reconised staistical boundries and is significant. That is reproducibility happened at a level greater than by chance. Interobserver Kappa values were poor in all classification systems. We also sought to look at varibles within grade of surgeon and developed Kappa values for these also.
Type of study: double randomised prospective, comparison of 2 different procedures.
Age more than 65 years (p value 0.006), comminuted distal radius fracture [A3 or C3 in AO classification] (p value 0.049) and associated ulnar fracture (p value 0.013) were the variables found to have statistically significant correlation with poor radiological outcome.
The purpose of this study is the assessment of the shoulder function after a proximal humeral nail insertion for trauma, using a minimal invasive approach.
All the patients followed a standardised rehabilitation protocol including early mobilisation and passive and active assisted muscular activity. The shoulder function was assessed using the Simple Shoulder Test (SST) and the Constant score. The mobility was assessed using the flexibility ratio described by Harryman as compared to the opposite healthy arm. The patients were assessed at 6, 12, 26 and 52 weeks after surgery.
Author presents the experiences with the use of LCP-distal radius plate by the distal radius fractures and by posttraumatic reconstructions of distal radius.
The poor functional result concerning the fractures of distal radius fractures and complications by osteosynthesis with LCP 3,5 mm for distal radius and it arises from several factors:
- incorrect indication to the osteosynthesis - inexperiend operator - insufficient reposition of fragments and insufficient stabilisation – type C fractures - incorrect localisation of the plate - neurological deficit – medianus nerve lesion - deficient rehabilitation and poor functional treatment
Author looks upon the causes of failure by osteoesynthesis of fractures of distal radius.
In the years 2003 –2004 here were operated 29 fractures and 9 posttraumatic reconstructions of distal radius fractures with the LCP – distal radius 3,5 mm plate. The functional results show 63% excellent, 21% good, 7% satisfactory and 9% poor results. All these complications can be prevented by thorough judgment of X-rays and CT scans including the 2D and 3D reconstruction. The perfect reposition of the fragmants with the check on the X-ray C-arm and good localisation of the plate ensures good stability of osteosynthesis. The functional treatment involving the use orthesis or brace and early mobilisation and rehabilitation depend on the well technically performed osteosynthesis ensures a good functional result.
Methods: The K-wire is inserted along bone fragments (and bone autograft – in case of clavicle defect). Then K-wire is fixed near the breast-bone with the curved or threaded lug. External end of K-wire is strained in external fixation module. When having fracturing console pin with lug is inserted in acromion of frontal plane and is connected to K-wire with short bar. In cases of non-unions and defects two K-wire are inserted (through coracoid and acromion) sagittally. Both of them are strained in half-ring. The K-wire inserted along bone fragments is strained in half-ring (Patent of RF # 1657168).
Knowledge of the neural anatomy of the shoulder will clearly help in avoiding its injury in surgical procedures.
Between 1944 to 2003, eighty nine cases of Paget’s sarcoma from the Scottish Bone and Soft Tissue Tumour Registry were reviewed. The mean age of patients was 72.3 years (range, 30 to 85 years). There were 59 males and 30 females. The most frequent sites were the femur (26), pelvis (19), humerus (13), tibia (11), and thoracolumbosacral spine (9). Biopsy was done in 69 cases. In the remainder 20 cases, the histological diagnosis was confirmed either from examining amputated limb or at autopsy. The most common type was osteosarcoma. Local excision was performed in seven cases. Resection in two cases and prosthetic replacement in two cases was carried out. Twenty nine patients underwent amputation surgery. Chemotherapy was administered to 15 patients (including 2 preop chemotherapy). Fifty one patients received radiotherapy (preoperatively in eight patients). All the patients died within one year from the date of biopsy with an average survival time of 7.5 months. Patients with Paget’s sarcoma tend to have a very poor prognosis inspite of improvements in therapy strategies including surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy. We emphasise the need for more research by a combined oncosurgical, oncological, radiological and histological approach in the management of Paget sarcoma to improve the prognosis.
In the last ten years, 172 bone sarcomas and 126 soft tissue sarcomas, were treated by our Orthopaedic Oncology Unit. From those patients 49 (16.5%) meet criteria for pulmonary metastasis resection. Patient group were 27 males (55%) and 22 females (45%); median age 28.8 years (range 12–71); histology of the primary tumours were in 33 cases bone lesions (67%): 17 osteosarcomas, 8 Ewing sarcomas, 3 Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma (MFH) and 1 Giant Cell Tumor and 16 cases (23%) for soft tissue tumours: 5 synovial sarcoma, 3 schwannoma and MFH, 2 leiomiosarcoma and liposarcoma and 1 rhabdomyosarcoma. From those sarcomas 8 (17.8%) were metastatic at presentation. Treatment included surgical resections of the secondary lesions and chemotherapy. The lung metastasis were bilateral in 20 cases (41%) and unilateral in 29 cases (59%). The number of metastasis range from one to 24 and the surgical sessions for each patient were from one to eight. The median disease free survival in the patients with no metastatic lesions at presentation was 17.8m (range 2–88). From this group of patients 25 (51%) were dead of disease (DOD), and 24 (49%) were survivors (median follow-up 42 month: range 12–120 month), being 14 with no evidence of disease (NED) and 10 alive with disease (AWD).
The authors perform a statistical analysis relating survival with local recurrence and the amount of necrosis in the surgical specimen.
Key points for successful fixation are absolute rotational stability and satisfactory circumferential bone-bone contact at the time of surgery.
Postoperative regimen consisted of hip, followed by progressive bracing and toe-touch weight-bearing for 6 weeks, weight-bearing.
According to MSTS, results were satisfactory in 90% of the patients, with average score 91% (75%–96%).
Neglected liposarcoma with late admission and huge tumour causes difficulties regarding surgical removal, obtaining tumour free margin and increased risk of local recurrence. Preoperative irradiation enables the surgeon to remove such tumours with ease of manipulation during surgery by maturation of the pseudocapsule with a decrease in local recurrence. Twenty-one patients with liposarcoma , 8 females, 13 males with a mean age of 49 (16–74) were treated by preoperative 5000 cGy irradiation and wide excision by the same surgeon between 1991–2004. Localization were 14 proximal thigh, 3 popliteal space, 3 gluteal region, 1 upper arm. Mean tumour volume was 550cc. Mean follow up was 37 months (6–144 mo.s). All patients were operated after 30 days of irradiation, 3 patients had arterial by pass and 1 patient had free latissimus dorsi flap reconstruction.
We have treated 50 patients with bony malignancy by en bloc resection, extracorporeal irradiation (ECI) with 50Gy and re-implantation of the bone segment as a method of limb salvage. Mean survivor follow-up is 38 months (12–92). 42 patients remain alive without disease. 4 recurrences occurred. Functional results were generally good: Mankin grades 17 excellent, 13 good, 9 fair, 3 failures; MSTS mean 77 (20–100); TESS mean 81 (40–100). Solid bony union was the norm, however bone resorption was seen in some cases. The dose of radiation is theoretically lethal to all cells and produces a dead autogenous bone graft of perfect fit. ECI is a useful technique of limb salvage where there is a reasonable residual bone stock. It allows effective re-attachment of muscle tendons, and produces a lasting biological reconstruction. The risk from the re-implanted bone of both local recurrence and of late radiotherapy induced malignancy should be nil.
We compared the accuracy of image guided (ultrasound or CT) percutaneous core needle biopsy to percutaneous core needle biopsy without image guidance in diagnosis of soft tissue tumours. 140 patients with soft tissue lesion who were referred to a London bone and soft tissue tumour unit underwent percutaneous core needle biopsies of their lesion either with or without image guidance.111 of these 140 patients subsequently had surgical excision. The accuracy of image guided percutaneous biopsy and percutaneous biopsy without image was then calculated by comparing the histological results of the needle biopsy to that of the resection.
The diagnosis accuracy of unguided biopsy was 78% (36 out of 46) compared to 95% (62 out of 65) in image guided. In 6 out of the 46 patients who had unguided biopsy, there was insufficient material obtained from the needle biopsy to allow histological diagnosis. This was not the case with any of the patients who had image guided core needle biopsy.
Using image guidance, either USS or CT scan, improves the diagnostic accuracy of percutaneous core needle biopsy and must be considered in management of patients with soft tissue tumours.
The 99m Tc-MIBI images were estimated by 3 independent observers and every abnormal uptake, ranging from faint to intense, was considered positive.
Our study sets out to show whether vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) expression in stage 2B osteosarcomas around the knee influences disease-free and overall survival.
Fifty-two such patients treated in out unit were identified and followed-up for for a minimum of 92 months. All were treated according to the current MRC protocol and had resection of their tumour. Tissue from their resected tumours was stained for VEGF using immunohistochemical methods and the percentage of tumour cells staining for VEGF was assessed. The relationship between VEGF expression and survival was assessed using the log-rank test and Kaplan-Meier survival curves.
At follow-up 32 (62%) patients were dead, all from metastatic disease. Twenty-six (50%) tumours showed expression of VEGF. Statistical analysis showed that patients with tumours with VEGF expression in more than 25% of the cells had significantly shorter overall survival (p=0.019) and disease free intervals (p=0.009). Expression of VEGF also correlated with expression of the proteolytic enzyme MMP9 (p=0.02).
VEGF is peptide which acts as a stimulator of new blood vessel growth in normal tissues, as well as in some solid tumours and their metastases. A tumour which is able to induce a blood supply has an increased ability to grow, seed metastases and threaten life. Our study is the first to look at VEGF expression in the tumour cells surviving after chemotherapy. It is this population of cells which is important as it is these cells which may go on to develop into metastatic or locally recurrent tumours. The over-expression of VEGF by osteosarcoma cells is thought to be associated with a worse prognosis due to a number of mechanisms. This study shows that VEGF expression is an important prognostic factor in osteosarcomas and suggests that the mechanisms by which VEGF and MMP9 expression produce a poor prognosis may be linked. Suppression of tumour angiogenesis by inhibition of the action of VEGF has shown promise in animal models as a potential new treatment for osteosarcoma, and warrants further study.
Multiple Hereditary Exostoses is a rare skeletal chondrodysplasia characterized by the presence of a variable number of osteochondromas, usually mostly affecting the long bones but possibly located anywhere. Appearance and growth of exostoses is parallel to the patient’s growth, essentially ending when skeletal maturity is reached.
Its clinical expression is well known and may vary from asymptomatic to severe deformities and is rarely complicated by trasformation to secondary chondrosarcoma (0.5–2%). Research in the field of genetics has lead to identification of 2 responsible genes, EXT1 and EXT2, located respectively on chromosome 8 and 11, both coding for transmembrane glycoproteins involved in the synthesis of heparan-sulfate chains.
A third rare abnormality (EXT3) has been located on chromosome 19 but the responsible gene has not been identified yet.
Seems logical to investigate the genetic basis of the disease and the correlation with clinical aspects, either severity of the deformities and consequent functional impairment and potential for chondrosarcoma.
At the authors’ Institution a total of 550 patients with Multiple Hereditary Exostoses are presently filed. Genetic screening by DHPLC (Denaturing High Performance Liquid Chromatography) and clinicoradiographic orthopedic evaluation has been carried out on 200 patients. So far, 45 mutations have been identified (35 in EXT1 and 10 in EXT2) in 167 patients, 20 of which presented with negative family history and are therefore considered “de-novo” mutations.
Comparison of the clinical data and prospective long term follow-up will possibly clarify different prognosis and risk of secondary chondrosarcoma for different genotypes.
Ten paired specimens were tested in simulated extension and the remaining ten were tested axially.
Fragment motion relative to the humeral shaft was measured using kinematic analysis at the fracture gap.
Differences in resultant fragment translations and rotations between fixation groups were checked for significance (p< 0.05) using a one-tailed paired t-test. Differences in cycles to failure were checked for significance using a Wilcoxon signed rank test.
On axial testing, the humeri with locking plates on average survived more loading cycles (4072) than those with non-locking plate fixation (2115), but the difference was not significant. Mean translation for locking plate fixation (3.6 mm) was significantly less than for non-locking plate fixation (5.7 mm) and mean fragment rotation was significantly less for locking plate fixation (13.3 degrees) than for non-locking plate fixation (17.8 degrees).
In orthopedic surgery, sterilization of bone used for reconstruction of osteoarticular defects caused by malignant tumors is carried out in different ways. At present, to devitalize tumor-bearing osteochondral segments, mainly extracorporal irradiation or autoclaving is used. Both methods have substantial disadvantages, e.g. loss of biomechanical and biological integrity of the bone. In particular integration at the autograft-host junction after reimplantation is often impaired due to alterations of the osteoinductivity following irradiation or autoclaving. As an alternative approach, high hydrostatic pressure (HHP) treatment of bone is a new technology, now being used in preclinical testing to inactivate tumor cells without alteration of biomechanical properties of bone, cartilage and tendons. The aim of this study was to investigate the influence of HHP on fibronectin (FN), vitronectin (VN), and type I collagen (col. I) as major extracellular matrix proteins of bone tissue, accountable among others for the osteoinductive properties of bone.
Fibronectin, vitronectin and type I collagen were subjected to HHP (300 and 600 MPa) prior to the coating of cell culture plates with these pre-treated proteins. Following the biological properties were measured by means of cell proliferation, adherence, and spreading of the human osteosarcoma cell line (Saos-2) and primary human osteoblast-like cells.
Up to 600 MPa all tested matrix proteins did not show any changes, regarding the biological properties adherence, spreading and proliferation.
We anticipate that, in orthopedic surgery, HHP can serve as a novel, promising methodical approach, by damaging normal and tumor cells without alteration of osteoinductive properties, thus facilitating osteointegration of the devitalized bone segment in cancer patients after reimplantation.
To avoid those complications Dr. Robert J. Medoff has designed a new device, the ulnar sled, which will be shown on a picture.
The objective of this cadaver study was to determine the stability of olecranon fracture fixation with the ulnar sled and compare it with AO method.
The ulnar sled (US) group: The two free legs of the sled were inserted into two pre-drilled holes from the tip of the olecranon into the ulna medullary cavity of the ulna. The washer was then placed with its slot over the prominence of the sliding plate and with a screw fixed bicortically into the ulna, through the distal part of the proximal oval washer hole. Compression over the fracture site could be observed visually and the washer was finally fixed with another bicortical screw in its distal hole.
The TBW group: In the TBW group the AO technique with oblique bicortical K-wires and the two-knot-modification was used.
Mechanical Testing: First the brachialis and then the triceps muscle were sequentially loaded with 5 kg (50N) for 20 cycles in three different angles: 45, 90 and 135. The fracture displacement was measured before and after loading.
Distal biceps tendon rupture can lead, if left untreated, to substantial and appreciated decline of elbow flexion and forearm supination strength. In chronic cases (seen more than 6 weeks after injury) retraction of the muscle can render reattachment of the tendon to the bicipital tuberosity impossible. In this setting non-anatomic attachment of the biceps to the underlying brachialis is usually elected but this is not suitable for patients with high functional demands.
Eight male patients (mean age 40 years, range 30–52 years) with chronic distal biceps ruptures (mean time from injury 28 weeks, range 12–38 weeks) underwent distal biceps reconstruction. Five patients presented with pain and weakness during elbow loading (four with lateral antebrachial cutaneus (LAC) nerve distribution dysesthesias) and three with weakness alone. Indications for distal biceps reconstruction were a) inability to approximate the tendon stump to the bicipital tuberosity with the elbow in less than 700 of flexion after relaxing incisions to the epimysium were made and b) high functional demands in pronosupination in the patients occupation or recreational activities.
In the first patient in this series autologous fascia latta was used for reconstruction and in the seven subsequent patients an Achilles tendon allograft. Through an one-incision anterior approach the graft was secured to the biceps remnant and was attached to the bicipital tuberosity using suture anchors.
The mean follow up was 32 months (range 14–48 months). All patients were pain free and had returned to their previous occupation. Mean elbow flexion was 145 deg with an extension deficit of 10 deg observed in only one patient. The mean pronosupination was 170 deg. All patients had 5/5 strength of elbow flexion and supination on manual testing. Subjective weakness in supination was reported by one patient. The mean supination strength (tested using a BTE Work Simulator) was 87% of the contrallateral healthy extremity. Seven achieved an excellent and one a good rating in the Mayo elbow performance score. No complications were encountered.
Distal biceps reconstruction with Achilles tendon allograft using a one incision technique and suture anchors for reattachment provides an excellent alternative to non- anatomic repair in patients with a chronic retracted distal biceps rupture. Patients involved in activities that require strength in supination are most likely to benefit from this reconstruction.
Repair of distal biceps tendon rupture is a subject that has received increasing attention in the past decade. In the active individual who desires as close to normal function as possible, repair of biceps tendon is recommended.
The author describes a tehnique with a single anterior incision and fixation with superanchors. This method was successfully used in 25 patients with excellent functional results. There were no failures and no complications of neurological injury. The single anterior incision approach in which superanchors are used is recommended as an alternative to the traditional two-incision method.
The Biceps brachii is an important flexor of the elbow and is the main supinator of the forearm. Avulsion of its distal tendon insertion is rare injury that mostly affects middle-aged men. It represents only 3% of all biceps tendon ruptures. There is an average of 1.24 spontaneous complete distal biceps ruptures per 100,000 people per year.
The decline in the number of distal biceps tendon ruptures with increasing age correlates with a decrease in at-risk activities after the fourth decade of life. Decreased vascularity, tendon impingement, degenerative changes of the distal biceps tendon and the use of anabolic steroids have been postulated to predispose to tendon rupture.
Our study shows that repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures using superanchors is safe and gives clinically objective and functional results similar to bone tunnel fixation.
We had no major complications, no suture anchor failures and no occurrence of synostosis and neurological injuries. We recommend the use of superanchors for the treatment of distal biceps tendon ruptures.